Quarterlytics / Real Estate / REIT - Diversified / SigmaRoc

SigmaRoc

src · LSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker src
Exchange LSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry REIT - Diversified
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · SigmaRoc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
SIGMAROC 
ANNUAL REPORT 
2024

CDH quarry is the largest bluestone quarry in Europe. The cover page includes a photo of CDH too taken in the 1900s.
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
3
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE

SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
5
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
Contents
STRATEGY	
6 - 141
Highlights	
6
Group at a Glance	
10
Investment Case	
12
Chairman’s Statement	
14
CEO’s Strategic Report	
16
2024 Timeline of Key Events	
22
Key Developments	
24
About Us	
30
Regions	
44
Macro Conditions in the Market	
56
Key Measures and Statistics	
60
Chief Financial Officer’s Report	
64
Risk	
68
Systems Report	
74
Stakeholder Report	
78
ESG and Sustainability Report	
84
SECR Report	
122
SASB	
126
GRI Index	
128
TCFD Report	
132
GOVERNANCE	
142 - 189
Board Members	
144
Audit Committee Report 	
150
Remuneration Committee Report 	
154
Nomination Committee Report	
164
Corporate Governance Report 	
166
Directors Report	
172
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 	
176
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of SigmaRoc plc	
178
Definitions	
186
FINANCE	
190 - 240
Consolidated Income Statement 	
190
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income	
191
Statements of Financial Position 	
192
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity	
193
Cash Flow Statements 	
195
Notes to the Financial Statements	
196
Company Information	
241
Fels kilns in Kaltes Tal, Germany
SigmaRoc 
Annual Report 
2024

GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
Statutory Results
Proforma Statutory Results5
Underlying1 Results
Proforma Underlying Results5
7
1  Underlying results are stated before acquisition related expenses, certain 
finance costs, redundancy and reorganisation costs, impairments, 
amortisation of acquisition intangibles and share option expense. 
Underlying results include continuing and discontinued operations. 
References to an underlying profit measure throughout this Annual Report 
are defined on this basis. Non-underlying items are described further in the 
Chief Financial Officer’s report. These measures are not defined by UK IAS 
and therefore may not be directly comparable to similar measures adopted 
by other companies.
2  Net debt including IFRS 16 lease liabilities.
3  Free Cash Flow takes net cash flows from operating activities and adjusts 
for CapEx, net interest paid, and for the underlying result further adjusts for 
net non-underlying expenses paid and working capital payments relating to 
pre-acquisition accruals or purchase price adjustments.
4  Free Cash Flow Conversion is FCF relative to underlying EBITDA.
5  Proforma calculation includes Deal 2 and Deal 3, plus all acquisitions made 
by SigmaRoc in 2023, and excludes companies divested and shown as 
discontinued at year end for entire period on an underlying basis. 
6  These results include continued and discontinued operations. All numbers 
referenced in the Chairmans Statement and CEO Report are shown on this 
basis. 
7  Based on 2023 proforma baseline
EBITDA MARGIN
EBITDA MARGIN
£1,042.0m
31 December 2023: £1,062.7m
£242.2m
31 December 2023: £237.9m
23.2%
31 December 2023: 22.4%
17.8%
31 December 2023: 19.2%
£185.1m
31 December 2023: £203.6m
£1,042.0m
31 December 2023: £1,062.7m
EBITDA
EBITDA
REVENUE
REVENUE
2024
Highlights
STRONG FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 
FOLLOWING TRANSFORMATIONAL LIME AND 
LIMESTONE ACQUISITIONS   
	
─
Revenue6 increased 72% to £997.6m, driven by 
contribution from the lime acquisitions; 
	
─
Proforma5 revenue down 1.9% LFL 
reflecting volumes, foreign exchange 
effects and reduced pass throughs;
	
─
Underlying1 EBITDA increased 92% to £224.6m 
with underlying margins improving by 240bps 
to 22.5% due to the increased scale of the 
business and the synergy programme; 
	
─
Proforma5 EBITDA increased 2% 
LFL driven by a positive operating 
performance and synergies arising 
from the successful integration of the 
acquisitions;
	
─
Underlying EPS1 8.35p, 3% ahead of prior year, 
an 8th consecutive year of growth;
	
─
Covenant leverage reduced from 2.6x at 30 
June 2024 to 2.1x at year end following good 
cash generation and commencement of 
divestment program of non-core assets;
	
─
ROIC up 70bps to 11.5%, progressing in line 
with expectations towards 15% target;
	
─
Strong free cash flow with a 1,250bps 
improvement to 52.8%; and
	
─
Post period end amendment of bridge loan 
agreed with €125m five-year fixed-rate facility 
on preferential terms.
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
Nordkalk quarry in Pargas, Finland
-1.9%
REVENUE6
£997.6m
31 December 2023: £580.3m
+71.9%
REVENUE6
£997.6m
31 December 2023: £580.3m
+71.9%
EBITDA6
£180.1m
31 December 2023: £87.3m
+106.3%
EBITDA6
£224.6m
31 December 2023: £116.7m
+92.4%
-1.9%
+3.8%
+1.8%
EPS6
2.10p
31 December 2023: 1.95p
+7.7%
EPS6
8.35p
31 December 2023: 8.12p
+2.8%
-9.1%
EBITDA MARGIN6
18.1%
31 December 2023: 15.0%
+20.0%
EBITDA MARGIN6
22.5%
31 December 2023: 20.1%
+11.9%
-7.3%
PROFIT BEFORE TAX6
£45.8m
31 December 2023: £28.3m
+61.8%
PROFIT BEFORE TAX6
£117.6m
31 December 2023: £71.2m
+65.2%
NET DEBT2 
£509.5m
31 December 2023: £182.4m
+179.3%
COVENANT LEVERAGE
2.09x
31 December 2023: 1.57x
+33.1%
FCF CONVERSION4 
52.8%
31 December 2023: 40.3%
+31.0%
ROIC
11.5%
31 December 2023: 10.8%
+6.5%
FCF3 
£118.6m
31 December 2023: £47.0m
+152.3%
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
7

Clogrennane kiln in Carlow, Ireland
GROWTH
	
─
Transformational £1billion acquisition of lime 
and limestone assets from CRH plc completed 
in three stages, doubling the size of the Group 
and driving further diversification of the 
business; and
	
─
German, Czechia and Irish acquisitions closed 
in January 2024, the UK in March 2024, and 
Poland in September 2024 with integration 
progressing well and expected synergies being 
delivered ahead of expectations;
INVESTMENT
	
─
Group now focussed on lime and limestone, with 
regional diversification and broad end market 
exposure - Industrial, Environment & Food, and 
Residential & Infrastructure Construction;
	
─
Syndicated senior debt facility established 
to create financial leverage for long term 
shareholder returns; and
	
─
Construction commenced on a new aggregates 
and sand processing plant in Belgium, and a new 
asphalt plant in South-Wales was commissioned.
EXECUTION
	
─
Integration of CRH’s lime and limestone assets 
completed during the year;
	
─
Disposal of non-core Belgian ready-mix concrete 
assets completed in December 2024, with 
smaller French plants expected to complete 
in 2025, for a maximum total consideration of 
£41m (€49.5m). Attractive disposal multiple in 
excess of 7x LTM EBITDA;
	
─
Synergy program progressing well with £8m 
(€9m) delivered in 2024 and a minimum of 
£33m (€40m) now targeted by 20271;
	
─
Restructuring and cost saving initiatives 
implemented in Germany, the Nordics and 
Belgium, contributing to the synergy programme 
from 2025; and
	
─
Board strengthened with the appointment of 
two experienced independent non-executive 
directors and CFO transition complete;
ESG
	
─
Retrospective recalculation of baseline 
emissions and energy data to ensure 
consistency and relevance in reporting post the 
lime acquisitions;
	
─
46% reduction in GHG emissions intensity from 
the 2021 baseline;
	
─
Overall 71% fossil-free electricity utilised across 
the Group, with 100% fossil-free electricity 
in Finland, Sweden, Germany, Czechia and 
Belgium;
	
─
Total energy consumption and energy intensity 
reduced 10% year-on-year (YoY);
	
─
Total incident frequency rate (TIFR) and lost 
time incident frequency rate (LTIFR) reduced 
18% YoY and 12% respectively for employees 
and contractors across our sites; and	
	
─
Commitment to safety and compliance has 
been reinforced with over 180 site audits 
conducted. 
OUTLOOK 
	
─
SigmaRoc made good progress in 2024, a year 
characterised by the transformative lime and 
limestone acquisitions from CRH;
	
─
We remain focused on operational delivery and 
the ongoing synergy program with a minimum 
£33m (€40m) incremental1 EBITDA now 
expected;
	
─
Regional diversification and broad end market 
exposure provides stability;
	
─
Potential for improvements across European 
markets driven by reducing interest rates, a 
renewed political desire to stimulate growth and 
a number of supportive megatrends;
	
─
De-gearing on track with rationalisation of 
non-core portfolio to continue, with €20-25m 
EBITDA relating to non-core assets available for 
divestment; and 
	
─
We remain mindful of the wider macroeconomic 
and geopolitical environment, but 2025 has 
started positively.
Operational and Strategic
1 Based on 2023 proforma baseline
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
9

24%
FY24 Group  
proforma revenue
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
11
CORE PRODUCTS
HIGH-GRADE  
MINERALS
Higher-grade limestone products produced from quarried limestone material which are 
processed and then ground into powders and granulates or burnt into quicklime, which 
can then be further modified through processes such as hydration and re-carbonation. 
High-grade minerals also include other specialised minerals such as dolomite and 
wollastonite. High-grade mineral customers are typically large national or multinational 
corporates under fixed annual supply agreements over long-term contracts. In most 
cases, these contracts include dynamic pricing mechanisms to adjust for changes in 
the price of key input costs such as energy and logistics.
AGGREGATES  
AND STONE
Aggregates and stone are construction aggregates and other non high-grade mineral 
products. They include quarried limestone, granite, and similar naturally occurring 
materials that are not classified as high-grade. These resources are typically 
crushed and processed into various size specifications, then sold primarily for use in 
construction and infrastructure projects. Typical customers include:
	- Government agencies, for the construction and maintenance of infrastructure such 
as roads, bridges, and coastal defenses;
	- Large corporates, involved in commercial, residential, and civil engineering 
developments;
	- Independent house builders and contractors, supporting a wide range of building 
activities; and
	- Merchants and resellers, including shipping agents and bulk material wholesalers;
	- Individuals and small businesses, carrying out home improvements, landscaping, and 
small-scale construction work.
VALUE-ADDED 
PRODUCTS
Aggregates that undergo further processing to create specialised construction materials, 
offering enhanced utility and functionality for various infrastructure and building 
applications. These products include dimension stone, concrete blocks, pre-cast 
concrete, ready-mix concrete, asphalt and other tailored construction materials. Through 
additional processing steps, such as mixing, moulding or binding with cement or 
bitumen, the aggregates achieve properties that make them ideal for specific use cases.
FY24 GROUP PROFORMA REVENUE SPLIT BY PRODUCTS
FY24 GROUP PROFORMA REVENUE SPLIT BY SECTORS
KPI
UK & IRELAND
WESTERN EUROPE
CENTRAL EUROPE
NORDICS
SigmaRoc has developed into a leading lime and minerals 
Group targeting quarried materials assets in the UK 
and Northern Europe. The business is asset backed 
with over 2.7 billion tonnes of mineral reserves.
The Group seeks to create value by purchasing assets 
in fragmented materials markets and extracting 
efficiencies through active management and by forming 
the assets into larger groups. It seeks to de-risk its 
investments via strong asset backing at its projects.
MISSION
Lime for life. To supply 
essential minerals critical for 
life across the industrial and 
construction sectors.
VISION
To be Northern Europe’s 
leading supplier of essential 
minerals.
A European Lime and Minerals Leader
Site clusters
The 
Group
225
35%
73%
11%
16%
45%
20%
10%
FY24 Group  
proforma revenue
40%
FY24 Group  
proforma revenue
26%
FY24 Group  
proforma revenue
REVENUE1
EBITDA1
EBITDA MARGIN1
EPS1
LEVERAGE RATIO2
% percentage
pence
8.4
8.1
8.0
1 Underlying
2 Adjusted
35%
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
Aggregates and stone

Fels kilns in Kaltes Tal, Germany
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
13
STRATEGY
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
13
Investment
Case
01 
Leading European 
lime and minerals 
Group
05 
Strong  
acquisition 
strategy 
02 
Irreplaceable 
product 
06 
Attractive cash 
generation
03 
Strong asset 
backing
07 
Long term 
stability margins 
through the cycle
04 
Track record 
of improving 
businesses
08
Consistent 
growth per share
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
Leadership position
#1 or #2 in 10 
countries / 
jurisdictions
(UK, Germany, Poland, Ireland, 
Norway, Sweden, Finland, Belgium, 
Channel Islands and Czechia)
Used everywhere in modern life
>300 uses
in essential 
industrial 
processes or 
products
Proven track record of delivering  
attractively priced deals
18 deals at 6.8x
Average multiple
Free Cash Flow conversion rate
Over 50%
Across our lime and limestone 
businesses
22% average over 
the last 17 years
8th consecutive year of growth
EPS has grown 
from 2p to 8.4p 
since 2017
Reserves and resources
2.7 billion tonnes, 
over 100 years of 
resources
Balance sheet underpinned by 
extensive access to mineral 
reserves
Disciplined capital allocation with 
a track record of value-enhancing 
acquisitions 
33% EBITDA 
improvement
Average improvement of all 
acquired businesses

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
15
Dear Shareholders,
I am pleased to present SigmaRoc's Annual Report for the 
year ended 31 December 2024. This was a transformational 
year for SigmaRoc and we have secured our position as 
one of Europe’s leading lime and limestone businesses. 
We made significant strategic acquisitions, delivered a 
robust financial performance, focused on continuous safety 
improvement and delivered further progress towards our 
sustainability objectives.
A TRANSFORMATIONAL ACQUISITION, DELIVERING 
GOOD RESULTS
Throughout the year, we focused on integrating our new 
acquisitions and optimising our operations. The successful 
integration of CRH's lime and limestone operations has 
already begun to yield synergies, contributing to our improved 
EBITDA margins. Additionally, we have continued to invest 
in our existing assets, enhancing operational efficiency and 
extending the life of our quarries.
Our financial results for the year ended 31 December 2024 
reflect the successful execution of our growth strategy. 
Revenue increased by 72% to £998 million, with underlying 
EBITDA up 92% to £225 million. On a LFL basis underlying 
EBITDA increased 2%, despite a 2% reduction in LFL 
revenues, due to our operational focus on improving the 
business and delivering synergies. This strong performance 
was driven by the successful integration of the recent 
acquisitions, the resilience of our business model, and the 
dedication of our management teams across all regions.
GOOD STRATEGIC PROGRESS
In 2024, we completed the CRH Lime Acquisitions in 
Germany, Czechia, Ireland, the UK and Poland, solidifying 
our position as a leading European supplier of lime and 
limestone products. These acquisitions have expanded our 
geographical footprint and enhanced our product offerings, 
enabling us better to serve our diverse customer base across 
broad end-markets including industrial, construction and 
environmental sectors.
Lime and limestone are essential to modern industry and 
daily life and are key resources in the transition to a more 
sustainable economy. While these minerals are not always 
recognised as vital resources, they are essential to numerous 
industrial processes and will only become more integral in 
the years to come. Lime, in particular, stands out as the most 
cost-effective alkali, enabling essential chemical reactions 
that support a wide range of industries. This unique versatility 
and affordability make lime and limestone invaluable to our 
operations and central to our vision for the future.
GOVERNANCE
In July 2024, we announced the succession of our Chief 
Financial Officer. We would like to thank Garth Palmer, 
who stepped down at the end of 2024, for his dedication 
to the Group over the last eight years. Without his tenacity, 
professionalism, rigour and Australian no nonsense 
approach, this Group would not have been able to deliver 
what it has to date. We wish him the very best for the future. 
As part of the transition, we welcomed Jan van Beek, who 
joined the Board as CFO on 1 January 2025. Earlier in April 
2024 we welcomed two new independent non-executive 
members to our Board of Directors, Francesca Medda and 
Peter Johnson, bringing diverse expertise to guide SigmaRoc 
through its next phase of growth. During the year, we updated 
our key committee memberships (Audit, Remuneration 
and Nominations) to ensure they remained in line with best 
practice. In addition, we commissioned an external Board 
review, the results of which were used to ensure that the 
Board continues to be best placed to govern the Group 
effectively. Our governance framework continues to ensure 
transparency, accountability and alignment with the interests 
of our stakeholders, reflecting our commitment to high 
standards and ethical business practices.
WELL POSITIONED FOR YEAR AHEAD
Looking ahead, we remain confident in our ability to navigate 
the evolving market landscape. We are well positioned 
in attractive markets, with a diversified portfolio, and a 
commitment to sustainability that position us well for 
continued growth.
I would like to express my gratitude to our employees for 
their unwavering dedication, and to our customers and 
shareholders for their continued support. We have entered 
2025 with optimism and a clear strategy to drive further 
growth and value creation.
David Barrett 
Executive Chairman
14 March 2025
Chairman’s 
Statement
"We made significant 
strategic acquisitions, 
delivered a robust financial 
performance, focused 
on continuous safety 
improvement and delivered 
further progress towards our 
sustainability objectives."
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
17
CEO’s 
Strategic 
Report
Dear Shareholders,
2024 was a landmark year for SigmaRoc, a year 
characterised by three key developments. First, the phased 
completion of the acquisition of a large portfolio of lime and 
limestone companies from CRH plc. Secondly, the significant 
work conducted on the identification and implementation of 
an ambitious synergies programme. Thirdly, the continued 
management of the now expanded Group, in challenging 
market conditions.  
I would like to thank our colleagues for their hard work, 
commitment and dedication throughout the year in helping 
position SigmaRoc as one of Europe’s leading lime and 
limestone businesses. On 1st January 2025, we welcomed a 
new CFO, Jan van Beek, to the Board. I would like to thank his 
predecessor, Garth Palmer, for his years of dedicated service.
STRONG FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 
We are pleased to report an impressive financial year, marked 
by substantial revenue growth and enhanced profitability. 
Revenue for the year rose by 72% to £998 million, with 
underlying EBITDA increasing by 92% to £225 million, driven 
primarily by contributions from the CRH Lime Acquisitions. 
On a LFL basis, revenue decreased by 2%, reflecting softer 
volumes, forex effects and pass throughs. Underlying LFL 
EBITDA increased by 2% reflecting operational efficiencies 
from the synergy program and the successful integration of 
the acquisitions.
Underlying profit after tax increased to £98.1 million, 
translating into underlying EPS of 8.35p, representing a 3% 
increase YoY and an eighth consecutive year of growth. This 
increase in underlying EPS is particularly pleasing, given the 
structure of the CRH Lime Acquisitions, whereby equity and 
debt were front-loaded in the transaction, but with phased 
completion of the acquistions, and the challenging operating 
environment amidst elevated interest rates.
This robust performance is a testament to the strength of our 
diversified portfolio, the successful integration of the CRH 
Lime Acquisitions and the operational efficiencies we have 
implemented across the Group.
PROFORMA FINANCIAL HISTORY 
As a result of the transformational CRH Lime Acquisitions 
that were completed through the course of 2024, the 
Group has opted to present proforma revenue by market 
and product, together with proforma revenue and EBITDA 
by region, and volumes by product, in order to assist 
stakeholders in better understanding the enlarged Group.
REVENUE BY MARKET
2024
2023
YoY 
change
INDUSTRIAL
£367m
£395m
-7.1%
ENVIRONMENT
£205m
£207m
-1.0%
CONSTRUCTION
£470m
£461m
+2.0%
£1,042m
£1,063m
-2.0%
REVENUE BY PRODUCT
HIGH-GRADE MINERALS
£763m
£774m
-1.4%
AGGREGATES AND STONE
£115m
£117m
-1.7%
VALUE-ADDED PRODUCTS
£164m
£172m
-4.7%
£1,042m
£1,063m
-2.0%
SALES VOLUME BY PRODUCT 
HIGH-GRADE MINERALS
6.8mt
6.7mt
+1.5%
AGGREGATES AND STONE
16.5mt
17.2mt
-4.1%
VALUE-ADDED PRODUCTS
1.0mt
1.2mt
-16.7%
24.3mt
25.1mt
-3.2%
REGIONAL PROFORMA FINANCIAL HISTORY
UK & IRELAND 
2024
2023
YoY 
change
REVENUE 
£254m
£255m
-0.4%
EBITDA
£58m
£61m
-4.9%
WESTERN EUROPE
REVENUE 
£63m
£69m
-8.7%
EBITDA
£15m
£19m
-21.1%
CENTRAL EUROPE
REVENUE 
£461m
£473m
-2.5%
EBITDA
£130m
£120m
+8.3%
NORDICS
REVENUE 
£264m
£266m
-0.8%
EBITDA
£53m
£50m
+6.0%
TOTAL REVENUE 
£1,042m
£1,063m
-2.0%
TOTAL EBITDA1
£242m
£238m
+1.8%
Nordkalk site in Tytyri, Finland
Max Vermorken
Chief Executive
Officer
Co-founder
1 EBITDA is stated after £14m (FY24) and £12m (FY23) corporate costs.
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
19
CEO’s Strategic Report
Key takeaways from the above information are as follows:
	- The Group is now broadly spread across three key end-
markets – industrial, environment and construction, with 
no end market over 50% of the Group;
	- Regional performance was generally stable although 
there was some softness in Western Europe due to a 
disproportionate focus on construction;
	- High-grade minerals now represent over 70% of sales. 
Typically, the end-markets for high-grade minerals are 
characterised by large customers with exacting quality and 
chemical consistency expectations, a requirement for surety 
of supply, and long-term contractual arrangements; and
	- The broad base of end-markets and demanding 
attributes placed by our key customers on their suppliers 
demonstrates the importance SigmaRoc has in the supply 
chains for supporting the UK and Europe’s vital industrial 
requirements.
CLEAR STRATEGIC PROGRESS, SYNERGY PROGRAMME 
ON-TRACK
This year, we successfully completed the CRH Lime 
Acquisitions, expanding our lime footprint in Europe 
and establishing our position as a leading supplier of 
essential mineral products. This strategic move aligns 
with our ambition to scale responsibly while enhancing our 
competitive advantage in key markets.
With the acquisition of the lime and limestone businesses 
we launched an aggressive synergies programme targeting 
annualised synergies of between €30 million and €60 million 
to be delivered by 2027. The synergies have three principal 
sources; first operational and SG&A improvements, secondly 
plant network optimisation initiatives and lastly topline growth 
initiatives. I am pleased to report progress in all areas.
During 2024, we delivered around £8 million (€9 million) of 
synergies and increased the minimum deliverable target 
to £29 million (€35 million), a target we are now increasing 
to £33 million (€40 million). These increases were possible 
due to the better than anticipated performance on both 
operational and network synergies across the Group. As 
we progress through the programme, we also expect to 
increase the pace of delivery with the aim to complete the 
implementation of the base programme of £33 million (€40 
million) well ahead of the 2027 end date. 
In order to deliver the full programme of £50 million (€60 
million), further initiatives will need to be unlocked, including 
delivery of topline benefits. Lime and limestone are critical 
minerals in supporting the transition to a more sustainable 
economy and as the EU continues its journey towards 
cleaner energy and improved infrastructure, we expect 
additional demand for our products, driving further growth 
across the Group.
PORTFOLIO RATIONALISATION THROUGH DISPOSAL 
OF NON-CORE ASSETS
At the end of 2024, we progressed with our divestment 
program of non-core assets with the sale of our Belgian 
and French ready-mix concrete plants for a maximum 
consideration of €49.5 million, which included a €4.5 million 
earnout, in a two-part transaction.
The full consideration represented an attractive disposal 
multiple of over 7x LTM EBITDA, reflecting the high quality 
of the businesses being sold and a recognition of the 
meaningful margin expansion program implemented since 
our acquisition of the assets between 2021 and 2023 at a 
combined 4.5x LTM EBITDA. 
The first part of the consideration (€37 million) was received 
in December 2024 relating to the completion of the Belgian 
assets, with payment and completion for the French plants to 
come before the end of 2025.
We expect to deliver further progress on the rationalisation 
of non-core assets within the Group, with €20-25 million of 
remaining EBITDA related to non-core assets still available to 
be divested.
SAFETY
Safety remains a top priority across all our sites, and we 
are committed to ensuring a safe working environment 
for our employees and partners. We have implemented 
comprehensive training programs and safety initiatives 
across our operations, focusing on risk prevention, 
compliance and continuous improvement.
We expanded the Group’s HSE&P team, adding two new 
members stationed across the UK and central Europe. This 
enlarged team conducted over 180 audits across the Group’s 
expanded footprint. A comprehensive review of the progress 
we have made in relation to health & safety can be found in 
the ESG section of this report on page 116.
COMMITTED TO SUSTAINABILITY
Our commitment to environmental stewardship has 
continued to guide our approach to business. In 2024, we 
strengthened our efforts to minimise our environmental 
footprint by continuing to adopt alternative fuels, reducing 
carbon emissions and promoting sustainable practices 
within our operations. Our strategic alliances for sustainable 
lime and limestone products exemplify this commitment 
and reinforce our role in the transition to low-carbon 
economies. Socially, we have continued to engage with and 
support the communities where we operate, prioritising 
local employment, training and community development 
initiatives. There is a strong value ethic that permeates 
throughout the Group which is described more fully in the 
About Us section of this report on pages 30 to 43.
NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION 
STATEMENT
The Company recognises the need to report on climate change 
and sustainability under the Companies Act. The Group has 
fulfilled its requirement to report under the Companies Act 
throughout the ESG section of this report on pages 84 to 141. 
DRIVING INNOVATION TO SUPPORT GROWTH
The Group continues to innovate, with a particular focus on 
its kiln network. We are using AI to optimise the efficiency of 
our kilns, alongside implementing a programme to upgrade 
the entire network to ensure they are compatible with 
biofuels. In addition to this, SkreenHouse Ventures continues 
to evaluate innovative sustainable buildings products, 
such as reduced carbon cement and concrete, with more 
information on this in section 'Key Developments' on page 26.
POST PERIOD DEVELOPMENTS
In February 2025 we agreed amended terms on a 5-year 
facility to replace the bridge loan, which was due to expire in 
November 2025. The new facility is a private placement with 
PGIM Private Capital for €125 million, in two tranches, at a 
fixed rate of 4.93% with a bullet repayment in February 2030. 
This is the Group’s first private placement in the debt markets 
and represents a significant improvement in the rate and 
terms of the previous bridge facility.
Also in February 2025, CRH, which had a 15% shareholding in 
SigmaRoc, announced the sale of their entire shareholding. 
This secondary share placing was oversubscribed and 
taken up by a strong list of institutional investors, including 
a number of new institutions. We are grateful to our existing 
investors for their support and welcome our new investors 
to the Group. As part of this placing the SigmaRoc EBT 
(“SigmaEBT”) purchased 14,895,581 shares. Following this 
transaction the SigmaEBT held 29,513,668 ordinary shares, 
representing approximately 2.6% of the Company’s issued 
share capital. 
POSITIVE START TO 2025, WELL POSITIONED TO 
DELIVER
Looking ahead, we remain confident in our ability to deliver 
value for our stakeholders and to maintain our trajectory of 
growth. We have seen a positive start to 2025. The demand 
for lime and limestone as critical minerals in the ongoing 
shift to sustainable industry is set to grow, and SigmaRoc is 
well-positioned to capitalise on this trend. 
Reducing interest rates, a renewed political desire to 
support the economy and a number of megatrends that are 
supportive to lime and limestone markets should provide 
a useful stimulus for growth. Whilst we remain mindful of 
the wider macroeconomic and geopolitical environment, 
our focus remains on delivering further synergies through 
operational excellence, enhancing our sustainability 
initiatives, and exploring strategic opportunities to expand 
our presence in key markets.
In recent weeks, an ambitions support package proposed by 
the likely German coalition partners with respect to support 
for the German infrastructure, energy and defence sectors, 
has materially improved the midterm outlook for the German 
and European economies. How these support package will 
impact the specific demand levels of our products remains to 
be clarified, however, if implemented as currently presented, 
they would support the demand for lime and limestone 
across Germany and the wider region. 
In closing, I would like to thank our employees, customers 
and stakeholders for their continued support and 
commitment to SigmaRoc’s mission. Together, we are 
building a stronger, more sustainable future for all.
This report was approved by the Board on 14 March 2025.
Max Vermorken 
Chief Executive Officer 
Max Vermorken visiting Nordkalk limestone quarry in Miedzianka, Poland
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024

01
06
02
07
03
08
Put on some boots 
and walk your site.
Be agile, it
keeps our profit
growing.
Keep yourself  
and those around 
you safe.
Stay humble,
envy kills teams
and arrogance
kills companies.
Take decisions, we 
have your back.
Build your teams,
listen to their
concerns and
have some fun.
The Group's Core Values
04
09
Keep the herd 
moving West.
Turn every 
challenge into an 
opportunity.
05
10
Be speedy – it 
keeps our rivals 
guessing.
Remember, our 
customers pay the 
bills, our suppliers 
allow us to operate, 
our communities 
tolerate our
presence, and our 
shareholders gave 
us this opportunity.
Ronez quarry in Jersey, Channel Islands
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
21

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
23
	
─
January
Successful re-admission to AIM as part of the acquisition of 
CRH Deal 1 lime and industrial limestone businesses for a 
total consideration of €745 million funded via £200 million 
equity placing and partial drawdown of new €875 million 
senior debt facility.
	
─
February
Active integration of CRH Deal 1 businesses into the Group, 
with immediate commencement of synergies and IT 
roadmap workstreams.
	
─
March
Completion of CRH Deal 2, being CRH’s UK lime operations, 
for a total consideration of €155 million funded via partial 
drawdown of new €875 million senior debt facility.
Publication of the annual results for 2023 together with  
ESG report and issue of notification of AGM to be held in 
April 2024.
	
─
April
Appointments of Peter Johnson and Francesca Medda  
as independent non-executive directors to the board of  
the Company.
AGM held and all resolutions duly passed.
	
─
June 
Exercise of call option to acquire CRH Deal 3 business, being 
CRH’s Polish lime operations, together with submission of 
filing for Polish competition office clearance.
	
─
July
Publication of trading update for H1 2024 and 
announcement of the exit for Garth Palmer as CFO of the 
Group, with Jan van Beek, Deputy CFO and CFO designate, 
gradually taking over his tasks. Polish anti-trust clearance 
obtained. 10-year strategic alliance forged with Duo Group 
to produce and sell sustainable limestone aggregates in the 
UK market. 
	
─
August
Completion of the acquisition of CRH Deal 3 business for 
a total consideration of €100 million, funded entirely by 
deferred consideration payable in 2029. While completed 
in August across the last weekend of the month, formal 
announcement was not made until 7am on Monday, 2 
September 2024.
	
─
September
Publication of interim results, with an update on CRH 
lime businesses performing in line with expectations and 
confirmed via proforma trading results.
	
─
October
Publication of the trading update for 9-months ended 30 
September 2024, with guidance on synergies to be  
delivered by 2027 increased to €35 million from €30 million 
at the interims.
	
─
December
Update on CFO succession, with Garth Palmer stepping 
down from his role as CFO and appointment of Jan van Beek 
as CFO and Director of the Company from 1 January 2025.
Disposal of Belgian ready-mix concrete plants completed 
with smaller French plants to complete in 2025, with a 
maximum total consideration of €49.5 million, at a disposal 
multiple in excess of 7x LTM EBITDA.
CDH supplied 800m2 of 
bluestone to rebuild Paris' 
Notre Dame Cathedral's 
damaged flooring, which 
was impacted by the 
collapse of the spire in the 
heart of the cathedral.
If you visit Notre-Dame de 
Paris, you’ll be walking on 
our Belgian bluestone.
Photographer: Cedric Brion
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
2024 
Timeline of 
Key Events

Fels site in Germany
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
25
CRH LIME ACQUISITIONS
On 22 November 2023, the Company announced 
the conditional and transformational acquisition of a 
comprehensive portfolio of European lime and industrial 
limestone assets from CRH, alongside a £200 million equity 
fundraising and new €875 million debt facility. 
The acquisitions bought to the Group over 1 billion tonnes of 
additional mineral and annualised revenue of over €575 million. 
The addition of these assets transformed the scale of the 
Group’s industrial minerals business and is already unlocking 
significant financial, operational and strategic benefits.
The acquisitions were independent of each other, but on 
a combined basis represented a total consideration of €1 
billion, with €825 million initial and €175 million deferred 
consideration. The acquisitions were structured as follows 
(with Deal 1, Deal 2 and Deal 3 collectively representing the 
‘Acquisitions’):
DEAL  
1
COMPLETED 4 JANUARY 2024
Comprises German, Czechia and Irish lime 
and industrial limestone businesses for a 
total consideration of €745 million, subject 
to customary purchase price adjustments. 
The consideration was satisfied by a 
combination of €230 million from gross 
equity proceeds, €350 million drawdown 
from the new debt facility and €75 million 
deferred consideration.
DEAL 
2
COMPLETED 26 MARCH 2024
Consisted of the UK lime operations of 
CRH for a total consideration of €155 
million, satisfied entirely by drawdown 
from the new debt facility.
DEAL 
3
COMPLETED 2 SEPTEMBER 2024
Consisted of the Polish lime operations 
of CRH for a total consideration of €100 
million, funded entirely from deferred 
consideration.
Strategically the Acquisitions represented an opportunity to 
become one of Europe’s leaders in lime, combining high quality 
businesses and complementary footprints, positioning the 
Group as either the number one or number two participant in 
all its key lime markets. 
Lime and limestone are key resources in the transition to a 
more sustainable economy and lime products are natural 
carbon absorbers. New applications for lime and limestone 
products through the increase in focus on sustainability 
include the production and recycling of lithium batteries 
as part of increasing electrification, the decarbonisation of 
construction including through substitution of cementitious 
material and new building materials, and environmental 
applications including lake liming, air pollution control and 
direct air capture.
Furthermore, the Acquisitions support the Group’s ESG and 
net zero ambitions offering a more diverse asset network, 
further positioning of the Group with regards to CCS hubs 
and giving the Group a strategic role in the decarbonisation 
of key industries such as steel and chemicals.
SYNERGIES AND INTEGRATION 
A synergy program targeting annualised synergies of 
£25 million (€35 million) to £50 million (€60 million) was 
launched post the acquisition of the CRH lime and limestone 
business. During 2024, we delivered around £8 million (€9 
million) of synergies and increased the minimum deliverable 
target to £29 million (€35 million) because of better than 
anticipated performance on both operational and network 
synergies across the Group. We are now increasing the 
minimum to £33 million (€40 million) based on recently 
identified SG&A restructuring savings across the network to 
be delivered by 2027. 
DIVESTMENT OF FRENCH AND BELGIUM 
READY-MIX CONCRETE BUSINESSES
As part of our divestment program of non-core assets, 
the Company reached an agreement in December 2024 to 
sell the Belgian and French ready-mix concrete plants for 
a maximum consideration of €49.5 million in a two-part 
transaction of which the first deal comprising the Belgium 
business was sold in December 2024 and the second deal is 
expected to complete in 2025. This consideration included a 
€4.5 million earnout as part of the first deal.
Fels site in Rübeland, Germany
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
Key 
Developments

Ludovic Emsens 
Group Venture  
Manager – Innovate 
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
27
Key Developments
2024 ACCOMPLISHMENTS
Strategic Investments:
SkreenHouse Ventures by SigmaRoc is strategically investing in pioneering companies like Cemfree, Material Evolution and 
others each revolutionising the construction industry with next-generation sustainable technologies. 
	- Cemfree is SigmaRoc’s solution for ultra-low-carbon cement alternatives, delivering a geopolymer-based solution that 
eliminates traditional Portland cement, significantly reducing CO₂ emissions without compromising performance. 
Operational Innovations:
	- Integrated artificial intelligence across workflows, optimising operations, decision-making and sustainability metrics; and
	- AI process control system was Implemented at Kaltes Tal Kiln, proving to reduce the fuel consumption improving cost 
management and minimised emissions. 
KEY STATISTICS 2024
110
Projects reviewed
6
Due Diligence
56
Active Follow-Ups
1
Completed Venture
Cemfree: Cement free sustainable concrete
VENTURES
SigmaRoc achieved a series of milestones in 2024, propelled 
by its innovative approach through SigmaRoc Ventures. 
The strategic ventures arm enabled the Company to 
integrate emerging technologies, sustainable practices and 
advanced materials, solidifying its position at the forefront of 
industry transformation. These advancements have laid the 
groundwork for the evolution into SkreenHouse Ventures by 
SigmaRoc in 2025 – a bold initiative designed to redefine the 
future of construction and raw materials.
SkreenHouse Ventures by SigmaRoc is a pioneering 
platform dedicated to accelerating innovation, investment 
and collaboration within the construction sector. Focused 
on sustainable materials, green construction and industrial 
advancements, SkreenHouse is spearheading the long-
overdue digital and environmental transformation of one 
of the world’s largest industries. By leveraging industrial 
partnerships, it provides portfolio companies with direct 
access to a large customer base, with c.100 test sites, and a 
market entry process that is six times faster than traditional 
pathways. Backed by a team with years of collective industry 
expertise, SkreenHouse transforms groundbreaking concepts 
into industry-defining solutions, ensuring that innovation is 
not just explored but successfully implemented at scale. 
Mevo Update 
Material Evolution successfully opened its ultra-low carbon cement production 
plant on the site of CCP Building Products. This co-location marks a first of its kind 
approach to cement and concrete production under one roof, further signifying 
SigmaRoc’s commitment to sustainable development, and support of start-ups in 
driving innovation that should transform the industry.
STRATEGIC DIRECTION
Lime’s essential role in carbon capture technologies 
highlights its significance in achieving net zero objectives, 
positioning SkreenHouse Ventures at the forefront of 
sustainable construction innovation. Supported startups 
can leverage SigmaRoc’s R&D facilities, industry expertise, 
extensive European network, reliable supply of high-quality 
raw materials and valuable customer connections.
Green Construction:
	- Increasing regulatory and consumer focus on sustainability 
has accelerated the adoption of low-carbon materials; and
	- SigmaRoc’s investment in Material Evolution 
demonstrates alignment with these trends, leveraging 
innovations that drive decarbonisation across the sector.
Enhanced Productivity:
	- The construction industry is undergoing a digital 
transformation, where AI-driven platforms are  
enabling real-time decision-making and efficiency 
improvements; and
	- SigmaRoc’s commitment to productivity enhancements 
positions it to capitalise on these market shifts.
Construction Supply Chain:
	- Investments in technologies supporting real-time 
tracking and advanced analytics are ensuring streamlined 
resource management, reducing costs and environmental 
impacts; and
	- SigmaRoc’s focus on supply chain optimisation aligns 
with the growing market demand for efficiency and 
sustainability.
Future of Construction:
	- Advances in robotics, automation and modular 
construction methods are transforming industry practices, 
enabling SigmaRoc to lead in technological innovation; 
and
	- Strategic investment in initiatives like Aqualung’s carbon 
capture solutions further emphasise SigmaRoc’s 
commitment to sustainability and operational excellence.
This approach not only reflects SigmaRoc’s strategic 
alignment with market trends but also solidifies its position 
as an industry leader in sustainable, efficient and innovative 
industrial practices.
Material Evolution Plant on 
CCP site in Wrexham, Wales

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
29
Key Developments
GREENCEM 
LAUNCH OF GREENCEM / POST YEAR DEVELOPMENT
In March 2025, the Company launched GreenCem, an ultra-low carbon concrete technology designed to reduce the 
environmental impact of concrete production. Unlike other low-carbon solutions, which are often limited to niche 
projects representing a small proportion of total industry output, GreenCem is designed for use in all concrete 
production, with the potential to reduce the carbon footprint of concrete products by up to 80%.
GreenCem complies with industry standards, maintains manufacturing and product performance, and ensures cost 
stability compared to other premium technologies. The technology is available for immediate implementation.
The Company aims to collaborate with concrete producers across all sectors to facilitate industry-wide adoption of 
lower-carbon solutions.

About Us
Nordkalk limestone quarry in Pargas, Finland
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
31
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE

INDUSTRY
Iron
Steel 
Aluminium
Cobalt
Copper
Gold
Lead
Lithium
Nickel
Titanium
Uranium
Zinc
Float glass
Container glass
Glass fibre filaments
Fibreglass insulation
Computer glass
Lamps and bulbs glass
Laboratory glass containers and 
equipment
Optical glass
High temperature cookware
Oven glass
Paper
Paper coatings
Plastics
Rubbers
Sulphonates
Phenates
Salicylates
Fire extinguisher foam
Soap 
Detergents
Engine lubricants
Leather hide processing
Chrome chemicals
Modelling clay
Cat litter component
Glue
Gelatin
Capsules
Cosmetics
Ointments
CONSTRUCTION  
& ENGINEERING
Refractory lining bricks
Mortars
Granular repair products
Renders
Plasters
Insulating building blocks
Sand-lime bricks
Lime concrete
High alumina cements
Limewash
Soil stabilisation
Soil treatment
Hydraulic road binders
Tunnelling
Aggregate improvement
Asphalt enhancement
Hemp lime binder
Paints
Adhesives
Caulking agents
Sealant
Pumped tunnel grouts additive
Road tunnel safety lighting 
improvement
Heat island effect coolant
Pest inhibitor
Calcium silicate fire protection 
boards and castings
ENVIRONMENT  
& FOOD
Treatment of effluent
Water filtration
Salt brines purification
Soda lime
Removal of acidic to air
Removal of pollutants of 
emissions to air
Flue gas treatment
Liquid acidity neutralisation
Effluent treatment
Sewage sludge modifier
Contaminated land treatment
Shipping emissions
Battery making
Battery recycling
Lake liming
Drinking water
Sugar
Fertilisers
Animal feed
Fish farming
Fruit farming
Milk
Cream
Butter
Corn tortillas
Fungicide
Dietary supplements
Antacids
Toothpaste
Baking powder
Inorganic salt
...
LIME A CRITICAL COMPONENT IN THE GREEN 
TRANSITION
Lime, often overlooked in discussions of industrial 
decarbonisation, plays a significant role in the transition to 
a low-carbon future. Unlike cement, which it superficially 
resembles, lime offers a more sustainable and versatile 
pathway towards reducing carbon emissions across 
numerous critical sectors.
Lime uniquely supports the production, processing and 
recycling of over 65% of the EU’s Critical Raw Materials. 
Applications span renewables (powering wind and solar 
energy infrastructure), electric mobility (a key component 
in electric vehicle manufacturing), ICT, Defence and various 
industrial processes. This widespread use demands 
significant quantities of minerals, with the specific types and 
amounts varying considerably depending on the application; 
electric vehicles, for example, require far more minerals in 
their production process than conventional cars. The fast-
evolving portfolio of lime’s applications over time emphasises 
its adaptive role within a changing industrial landscape.
LIME VS. CEMENT
A direct comparison with cement production highlights 
lime's sustainability advantages. Cement production 
is characterised by limited products across a small 
portfolio of applications, emission volumes with lower CO2 
concentrations, and low kiln thermal efficiencies. Lime 
production, however, exhibits significantly greater flexibility, 
with multiple applications across diverse sectors. Its  
re-carbonation rate is much faster with up to 100% occurring 
in the first year, CO2 concentrations are greater, allowing 
more options for CCS, and lime has a significantly lower 
overall cost to customers.
While lime production does generate CO2 emissions (on 
average 1.1 tonnes per tonne of lime), these emissions 
are primarily divided between combustion (one -third) and 
process (two-thirds), presenting opportunities for targeted 
reduction strategies. We describe further our approach to 
dealing with these emissions in our ESG report. 
CO2 EMISSIONS DURING LIME PRODUCTION PROCESS 
1.1 TONNE CO2/T LIME
Lime for Life
...Need lime to be produced.
Focused on Essential Minerals
OUR MISSION?   LIME FOR LIFE. TO SUPPLY ESSENTIAL MINERALS CRITICAL FOR LIFE ACROSS 
THE INDUSTRIAL AND CONSTRUCTION SECTORS
ESSENTIAL PART OF LIFE
PRICE STABILITY
CaCo3 
Highly versatile material 
due to its chemical 
properties
Inflation+
pricing
USED EVERYWHERE
MARKET GROWTH2
1%-2%
overal market growth
>300 
essential applications
SMALL % OF PRODUCTION COST
LONG-TERM CUSTOMERS3
98%
of customer relationships
over 3 years
Steel
<2%
P&P
<1%
Chemicals
<1%
Flue gas
<3%
DIVERSE END-MARKETS1
STRONG MARGINS
22%
average margin over
last 17 years
20%
Environ.
35%
Industry
45%
Construction
1 FY24 proforma revenue split
2 Source: Leading consulting group – 2025-2030 lime volume CAGR
3 Based on lime and industrial limestone only
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
33

Industry 
35% of FY24 proforma revenue
The industry segment primarily includes 
the following end-markets: 
	
─
Steel
	
─
Pulp & paper
	
─
Chemical
	
─
Mining 
High-grade minerals 
73% of FY24 proforma revenue
High grade minerals refer to premium 
rock processed into powders, granules, 
or quicklime for industrial use. 
Aggregates and stone 
11% of FY24 proforma revenue
Aggregates and stone are construction 
aggregates and other non high-grade 
mineral products. 
Value-added products 
16% of FY24 proforma revenue
Value-added products refer to dimension 
stone, concrete blocks, pre-cast 
concrete, ready-mix concrete, asphalt 
and other tailored construction materials.
Construction 
45% of FY24 proforma revenue
The construction segment primarily 
includes the following end-markets: 
	
─
Infrastructure
	
─
Residential construction 
Environment 
20% of FY24 proforma revenue
The environment segment primarily 
includes the following end-markets: 
	
─
Water treatment
	
─
Food
	
─
Flue gas treatment 
With a Leadership Position Across Northern Europe
Market positions in lime and minerals
No.1 in the UK
No.1 in Channel Islands
No.1 in Ireland
No.2 in Czechia
No.1 in the Finland
No.2 in Germany
No.1 in the Norway
No.1 in Belgium
No.2 in Poland
No.1 in the Sweden
OUR VISION?   TO BE NORTHERN EUROPE'S LEADING SUPPLIER OF ESSENTIAL MINERALS
Portfolio and Market Diversification
site clusters
Nordics
Central Europe
Western Europe
UK & Ireland
Market position in lime and minerals
SEGMENTS
PRODUCTS
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
35

With Mega Trends Supporting Long-Term Growth
Sustainable industrial production / Fossil-free steel 
manufacturing, clinker reduction in cement
Steel is one of the most reliable and commonly used materials 
in construction and the evolution of advanced manufacturing 
techniques is revolutionising the way steel is produced. Clinker 
is the intermediate material manufactured to produce cement, 
but its production is energy and CO2 intensive. Clinker reduction 
and green steel production through increased substitution and 
use of limestone and lime will help to drive sustainability.
55% reduction in carbon emissions by European 
Steel industry by 2030 (from 1990 baseline)
Source: Eurofer
Electrification of the economy / The ongoing 
transition
Electrification requires reimagining how we refuel our cars, 
heat and cool homes, and power industries. Localised energy 
storage for the grid, and the proliferation in the numbers 
of electric vehicles, will all drive a huge increase in the 
requirement for batteries, with mining and refining of lithium all 
reliant on lime. 
Lithium battery production in Europe is 
predicted to grow nearly 8-fold by 2030 
Source: Global Consulting Firm
Modern buildings and infrastructure / High-rise 
building and resilient infrastructure
Meeting the needs for greener and smarter infrastructure will 
require the construction of environmentally friendly and resilient 
cities. As urban land is becoming scarce, there is increasing 
high-rise construction, which will require the increasing use 
of innovative materials, especially steel. In addition, energy 
efficiency, waste reduction solutions and recycling are all likely 
to require the increasing use of lime and limestone.
75% of the EU’s building stock is classified as 
energy inefficient
Source: Environment Energy Leader
Growing e-commerce / Sustainable packaging, 
plastics reduction
Consumer awareness of the ramifications of packaging waste 
has driven brand owners and retailers to act on packaging 
waste and in particular the diminishing use of plastic in a 
drive for the use of circular materials. Lime and limestone are 
essential parts of many sustainable paper and board solutions 
that are now becoming the norm in packaging solutions.
European e-commerce forecast: 8%  
2025-2029 CAGR 
Source: Statista
Importance in critical minerals / Security of vital 
supplies for Europe
There is growing recognition of the importance of securing 
European access to critical minerals. Throughout history raw 
materials have played a critical role in economic development 
and we are now becoming increasingly reliant on a new set of 
critical raw materials, including rare-earth elements and metals 
such as lithium, all of which will require increasing amounts of 
lime and limestone in their mining and refinement. 
European lithium demand forecast to increase 
12x between 2020 and 2030 
Source: Somo
Environmental protection / Applications to safeguard 
ecosystems
The goals in Europe include enhancing natural capital, reducing 
greenhouse gas emissions, dealing with water and air pollution, 
and restoring large areas of land and sea habitat in order 
to achieve climate neutrality by 2050. Limestone is used in 
ocean and lake liming to restore pH balance. Air pollution and 
the treatment of industrial waste all rely on lime to neutralise 
harmful pollutants.
General government expenditure in the EU  
on environmental protection amounted to 
€130 billion in 2022
Source: European Commission
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
37

In January 2024, the Group raised £200 million and established 
a new €875 million senior debt facility to acquire the CRH 
lime businesses, with Germany, Czechia and Ireland being 
completed in January 2024, UK in March 2024 and then Poland 
in September 2024. Collectively, this investment transformed 
the Group into a leading European lime and minerals producer.
The primary focus for 2024 was the completion and 
integration of these acquisitions, ensuring they operated 
efficiently within the Group’s structure while driving overall 
profitability as well as country-specific gains. 
Executing the Strategy
Alongside this, the Group agreed to dispose of its sector 
leading Belgian and French ready-mix concrete businesses, 
for a maximum consideration of €49.5 million including 
a €4.5 million earnout. This disposal, achieving a multiple 
of >7x LTM EBITDA, reflected the strong performance of 
the businesses and the success of the margin expansion 
program implemented since their acquisition between 2021 
and 2023. Of the consideration, €40 million was received in 
December 2024 relating to the completion of the Belgian 
assets, with payment and completion for the French plants 
and earnout to come later, post period end.
Profitable Exits from Non-Core Portfolio
JULY 2023 
£11m proceeds from 4 assets
Grinding plant (Poland) at 7.2x non-core due to location 
Road maintenance (Belgium) acquired with another acquisition, 
effective multiple of 5.3x
Industrial land plus disused quarry (Belgium)
DECEMBER 2024 
£40m for concrete plants
Ready-mix concrete plants sold in excess of 7x
Businesses acquired for 4.5x
Clear Strategy
We help and empower 
local managers to  
become best in class  
operators.
We seek to sell 
everything we quarry 
and add downstream 
activities.
We confront industrial 
challenges be it  
footprint or product. 
04
This gives us
COST  
CONTROL
This gives us 
MARGIN 
EXPANSION
This gives us 
A COMPETITIVE  
EDGE
We call this 
We call this 
We call this 
We call this 
INVEST 
IMPROVE
INTEGRATE 
INNOVATE 
We own mineral 
reserves, assets and 
infrastructure that 
have high barriers  
to entry.
This gives us
PRICING 
POWER
OUR CORE OPERATING PRINCIPLES - THE 4Is
Leading European lime business with strong asset backing 
#1 or #2 in 10 countries; 2.7 billion tonnes of mineral reserves and resources
Essential product with dozens of applications 
Used everywhere in modern life, essential to production, insignificant cost
Attractive and diversified end-markets 
Resilient and diversified market with robust pricing and sustainable growth
DIVESTMENT STRATEGY 
	
─Ongoing sales 
expected
	
─No ‘distressed’ exits
	
─c. £20-25m EBITDA 
from remaining  
non-core assets
01
03
02
Emmanuel Maes 
Group ExCo Member – Invest
Emmanuel joined SigmaRoc in 2019 and has been 
instrumental in developing the Group in Europe. 
Previously Emmanuel served as CEO of Group 
De Cloedt (2004-2018), a Belgian company 
specialising in dredging, production and 
commercialisation of sand, gravel and hardstone, 
building the business from €40 million to €240 
million annual turnover, through organic growth 
and acquisitions.
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
39
Nordkalk limestone quarry in Lappeeranta, Finland

Executing the Strategy
A synergy program targeting annualised synergies of £25 million (€30 million) to 
£50 million (€60 million) was launched, with £7.5 million (€9 million) delivered in the 
year and the minimum deliverable target raised to £29 million (€35 million) during 
2024, and £33 million (€40 million) post period end, due to stronger-than-expected 
operational and network synergies. The focus remained on integrating the new 
businesses effectively while unlocking further efficiencies and ensuring best-
practice measures were implemented across all entities. 
Synergies: Now Targeting Minimum €40m
Delivery of Synergies
Efforts to improve operational 
efficiency and sustainability 
progressed through advancements in 
electricity, alternative fuels and carbon 
capture. Circa 70% of consumed 
electricity is fossil free whilst the 
alternative fuels program, including 
biofuels, continued to expand across 
the kiln network, having proved 100% 
continual biofuel substitution in some 
kilns and up to 50% in others. Previous 
hydrogen trials demonstrated 
the feasibility of 100% hydrogen 
substitution, further supporting 
the Group’s commitment to, and 
opportunities for, decarbonisation. 
Carbon capture initiatives also 
advanced, with the Group working 
closely with pre- and post-combustion 
carbon capture suppliers to 
deliver optimal solutions based on 
geographical region and asset type, 
including technologies such as oxy-
fuel combustion and Ocean GeoLoop.
EBITDA 
acquisition 
multiples
Based on 2024 EBITDA, excludes corporate overheads and divestments.
ESG: Building a Better Business
EBITDA Improvement on Businesses Acquired Pre-CRH Deals
Restructuring overlaps 
e.g. Nordkalk / Bjorka 
Minerals
Operational excellence
Kiln / quarry basic 
efficiency
Network optimisation 
Kiln ‘network’ efficiencies 
/ closures
Buying power 
Group scale improves 
purchasing ability
Commercial excellence 
Sharing best practice
Other 
Exports / repatriation of 
sales volumes
46%
Reduction since 2021 
baseline2
112%
YoY increase across the 
Group
18%
YoY reduction in TIFR
10%
YoY intensity reduction
100%
In Finland, Sweden, Germany, 
Czechia, Belgium
>180
Site audits conducted
EMISSION INTENSITY1
ALTERNATIVE POWER
INJURY FREQUENCY
ENERGY INTENSITY
FOSSIL FREE ELECTRICITY
SAFETY AUDITS
IMPROVEMENT  
DRIVEN BY: 
	
─Revenue growth
	
─New geographies
	
─Improved lime strategy
	
─Purchasing
	
─Energy & alternative 
fuels
	
─Process optimisation
	
─Cost improvement
	
─SG&A restructure
Topline growth
Cost synergies
1. Emissions intensity is CO2 t / revenue
2. Based on proforma for new Group
EBITDA acquired
EBITDA improvement  
based on FY24
Guy Edwards 
Group ExCo Member – Integrate
With more than 30 years of experience 
in the construction industry, Guy 
Edwards is Group ExCo Member of 
Integration at SigmaRoc. Over the 
years, he has held a variety of senior 
roles within Aggregate Industries, both 
in the UK and US. In 2013, Guy served 
as a UK Executive Committee member 
responsible for European operations 
and, in 2014, was named COO for the 
Aggregate Industries US (Holcim USA).
Charles Trigg 
Group ExCo Member – Improve 
Co-founder
Charles co-founded SigmaRoc in 2016, joining the team 
from his role with Holcim. At SigmaRoc, Charles has led 
M&A, CAPEX, projects, ops excellence, HSE, ESG, risk, and 
insurance.
Before co-founding the Group, he worked globally in 
construction and materials, starting at Holcim, then in Qatar 
on strategic supply, and in NZ on Christchurch's post-quake 
rebuild. He later returned to Holcim as Group Head of 
CAPEX Northern Europe and led ops and supply chain for 
the LafargeHolcim merger in that region.
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
41

Executing the Strategy
The Group continued to innovate by driving advancements in 
sustainable materials and green construction, with ongoing 
developments highlighted throughout the year. A strategic 
10-year alliance was established with Duo Group to produce 
and sell sustainable limestone aggregates in the UK market, 
reinforcing the Group’s commitment to sustainability and 
long-term market leadership. Investments in AI-driven 
operations, sustainable ventures and efficiency programs 
remained key priorities, ensuring continuous progress in 
operational excellence and environmental responsibility. This 
includes the artificial intelligence-driven high-level process 
control systems being systematically deployed to enhance 
process stability, reduce energy consumption and lower 
carbon dioxide emissions.
Since inception and throughout 2024, the Group has 
consistently grown both organically and through acquisitions, 
delivering improved performance and shareholder value. With 
a larger entity and significant internal cash flow potential, 
the focus will now shift to disciplined capital management, 
leveraging internal resources to support the next phase of 
sustainable and strategic growth.
Proven by Sustainable Track Record of Growth
Fons Vermorken 
Group ExCo Member – Innovate, and Head of Systems 
Co-founder
Fons co-founded SigmaRoc in 2016, supporting initially 
part time all acquisitions and leading IT, ERP, analytics, 
and digital innovation. As needs grew, he became 
full-time Group ExCo Member, focusing on systems 
integration, data analytics, digital strategy, and M&A.
Previously, he worked in big data and software for risk, 
trading, and investment, with roles at Société Générale, 
Apollo Global Management company BRIT, and Altana 
Wealth. He holds degrees in Financial Economics and 
Computational Econometrics and has published on big 
data analytics. His London-based team includes three 
members.
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
43

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
45
GROUP STRUCTURE
Following the transformational acquisition of Nordkalk in 
August 2021, the Group’s geographical footprint, product 
offering and end-user markets changed substantially. Whilst 
wishing to retain the established platform model, which had 
proven effective in ensuring the businesses remain locally 
focused and agile, we saw the potential to enhance this 
through additional Group level structure to support further 
growth and expansion.
In 2022, we augmented our platforms with an overarching 
regional structure. Each region has a Managing Director 
(MD) and Financial Director (FD) who are responsible 
and accountable for overseeing performance, steering 
development and driving growth.
In 2024, as a result of the CRH Lime Acquisitions, the Group 
expanded this structure to include a new Central region, 
consisting of Germany and Czechia, with Poland and the 
Baltics also joining this region. The North-West region 
becomes the UK & Ireland, following the acquisition of our 
new Irish operation, and the North-East, now focussing solely 
on the Nordics, is also renamed.
The regional structure aligns the Group as follows:
REGION
MD
FD
Countries
Segments
UK & IRELAND
Michael Roddy
Michael Crump
UK
Ireland
Channel Islands
Construction
Environment
Industry
WESTERN EUROPE
Eric Dothée
Matthias Maroil
Belgium
Netherlands
Luxembourg
Northern France
Spain
Construction
CENTRAL EUROPE
Burkhard Naffin
Christian Schäfer
Germany
Czechia
Poland
Baltics
Construction
Environment 
Industry
NORDICS
Marcel Gestranius
Finland
Sweden
Norway
Construction
Environment
Industry
Nordkalk limestone quarry in Miedzianka, Poland
UK & IRELAND
WESTERN EUROPE
CENTRAL EUROPE
NORDICS
Site clusters
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
 
Regions

STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
Regions
At a product level, the Group is now structured around 
three core product categories which it uses to assess 
performance, being high-grade minerals, aggregates and 
stone and value-added products.
High-grade minerals are higher-grade limestone products 
produced from quarried limestone material which is 
processed and then ground into powders and granulates or 
burnt into quicklime, which can then be further processed 
through hydration and re-carbonation. High-grade minerals 
also include other high-grade specialised minerals such as 
dolomite and wollastonite. High-grade mineral customers 
are typically large national or multinational corporates under 
fixed annual supply agreements over long-term contracts. 
In most cases, these contracts include dynamic pricing 
mechanisms to adjust for changes in the price of key input 
costs such as energy and logistics.
Aggregates and stone are construction aggregates and 
other non high-grade mineral products. They include quarried 
limestone, granite, and similar naturally occurring materials 
that are not classified as high-grade. These resources 
are typically crushed and processed into various size 
specifications, then sold primarily for use in construction and 
infrastructure projects. Typical customers include:
	- Government agencies: For the construction and 
maintenance of infrastructure such as roads, bridges, and 
coastal defenses;
	- Large corporates: Involved in commercial, residential, and 
civil engineering developments;
	- Independent house builders and contractors: Supporting 
a wide range of building activities;
	- Merchants and resellers: Including shipping agents and 
bulk material wholesalers;
	- Individuals and small businesses: Carrying out home 
improvements, landscaping, and small-scale construction 
work.
Value-added products are aggregates that undergo further 
processing to create specialised construction materials, 
offering enhanced utility and functionality for various 
infrastructure and building applications. These products 
include dimension stone, concrete blocks, pre-cast concrete, 
ready-mix concrete, asphalt and other tailored construction 
materials. Through additional processing steps, such as 
mixing, moulding or binding with cement or bitumen, the 
aggregates achieve properties that make them ideal for 
specific use cases, including:
	- Dimension stone: Quarried as large natural limestone 
blocks with unique characteristics (colour, texture and 
pattern) which are then processed into slabs, and then cut 
and finished to various specifications. Dimension stone 
is used in the construction market for infrastructure and 
residential projects as tiles, skirtings, paving, cladding 
and bespoke applications such as kitchen benches and 
swimming pools;
	- Concrete blocks and pre-cast elements: Used in 
both commercial and residential building structures, 
these products offer uniformity, durability and ease 
of installation for walls, foundations and structural 
components;
	- Ready-mix concrete: Supplied directly to construction 
sites in a ready-to-use form, this product meets strict 
specifications for consistency and strength, ideal for 
applications where speed and reliability are crucial, such 
as large-scale infrastructure projects; and
	- Asphalt: Produced by combining aggregates with 
bitumen, asphalt is used extensively in road construction, 
parking lots and airport runways due to its durability and 
weather resistance.
Value-added products cater to a wide range of customers, 
from large construction firms and infrastructure developers 
to government agencies and municipal bodies responsible 
for building and maintaining public roads, bridges and 
facilities. Contractors, stone transformers and cutters, and 
smaller builders also rely on these products for residential 
and commercial developments, while merchants, wholesalers 
and distributors help facilitate broader market access.
In terms of end-markets, the Group broadly fits into three 
primary categories, being industrial, environment and 
construction.
Industrial markets utilise high-grade minerals for various 
applications, ranging from fillers in the production of 
cardboard to reactive agents in the treatment of flue gas, soil 
and water. The Group’s industrial markets comprise:
	- Pulp, paper & board: Quicklime is required in the closed 
chemical circulation of modern pulp mills, helping 
decrease the environmental impact of the production 
process. Approximately 250kg of quicklime is required to 
produce a tonne of pulp. Quicklime and limestone are also 
used as fillers in the production of paper and cardboard;
	- Metals & mining: Quicklime and limestone are used in 
various metal production applications, including steel and 
copper production and metal recycling. Quicklime is also 
an important chemical for regulating various processes in 
the mining industry; and
	- Chemical: Finely ground limestone powders are used as 
fillers in paint and adhesives. Wollastonite is also used 
to enhance properties of paint, plastics and other unique 
applications.
Environmental markets also utilise high-grade minerals, 
which at a high level involves either regulating acidity levels 
or removing toxins. The Group’s environmental markets 
comprise:
	- Environmental: Quicklime, slaked lime and limestone 
powders are used to remove acidic compounds such as 
sulphur, chlorine and fluorine from flue gas before the 
chimney. Quicklime and slaked lime are also used to treat 
water, raising the pH level of drinking water and reducing 
toxicity of wastewater; and
	- Food: Quicklime is critical in achieving sustainable and 
more productive agriculture for the food market, both in 
terms of livestock and farming. Limestone is also used to 
increase soil pH and in animal feed.
Construction markets use quarried limestone and granite 
minerals in the construction of roads, concrete and other 
building materials. Construction materials markets are 
broadly categorised as either infrastructure or residential:
	- Infrastructure: Uses quarried limestone or granite 
minerals in the construction of large infrastructure 
projects such as roads, railways, bridges, ports, airports 
and commercial buildings. Primary products include 
aggregates, asphalt and contract services, ready-mix 
concrete, pre-cast concrete and dimension stone; and
	- Residential: Uses quarried limestone or granite minerals in 
the construction of various forms of housing. Customers 
include large national housebuilders, developers, 
contractors and individuals. Primary products include 
aggregates, pre-cast concrete and concrete products, 
ready-mix concrete and dimension stone.
Nordkalk limestone quarry in Pargas, Finland
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
47

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
49
Key metrics for the UK & Ireland region during the year were as follows:
STATUTORY RESULTS
UNDERLYING RESULTS
FINANCIAL METRICS
2024
2023
Change
2024
2023
Change
REVENUE
£232.7m
£142.3m
+63.5%
£232.7m
£142.3m
+63.5%
EBITDA
£48.6m
£28.7m
+69.3%
£54.1m
£31.6m
+71.2%
EBITDA MARGIN
20.9%
20.2%
+3.6%
23.2%
22.2%
+4.7%
OPERATIONAL METRICS
2024
2023
Change
PEOPLE
796
683
+16.5%
RESERVES AND RESOURCES (TONNES)
188.3m
185.5m
+1.6%
SITES
41
36
+13.9%
Michael joined the Company in 
2017 with the remit to assist in the 
growth of the Precast Products 
Group (PPG) platform. Since then, 
Michael’s role has expanded in line 
with the Group’s growth and today 
he oversees the UK & Ireland region 
as Regional Manager Director.
As MD of the UK & Ireland, Michael 
is responsible for overseeing the 
growth and development of the 
region in line with our core principles 
of “Invest, Improve, Integrate, and Innovate” across all platforms. 
Michael has over 20 years of experience in different leadership 
positions across the construction and industrial supply chain.
Michael holds an MBA from Robert Gordon University and a 
bachelor’s degree in business from Dublin Institute of Technology.
Michael Roddy
UK & Ireland MD  
and MD of PPG
Michael joined SigmaRoc in 2019 
and is currently Finance Director for 
the UK & Ireland region and the PPG 
Platform. In these roles Michael is 
responsible for transforming the 
financial processes from legacy 
systems to an integrated group 
structure. Furthermore, Michael has 
led the development of financial 
analysis and reporting to support 
the investment and growth of  
the businesses.
Michael began his career in audit, initially in Australia and later 
in the UK with BDO. After qualifying he spent a number of years 
in various finance roles within Jaguar Land Rover. Michael 
holds a Bachelor of Commerce from Griffith University, 
Australia and is a member of The Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England & Wales.
Michael Crump
UK & Ireland FD  
and FD of PPG
The UK & Ireland region, led by Michael Roddy, geographically covers England, Ireland, Wales and 
the Channel Islands. The region is predominantly focused on the construction industry, which 
represents 77% of its revenue, with core product offerings in the construction market including 
pre-cast concrete, concrete products, ready-mix concrete, asphalt and surfacing, dimension stone 
and aggregates. 
Through the CRH Lime Acquisitions in 2024, the UK & 
Ireland region expanded into industrial and environmental 
markets, with the additions of Clogrennane in Ireland in 
January 2024 and Buxton in England in March 2024.
Key elements of the UK & Ireland region include:
1. Buxton
Acquired as part of the CRH Lime Acquisitions in March 2024, 
Buxton Lime is the leading producer of lime products in the UK. 
Key applications of Buxton products include water purification 
and electricity generation, and production of essential 
materials such as iron, steel, glass, plastics and paper.
2. Clogrennane
Acquired as part of the CRH Lime Acquisitions in 
January 2024, Clogrennane is Ireland’s largest and most 
advanced lime producer, producing a wide range of special 
products for the agricultural, environmental, industrial and 
construction sectors.
3. Johnston
A specialist quarried materials producer, producing 
construction aggregates, premium building stone and 
agricultural lime for soil improvement. Unique Cotswolds 
Ironstone and Bath Stone are supplied for high-end 
housing projects, while aggregates support infrastructure 
work. Operations are spread across four quarries, three 
mines, and two stone processing sites in the Southwest, 
Oxfordshire and Lincolnshire.
4. PPG (Precast Products Group)
A collection of companies specialising in manufacturing 
precast concrete products and blocks, including Allen 
Concrete, Poundfield Precast, CCP Building Products, 
Rightcast and Retaining.
5. Harries
Harries operates a number of granite and limestone quarries, 
asphalt plants and concrete plants as well as a wharf and a 
civil engineering division for infrastructure projects.
6. Ronez
Supplies the Channel Islands with aggregates, ready-mixed 
concrete, asphalt and precast concrete products. Also 
operates a dedicated shipping division, enabling efficient 
dry-bulk material transport between Channel Islands sites 
and third-party locations in the UK and Europe.
REGIONAL HIGHLIGHTS
The UK & Ireland region has demonstrated a strong 
performance across multiple industries despite a mixed 
economic picture in the region, aided by the addition of 
the acquired lime assets in Ireland in January and the 
UK in March. There has been continued softness in the 
residential construction segment, with a pickup expected 
as interest rate reductions come through.
The region demonstrated strong pricing and cost control 
disciplines throughout the period, maintaining market share, 
and as a result there has been an improvement in overall 
performance and margin share, and as a result there has 
been an improvement in overall performance and margin.
UK  
& Ireland
Ronez crushing plant in 
Jersey, Channel Islands
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024

CDH bluestone quarry in Soignies, Belgium
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
51
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
Western 
Europe
Key metrics for the Western Europe region during the year were as follows:
STATUTORY RESULTS1
UNDERLYING RESULTS1
FINANCIAL METRICS
2024
2023
Change
2024
2023
Change
REVENUE
€115.3m
€125.6m
-8.2%
€115.3m
€125.6m
-8.2%
EBITDA
€18.5m
€28.3m
-34.4%
€23.3m
€29.8m
-21.8%
EBITDA MARGIN
16.1%
22.5%
-28.6%
20.2%
23.7%
-14.8%
OPERATIONAL METRICS
2024
2023
Change
PEOPLE
474
546
-13.2%
RESERVES AND RESOURCES (TONNES)
535.1m
518.3m
+3.2%
SITES
10
13
-23.1%
1 Statutory and underlying results include continuing and discontinued operations.
The Western Europe region is led by Eric Dothée and geographically covers Belgium, the 
Netherlands, Luxembourg, Northern France, Spain and Turkey. Currently, the Western Europe 
region is solely focused on the construction industry and the core product groups are 
construction minerals and value-added products (primarily dimension stone). Key elements of the 
Western Europe region include:
1. CDH (Carrières du Hainaut)
The world’s largest producer of Belgian blue limestone, playing 
a significant role in global construction and architectural 
projects. CDH produces dimension stone blocks and slabs 
that are used worldwide in residential, commercial and 
infrastructure projects, and in architectural and cosmetic 
applications such as tiles, cladding, paving, kitchen 
countertops and pool surrounds.
2. GDH (Granulats du Hainaut)
Located at the CDH site, strives to add value to overburden 
while preserving the blue stone. By removing clay and silt, 
which are then either recycled by external partners or placed 
as landscaping and restoration across the site, GDH reaches 
and extracts the raches layer, a bluish-grey limestone. This 
resource is then processed and transformed into gravel, 
aggregates and armour stone, intended for a wide range of 
applications in the construction, landscaping and public works 
sectors. GDH is a joint venture with CdB, whereby SigmaRoc 
owns 75% and CdB the remaining 25%.
3. Cuvelier and La Belonga
Cuvelier and La Belonga include quarries and operations 
located in Belgium and Spain strategically located close to 
supply networks. 
4. Limburg Concrete
Limburg Concrete, comprising B-Mix with sites in Genk and 
Tessenderlo and Goijens at Bree, and covering the Limburg 
region of Belgium. This collection of ready-mix concrete 
businesses provides concrete and associated recycling services 
into the region's construction market. Limburg Concrete was 
divested on 13 December 2024. 
5. BHS (Bétons du Hainaut et de la Sambre)
Is composed of four sites located around Valenciennes 
in Northern France which provide concrete to the region’s 
construction market. The disposal of the French plants is due 
to complete by the end of FY25. 
REGIONAL HIGHLIGHTS
Construction and infrastructure sectors, the main contributions of the region, remain under pressure, with lower demand and 
visibility throughout the period. A number of cost optimisation measures have been implemented in order to right size the 
region for reduced demand outlook, should this continue. The timing of production orders at the year ends created a variation 
in YoY results, exacerbating the EBITDA reduction in 2024. Outside of this, normalised YoY results would have resulted in a 3% 
EBITDA reduction.
Given the region’s exposure to construction and infrastructure, expected interest rate reductions should stimulate demand as 
and when they arrive.
During the year, as part of our divestment program of non-core assets, the Company reached an agreement to sell the Belgian 
and French ready-mix concrete plants for a maximum consideration of €49.5million in a two-part transaction of which the first 
deal comprising the Belgium business was sold in December 2024 and the second deal is expected to complete in 2025. This 
consideration included a €4.5million earnout as part of the first deal.
Eric joined SigmaRoc in January 
2024 as MD of Western Europe. 
Before joining SigmaRoc Eric was 
CEO of Eaglestone Luxembourg 
and a member of the ComEx of 
Eaglestone Group, a pan-european 
real estate developer. Prior to 
Eaglestone Luxembourg Eric was 
Head of Business Development 
and Asset Management at IKO 
Real Estate, where he ran the 
department of Marketing & 
Communication from 2010 to 2020. He was also a director 
at IKO AM, an asset and investment company focused on 
Asian investors. Eric holds an M.Sc. in Management from 
the Solvay Brussels School of Economics & Management 
in Brussels, where he majored in Finance. He is certified as 
a real estate professional in Luxembourg and was a Board 
Member of LuxReal.
Eric Dothée
Western Europe MD
Matthias joined SigmaRoc in 
2025 as Finance Director for 
Western Europe. He has extensive 
experience in financial leadership, 
with a strong background in 
financial management, strategic 
planning, and operational 
efficiency. Before joining 
SigmaRoc, he spent several 
years at Holcim, where he held 
key finance roles supporting 
business growth and performance 
optimisation. He began his career in audit at Deloitte, gaining 
valuable expertise in financial reporting, risk management 
and compliance. Throughout his career, Matthias has 
successfully led finance teams, implemented process 
improvements and contributed towards strategic decision-
making. He holds an MBA from Vlerick Business School 
and is dedicated to driving financial excellence across the 
Western European region. 
Matthias Maroil
Western Europe FD 

Fels kiln in Kaltes Tal, Germany
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
53
The Central Europe region is led by Burkhard 
Naffin and geographically covers Germany, 
Czechia, Poland and the Baltics. The region has a 
strong focus on industry and environmental end-
markets, which collectively represent 64% of its 
revenue. The region was established on 4 January 
2024 when, via the CRH Lime Acquisitions, the 
Group acquired Fels and Vitosov.
Key elements of the Central Europe region include:
1. Fels Germany
Acquired as part of the CRH Lime Acquisitions, Fels Germany is 
a leading producer of limestone and lime products in Germany, 
supplying multiple markets.
2. Vitosov
Acquired as part of the CRH Lime Acquisitions, Vitosov is a 
leading producer of limestone and lime products in Czechia, 
supplying multiple markets.
3. Nordkalk Poland
Originally acquired as part of the Nordkalk acquisition, Nordkalk 
Poland is a leading limestone and high grade limestone 
powders producer in Poland.
4. Nordkalk Wapno (previously named Ovetill Investments)
Acquired as part of the CRH Lime Acquisitions, Wapno is a 
leading producer of high grade limestone powders and lime 
products in Poland supplying multiple markets.
5. Baltic Aggregates
Is a collection of quarries and secondary processing sites that 
service the Baltic markets as well as being engaged in the 
importation from the wider Group network of various products.
Central  
Europe
Key metrics for the Central Europe region during the year were as follows:
STATUTORY RESULTS
UNDERLYING RESULTS
FINANCIAL METRICS
2024
2023
Change
2024
2023
Change
REVENUE
€476.2m
€83.7m
+468.9%
€476.2m
€83.7m
+468.9%
EBITDA
€109.4m
€25.4m
+330.7%
€131.6m
€25.4m
+418.1%
EBITDA MARGIN
23.0%
30.3%
-24.3%
27.6%
30.3%
-8.9%
OPERATIONAL METRICS
2024
2023
Change
PEOPLE
1,307
282
+363.5%
RESERVES AND RESOURCES (TONNES)
1,339.4m
232.5m
+476.2%
SITES
27
14
+92.9%
Burkhard has a PhD in chemical 
engineering and more than 
20 years of international 
management experience in 
various management positions 
within the lime industry. He was 
previously Vice President Sales 
at Lhoist Western Europe (DE, 
BE), Wülfrath and is currently 
Vice President of EuLA Board 
(European lime association) 
and second chairman of BVK 
(German lime association).
Burkhard Naffin
Central Europe MD
REGIONAL HIGHLIGHTS
The Central Europe region was created post the lime acquisitions that completed at the start of 2024. Performance in this region 
has been in line with the budget despite the difficult economic picture in Germany, in part driven by the acquisition of the Polish 
lime assets on 1 September 2024. The agriculture and civil engineering segments performed well, along with sales in a number 
of segments in Poland including construction, chemical, sugar and metals & mining. 
As expected, there was continued weakness in residential construction in Germany, although the steel sector, after slowdowns 
in 2023, showed an improved performance. The weakness in the power generation segment has continued due to strong winds 
increasing the use of wind power, combined with a gradual reduction in coal power generation. 
Recent political developments, specifically the potential for a €500 billion infrastructure fund in Germany, could contribute to a 
recovery in a number of markets within the Central Europe region.
Petr Ston graduated from the Technical University, Faculty of Economics, of Ostrava in 2001 
with a Degree in Engineering. Petr received his PhD in Metallurgy and Materials Engineering 
at the Technical University of Ostrava in 2010. Petr joined Vitosov as Sales Manager in 2002. 
Since 2016, he has been the MD of Vitosov.
Petr Ston
Czechia MD 
Christian has a degree in 
Business Administration and 
many years of management 
experience in the building 
materials industry across 
multiple disciplines, including 
finance, law, compliance, IT, 
purchasing and M&A. Christian 
was formerly CFO of Fermacell 
GmbH (2003-2017), Duisburg and 
Managing Director of Aestuver 
(1997-2003), Wolfach. Christian 
is a member of the Executive 
Board and Advisory Board of BVK 
(German lime association).
Christian Schäfer
Central Europe FD 
Gediminas Skvernys started 
as MD of Nordkalk’s Baltics 
platform and Baltic Aggregates 
in 2022. Prior to joining Nordkalk, 
he worked as CEO of Dolomitas, 
a company specialising 
in dolomite construction 
aggregates in Lithuania and 
granite importation from 
Scandinavia. Gediminas holds a 
business & commercial master’s 
degree from Kaunas University 
of Technology in Kaunas, 
Lithuania.
Gediminas Skverny
Baltics MD
Piotr Maciak has been 
working for Nordkalk since 
2009 in sales and business 
managerial positions. Before 
joining Nordkalk, he held 
several commercial managerial 
positions, mainly in industrial 
companies in Poland. In his 
current position, Piotr has full 
responsibility and accountability 
for operations in Poland as well 
as responsibility for the Baltics 
and Czechia going forward. 
He holds a master’s degree in 
Power Engineering from Warsaw 
Technological University in 
Warsaw, Poland.
Piotr Maciak
MD of Poland, Baltics 
and Czech

SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
55
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
The Nordics region is anchored by Nordkalk, 
a leader in limestone-based products and 
solutions in the Nordic region. Nordkalk 
stands at the forefront of delivering vital 
raw materials to a multitude of industries, 
with a strong emphasis on sustainable and 
environmentally friendly solutions. 
Its offerings play a pivotal role in enhancing air and water 
quality, as well as improving the productivity of agricultural 
land. Spanning over a century in operation, the region boasts 
551 employees and encompasses 39 sites.
Limestone, a cornerstone material for Nordkalk, is integral 
to a wide array of products and industries, including 
construction, agriculture, environmental protection, 
chemicals, metals & mining and pulp & paper. Constantly 
innovating, Nordkalk has expanded beyond its traditional 
market segments, exploring new applications and ventures. 
Nordkalk has introduced the product lines Next and Complete 
which include products meeting Nordkalk’s sustainability 
criteria regarding use of circular raw materials and use of 
fossil free fuels in production. The aim is to increase the 
sales volume of Next and Complete products, thus being a 
part of the path towards the company’s sustainability goal.
REGIONAL HIGHLIGHTS
Quicklime sales have been positive, especially in the 
mining segment, with pulp & paper also showing 
increased demand. This was countered by lower volumes 
in carbonates, mainly due to the construction sector.
A number of operational improvements have been 
carried out, with a strong focus on reducing the CO2 
footprint from our delivered products. Overall, there has 
been an improvement in performance and results due 
to a continuation of pricing initiatives in all segments, 
combined with good cost control. 
Nordics
STATUTORY RESULTS
UNDERLYING RESULTS
FINANCIAL METRICS
2024
2023
Change
2024
2023
Change
REVENUE
€312.1m
€296.6m
+5.2%
€312.1m
€296.6m
+5.2%
EBITDA
€55.3m
€53.4m
+3.6%
€62.9m
€56.4m
+11.5%
EBITDA MARGIN
17.7%
18.0%
-1.6%
20.2%
19.0%
+6.0%
OPERATIONAL METRICS
2024
2023
Change
PEOPLE
551
570
-3.3%
RESERVES AND RESOURCES (TONNES)
539.7m
665.6m
-18.9%
SITES
39
36
+8.3%
Key metrics for the Central Europe region during the year were as follows:
Mikael has been working at Nordkalk in different 
managerial positions since 2009. Earlier this 
year, Mikael became Commercial Director for the 
Nordic Region. Up until then Mikael headed up 
the Nordkalk’s Quicklime platform. Prior to joining 
Nordkalk, Mikael held senior positions in Metso 
Paper. He holds a degree in Master of Science in 
Engineering, Process Technology from Åbo Akademi 
University in Turku, Finland.
Jussi Puustinen joined Nordkalk as Industrial 
Director, and a member of Nordkalk's Management 
Team in 2024. Before joining Nordkalk, he spent 
over 23 years at Finnsementti Oy and CRH Finland 
Services Oyj. He has extensive experience from 
various operational managerial and directorial roles. 
From January 2025, Jussi Puustinen was appointed 
Operations Director, Nordics. He holds a Master of 
Science in Technology degree in Physical Chemistry 
from Lappeenranta University of Technology.
Mikael Furu
Nordics Commercial 
Director
Jussi Puustinen
Nordics Operations
Director
Marcel joined Nordkalk in January 1998 and has 
over 20 years of experience in various leadership 
positions. Marcel began as an ICT coordinator and 
has held the position of division controller, financial 
director, group controller, acting now as MD and 
FD. Marcel holds a master’s degree in Information 
Processing.
Marcel Gestranius
Nordics MD and FD 
of Nordkalk
Nordkalk limestone quarry in Pargas, 
Finland

Source: Trading Economics
Source: Trading Economics
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
57
UK
Q4 2023
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
1.4%
1%
0.9%
0.5%
POLAND
Q4 2023
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
3.2%
2.7%
3.2%
2.1%
1%
BELGIUM
Q4 2023
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
1.1%
1.2%
0.9%
0.8%
0.6%
-0.3%
FINLAND
Q4 2023
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
1.2%
0.9%
-1.6%
-1.2%
-1.2%
SWEDEN
Q4 2023
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
2.4%
0.9%
0.4%
0.1%
-0.2%
GERMANY
Q4 2023
-0.2%
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
-0.2%
-0.3%
-0.3%
-0.1%
UK
Q4 2023
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
2.5%
2%
2.1%
3.5%
4.2%
FINLAND
Q4 2023
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
0.9%
0.8%
1.6%
2.8%
3.9%
SWEDEN
Q4 2023
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
1.3%
2%
3.4%
4.7%
5.6%
POLAND
Q4 2023
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
4.9%
4.7%
2.6%
3%
6.1%
BELGIUM
Q4 2023
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
3.2%
3.2%
3.5%
2.7%
0.8%
GERMANY
Q4 2023
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
2.3%
1.9%
2.3%
2.5%
3.6%
Macro Conditions 
in the Market
Over the next three pages, we give you a perspective on some of the 
macro conditions in the jurisdiction the Group operates in. In 2024, the 
indicators point to a challenging environment. Sluggish GDP growth 
in countries like Germany, the UK, and Finland suggests subdued 
industrial activity and construction demand. The shift in electricity 
generation away from coal toward renewables in countries such as 
Sweden and Belgium further dampens demand for lime in flue gas 
desulfurisation. Meanwhile, high interest rates from both the Bank 
of England and the European Central Bank have tightened financial 
conditions, slowing investment and infrastructure spending. Overall, 
2024 has been marked by various challenges across the regions.
GDP GROWTH RATE 
CPI INFLATION RATE (% YOY)
(% YOY)
(% YOY)
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report

ECB INTEREST RATE
(BANK RATE)
BOE INTEREST RATE
(BANK RATE)
Macro Conditions in the Market
COAL
(USD/T)
457.8
48.4
NATURAL GAS
(USD/MMBTU)
9.724
1.589
BRENT CRUDE OIL
(USD/BBL)
125.4
19.9
PER ELECTRICITY GENERATION BY SOURCE
(KWH)
Source: European Central Bank
Source: Bank of England
Source: Trading Economics
Source: Trading Economics
Source: Trading Economics
Source: Our World in Data
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
59

Concrete blocks stocks at Ronez in Jersey, Channel Islands
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
61
Key Measures and Statistics
FINANCIALS
ratio
pence
UNDERLYING EBITDA MARGIN
LEVERAGE RATIO
UNDERLYING EPS
x
EBITDA
REVENUE
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
Key Measures 
and Statistics

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
63
Key Measures and Statistics
ASSETS
VOLUMES*
2.7
million tonnes
thousand tonnes
million tonnes
AGGREGATES AND STONE
HIGH GRADE MINERALS
RESERVES & RESOURCES
TOTAL ASSETS
VALUE ADDED PRODUCTS
*FY24 actuals
3.1
6.4
14.9
14.9
16.5
TANGIBLE ASSETS
PEOPLE
NUMBER OF SITES

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
65
I am very pleased to report strong financial results for the 
Group delivered in a challenging macro-economic climate. 
The Company successfully integrated multiple businesses 
acquired during the year, and we improved profitability, despite 
a challenging market environment with soft volumes in 
residential construction, automotive and steel markets. This 
achievement is due to the accretive nature of the acquired lime 
operations, preliminary delivery on the synergies combined 
with strict cost control to optimise operations.
For the year ending 31 December 2024, the Group generated 
revenue of £997.6 million (2023: £580.3 million) and 
underlying EBITDA of £224.6 million (2023: £116.7 million). 
Underlying profit before taxation for the Group was £119.7 
million (2023: £71.2 million).
For the year ending 31 December 2024, from continuing 
operations, the Group generated revenue of £962.5 million 
(2023: £541.7 million) and underlying profit before taxation for 
operations of the Group was £117.6 million (2023: £65.8 million).
The Board monitors the activities and performance of the 
Group on a regular basis and uses financial indicators based 
on budget versus actual to assess the performance of the 
Group. The indicators set out below will continue to be used 
by the Board to assess performance over the period to 31 
December 2025..
2024 
£'000
2023 
£'000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
(CONTINUING & DISCONTINUED 
OPERATIONS)
132,300
55,872
REVENUE (CONTINUING & 
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS)
997,614
580,285
UNDERLYING EBITDA 
224,662
116,688
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
75,017
43,046
Cash generated from operations was £117.0 million 
(2023: £65.4 million) with a net increase in cash of £80.3 
million (2023: £11.5 million) after spending £548.6 million 
on acquisitions net of cash acquired, £66.9 million in net 
capital expenditure and £344.3 million in loan amortisation 
repayments.
Underlying EBITDA exceeded consensus expectations and 
management forecasts, while revenue and volumes were 
somewhat softer due to difficult residential construction 
markets and dynamic pricing effects of lower input costs.
Capital expenditures relate to purchases of land and 
minerals, new plant and machinery and improvements to 
existing infrastructure across the Group.
PPA
Ernst & Young LLP undertook the PPA exercise required 
under IFRS 3 to allocate a fair value to the acquired assets of 
Bjorka Minerals, ST Investcija and the CRH Lime Acquisitions. 
The PPA process resulted in a reduction of goodwill recorded 
on the Statement of Financial Position of the Group for Bjorka 
Minerals from £10.6 million to £6.6 million, a reduction in ST 
Investcija from £3.6 million to £1.8 million and a reduction 
in the CRH Lime Acquisitions from £406.1 million to £296 
million. The reduction was to transfer the value of goodwill 
to tangible assets for land and buildings, land and mineral 
reserves and plant and machinery.
NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS
The Company’s loss after taxation for 2024 amounts to 
£2.5m, of which £17 million relates to non-underlying items, 
while the Group’s non-underlying items totalled £69.5m for 
the year, of which £25.0 million, representing approximately 
36%, are non-cash and non-tax deductible. These items relate 
to seven categories:
1. £16.8 million in advisor, consulting, legal fees, accounting 
fees, insurance and other direct costs relating to 
acquisitions including taxes, which primarily relate to the 
CRH Lime Acquisitions;
2. £9.5 million amortisation of acquired assets and 
adjustments to acquired assets;
3. £6.8 million in share-based payments relating to grants of 
options;
4. £25.0 million legal and restructuring expenses relating to 
the reorganisation and integration of recently acquired 
subsidiaries, including costs associated with discontinuing 
sites and operations, transitional salary costs, 
redundancies, severance and recruitment fees, and costs 
associated with financial reporting and system migrations;
5. £5.9 million on amortisation of finance costs, of which £2.9 
million arising from terminating the previous debt facility 
from 2021 and £3.0 million from the new syndicated 5-year 
debt facilities established in November 2023;
6. £3.0 million on unwinding of discounts on deferred 
consideration payments for Harries and CRH Deal 1; and
7. £2.5 million in other exceptional costs which primarily 
relate to non-cash balance sheet adjustments.
Jan van Beek 
Chief Financial  
Officer
Nordkalk laboratory, Finland 
"I am very pleased to 
report strong financial 
results for the Group 
delivered in a challenging 
macro-economic climate."
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
Chief Financial 
Officer’s Report 

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
67
Chief Financial Officer’s Report 
INTEREST AND TAX
Net finance costs in the year totalled £52.8 million (2023: 
£15.8 million) including associated interest on bank finance 
facilities, as well as interest on finance leases which totalled 
£1.8 million, this included IFRS 16 adjustments and hire 
purchase agreements. 
A tax charge of £21.0 million (2023: £11.6 million) was 
recognised in the year, resulting in a tax charge on profitability 
generated from mineral extraction in the Channel Islands 
and profits generated through the Group’s UK, Irish, Belgium, 
German, Czechia, Polish and Nordic based operations.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic EPS for the year was 2.10 pence (2023: 1.95 pence) 
and underlying basic EPS (adjusted for the non-underlying 
items mentioned above) for the year totalled 8.35 pence 
(2023: 8.12 pence).
Basic EPS for the continuing operations for the year was 2.04 
pence (2023: 1.41 pence) and underlying basic EPS (adjusted 
for the non-underlying items mentioned above) for the year 
totalled 8.21 pence (2023: 7.46 pence).
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
Net assets on 31 December 2024 were £753.7 million (2023: 
£514.9 million). Net assets are underpinned by mineral 
resources, land and buildings and plant and machinery 
assets of the Group.
CASH FLOW
Cash generated by operations was £117.0 million 
(2023: £65.4 million). The Group spent £548.6 million on 
acquisitions net of cash acquired, £75.0 million on capital 
projects including acquisition of intangibles, raised £195.7 
million net of fees from the issue of equity, generated £38.5 
million through the disposal of non-core property, plant & 
equipment, and repaid net borrowings of £344.3 million. The 
net result was a cash inflow for the year of £80.3 million.
NET DEBT
Net debt at 31 December 2024 was £509.5 million (2023: 
£182.4 million).
BANK FACILITIES
On 22 November 2023 the Company entered a new syndicated 
senior credit facility of up to €750 million (the ‘New Debt 
Facilities’) led by Santander UK and BNPP, with the syndicate 
including several major UK and European banks and a further 
€125 million bridge loan (‘Bridge Loan’). The New Debt Facilities 
were partially drawn on 4 January 2024 in connection with the 
CRH Lime Acquisitions, specifically CRH Deal 1, and the legacy 
debt facility was repaid as part of this process.
The New Debt Facilities comprise a €600 million committed 
term facility, €150 million revolving credit facility and a further 
€100 million uncommitted accordion.
The Group’s New Debt Facilities have a maturity date of  
21 November 2028 and are subject to a variable interest 
rate based on EURIBOR plus a margin depending on 
underlying EBITDA.
The Group’s New Debt Facilities are subject to covenants 
which are tested monthly and certified quarterly. These 
covenants are:
	- Group interest cover ratio set at a minimum of 3.5 times 
EBITDA while the Bridge Loan remains outstanding and 
then 4.0 times thereafter; and
	- A maximum adjusted leverage ratio, which is the ratio 
of total net debt, including further borrowings such as 
deferred consideration, to adjusted EBITDA, of 3.95x in 
2024.
The Bridge Loan has a maturity date of 21 June 2025, with 
an option for another 6-month extension which, if exercised, 
would push maturity to 21 November 2025. The Bridge Loan 
is subject to a variable interest rate based on EURIBOR plus a 
margin as follows:
	- 2% for months 0 – 6;
	- 3% for months 7 – 12;
	- 4% for months 13 – 18 (assuming exercise of the first 
extension option); and
	- 5% for months 19 – 24 (assuming exercise of the second 
extension option).
On 20 February 2025, the Company amended and restated 
its existing Bridge Loan with a new 5-year term facility up 
to €125 million through a US Private Placement process. 
The new debt facility has a security profile that mirrors 
the existing syndicated senior credit facility and a bullet at 
maturity in February 2030. The interest coupon is based on 
the 5-year EURIBOR bond yield plus a margin which is fixed at 
4.93% for the duration of the term.
As of 31 December 2024, the Group comfortably complied 
with its bank facility covenants under the terms of the debt 
facility agreement and total undrawn facilities available  
to the Group under the legacy debt facility amounted to  
£95 million. 
CAPITAL ALLOCATION
We prioritise the maintenance of a strong balance sheet 
and deploy our capital responsibly, allowing us to commit 
significant organic investment to our business whilst 
continuing to pursue acquisitions to accelerate our strategic 
development. This conservative approach to financial 
management will enable us to continue pursuing capital 
growth for our shareholders, with de-gearing a primary focus, 
along with returning cash to our shareholders via share buy-
backs or dividends as this becomes appropriate.
DIVIDENDS
Subject to availability of distributable reserves, dividends 
will be paid to shareholders when the Directors believe it is 
appropriate and prudent to do so. The Group has achieved 
significant capital growth since its inception and the Directors 
expect to commence dividend payments once the Group’s 
Covenant Leverage, which is currently above 2 times, is below 
1.5 times. The Directors therefore do not recommend the 
payment of a dividend for the year (31 December 2023: nil).
SHARE BUY-BACKS
The Company has in place permission to buy back its own 
shares into treasury. Subject to the Directors’ views on 
the valuation of the business, and within the remit of our 
conservative overall capital allocation policy, the Company 
could seek to use share buy-backs to maximise shareholder 
value.
POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
Post 2024 close we have conducted a series of activities 
worthy of mention in this Annual Report. Further information 
is set out in Note 38.
This report was approved by the Board on 14 March 2025 
and signed on its behalf.
Jan van Beek 
Chief Financial Officer
Nastasha Bracko 
Group Financial Controller
Dean Masefield 
Group Treasurer
CDH bluestone quarry in Soignies, Belgium
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
69
At a high level the Group’s risk appetite is reviewed annually by the Board which defines and 
approves the level, of risk the Group is willing to accept in pursuit of its strategy, thereby guiding 
management.
The Company’s on-going identification and assessment of 
risks including ESG and climate-related risks allows both 
the Board and management to consult and adapt to ensure 
efficient and effective mitigation with the Board having 
overall responsibility.
The Board of Directors, executive committee and senior 
management teams continually identify and assess risks 
and opportunities. This ensures each platform can focus on 
what is important to their jurisdictions as well as ensuring the 
Group is focusing on overall risks.
Risks are reported and discussed at the executive committee 
with the Chief Financial Officer having overall responsibility 
at an executive level. Where high areas of risk are identified, 
specific committees are set up to monitor and control the 
risk. The Chief Financial Officer ensures coordination with key 
subject matter experts including Investor Relations, Legal, 
Safety, Carbon & Energy, Environment and Systems.
Risks are then discussed at the Board level who have overall 
responsibility with the Audit Committee taking the lead with a 
close working relationship with the Chief Financial Officer.
Risks identified are assessed based on aspects such as 
consequence, impact, likelihood, inter dependencies and 
associated timeframes (short-, medium-, and long-term 
time horizons) as well as their drivers such as Political, 
Operational, Economic and Technical.
When assessing the potential size and scope of risks and 
opportunities, input from industry governing bodies (which are 
in regular contact with government and associated agencies) 
as well as inputs from our large shareholders and other 
stakeholders are used in addition to our usual assessment and 
prioritisation techniques. These include analysis of probability 
and impact, risk frequency and risk urgency. Where necessary 
these are then modelled with scenario and sensitivity 
parameters to help assess both size and scope.
BOARD 
The Board has overall responsibility for risk management 
and internal control and for reviewing effectiveness, with 
specific oversight of Code of Conduct, ESG risks and climate-
related matters. These have a dedicated agenda item at 
Board meetings with the Board meeting at least four times 
per year with a new ESG committee being formed to give 
it more focus. The Executive Board members also ensure 
these topics have a dedicated agenda item at the monthly 
management meetings. The Executive members are charged 
with overall delivery whilst the Non-Executives challenge and 
give oversight and governance.
AUDIT COMMITTEE 
The Audit Committee ensures independent oversight of the 
Board which considers risks and opportunities when setting 
and reviewing strategy, major plans of action, policies, annual 
budgets and business plans. It further considers matters 
when setting performance objectives, monitoring Group 
performance and reviewing and approving major projects, 
capital expenditures and acquisitions. 
ESG COMMITTEE
The new ESG Committee ensures oversight of ESG risks and 
opportunities when setting and reviewing strategy, major 
plans of action, policies, annual budgets and business plans. 
It further considers matters when setting performance 
objectives, monitoring Group performance, and reviewing 
and approving major projects, capital expenditures and 
acquisitions.
RISK REPRESENTATIVE
To ensure the Board can monitor and oversee progress 
against goals and targets, the Chief Financial Officer is 
responsible for risk at a Group level. The Chief Financial Officer 
works with each operational region and functional groups 
with regards to ongoing identification of risks, opportunities 
and potential impacts on the business as well as reviewing 
performance metrics and targets and ensuring overall 
continual improvement. The Chief Financial Officer then liaises 
with the Board and the relevant committees so that the Board 
is continually updated with regards to climate-related risks and 
opportunities as well as overall ESG matters.
SENIOR MANAGEMENT TEAM 
The Group is set up as discrete operational platforms 
with each platform having its own management team. As 
such each platform Managing Director is responsible for 
assessing and managing risks and opportunities for their 
respective platform. Managing Directors and the Company’s 
executive management team meet monthly to ensure that 
Group objectives are met as well as ensuring local risks and 
opportunities are recognised and managed.
Underground limestone crushing at Nordkalk, Finland
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
Risk
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
71
RISK
Description
Mitigation
COMPETITION AND 
MARGINS 
Increase in costs or prices; reliance on key suppliers 
and key customers, including national merchants, 
could impact supply and profitability. 
A number of existing competitors compete on range, 
price, quality and service. Potential new low-cost 
competitors may be attracted into the market through 
increased demand.
Operate a strategic purchasing plan to minimise key supplier risks, 
notably in cement and bitumen. 
Seek to offset rising commodity prices through our product pricing 
strategy and hedging programmes.  
Maintain a diverse customer and project base which focuses on quality, 
service, reliability and continuing focus on new product development. 
Operate a decentralised model matching focus of independents and new 
entrants.
ECONOMIC AND 
POLITICAL 
The Group is dependent on the level of activity in 
its end-markets. Accordingly, it is susceptible to 
economic downturn, the impact of Government 
policy, interest rates and any political and economic 
uncertainty, such as COVID-19 events. 
Difficult economic conditions could also increase our 
exposure to credit risk from our customers.
The Group has a strong focus on operational gearing, allowing it to be 
flexible during economically disruptive events. 
The Group has a diverse product portfolio across multiple end-markets 
and jurisdictions.
The Group’s relationship with suppliers and customers allows for 
management of risk including credit risk and where necessary credit risk 
insurance is sourced.
ENERGY AND POWER
Though captured under Raw Materials sourcing and 
internal resources, given the current climate, this has 
been separated out.
The Group is susceptible to significant increases in the 
price of energy and power, utilities, fuel oil, associated 
haulage costs and decreases in availability.
Risks exist around our ability to pass on increased 
costs through price increases to our customers.
Energy and Power plans developed at all sites to ensure optimal energy 
and power use. 
The Group focuses on its multiple supplier and customer relationships, 
contracts and the use of hedging instruments. 
Ensure businesses have ability to manage stock and inventory to 
minimise disruption from energy and power.
ENVIRONMENT AND 
CLIMATE CHANGE
Operational impact on the environment or the effects 
of climate change could expose the Group to physical 
risks leading to disruptions, regulatory breaches, 
reputational risks, or a reduction in demand for our 
products.  
Committed to reducing level of carbon emissions, reuse and recycling 
schemes and implementation of sustainability initiatives.
Under SECR the Group has committed to monitoring all its operations, not 
just in the UK, through an independent external organisation.
Management, training and control systems are in place to prevent 
environmental incidents.
Promotion of EMS and ISO14001 accreditation and approximately 76% of 
our businesses are accredited1.
FINANCE, LIQUIDITY 
AND CURRENCY
Foreign exchange risk: As the Group transacts 
in currencies other than Sterling, exchange rate 
fluctuations may adversely impact the Group’s results. 
Credit risk: Through its customers, the Group 
is exposed to a counterparty risk that accounts 
receivable will not be settled leading to a financial loss 
to the Group. 
Liquidity risk: Insufficient funds could result in 
the Group being unable to fund its operations or 
to continue to invest organically or to undertake 
acquisitions. 
Interest rate risk: Movements in interest rates could 
adversely impact the Group and result in higher 
financing payments to service debt.
Foreign exchange risk: The Group undertakes limited foreign exchange 
transactions as it sells domestically or in domestic currency with largely 
local input costs. Some M&A, OpEx and CapEx requires foreign exchange 
purchases and management considers foreign exchange hedging 
strategies where significant exposures may arise. 
Credit risk: Customer credit risk is managed by each subsidiary. The 
Group principally manages credit risk through management of customer 
credit limits. The credit limits are set for each customer based on the 
creditworthiness of the customer and the anticipated levels of business 
activity. These limits are initially determined when the customer account 
is first set up and are regularly monitored thereafter. 
Liquidity risk: Ensure sufficient funding and facilities in place to meet any 
foreseeable peak in borrowing requirements and liabilities by maintaining 
strong relationships with our banks and shareholders. Internally, we 
continuously monitor forecasts and cash flows to ensure that we maintain 
significant headroom and have self-imposed 2 times leverage, which is only 
exceeded temporarily and worked down as quickly as possible. 
Interest rate risk: The Group finances its operations through a mixture of 
retained profits and bank borrowings, based on floating and fixed rates. 
Interest rate fixing is reviewed on a regular basis to identify potential 
savings through interest rate swaps or hedges.
RISK
Description
Mitigation
HEALTH AND SAFETY
Failure to manage health and safety risks could cause 
harm to our employees or those around us and expose 
the Group to significant potential disruption, regulatory 
breaches, liabilities and reputational damage. 
We safeguard the health and safety of employees, contractors and 
others working on behalf of the Group with experienced health and safety 
professionals who provide relevant training and help develop a strong 
culture alongside the management teams; all of which is overseen and 
audited by our Group HSEQ director with the support of consultants 
where necessary.  
We are constantly improving communication and reporting across the 
Group through simple and effective systems and processes such as our 
HS Engagement and Monitoring software, Visible Felt Leadership, HS 
Committees, back to work and pitstops.
IT AND CYBER
Disruption to the IT environment could affect our 
operational performance and lead to reputational damage, 
regulatory penalties or significant financial loss.  
Failure to keep up to date with advances in technology 
could impact demand and our ability to access  
the market. 
IT support teams and service providers continue to monitor and respond 
to new and expanding cyber risks by implementing best practice in IT 
security management, back-up systems and risk management software 
courtesy of our cyber insurance providers. 
Outdated software and hardware are updated, and cloud solutions 
embraced, to minimise negative impacts and allow continual operations. 
LEGAL AND 
REGULATORY
Exposure to developments that lead to political, legal 
and regulatory changes requiring significant changes 
to Group operations which could impact the Group’s 
financial results, together with any associated negative 
reputational damage. 
Inadvertent failure to comply with elements of a 
significantly increased governance, legislative and 
regulatory business environment.  
A legal or regulatory breach could result in disruption 
to operations, financial consequence and reputational 
damage. 
Group General Counsel and engagement of external specialists to monitor 
legislative changes and conduct ongoing training.  
Hold appropriate business accreditations and insurances and 
ensure there are compliance procedures, policies, ISO standards and 
independent audit processes which seek to ensure that regulatory and 
compliance procedures are fully complied with. 
M&A
Overpay; fail to integrate; fail to deliver the expected 
returns from an acquisition.  
Failure to identify potential acquisitions to sustain our 
growth strategy or not be an acquirer of choice. 
Strong acquisition track record supported by our specialist advisers and 
rigorous due diligence processes.  
All acquisitions are approved by the Board and all acquisitions are subject 
to detailed due diligence processes which are executed by project teams, 
with progress monitored by the Board.  
We have developed a management structure which facilitates our 
growth strategy and, where appropriate, we make arrangements to 
retain acquired senior management and minimise negative change upon 
acquiring businesses.  
The Board uses its networks and reputation to review wider acquisition 
opportunities and our businesses are all tasked with bringing forward 
potential acquisition targets for review at Group level. 
OPERATIONAL 
DISRUPTION AND KEY 
EQUIPMENT FAILURE 
A material disruption at one of the Group’s operational 
sites or at one of the Group’s suppliers’ facilities, could 
prevent the Group from meeting customer demand.  
The Group has the ability to transfer some of its production across its 
network of plants and is able to engage subcontractors to reduce the 
impact of certain production disruptions. In relation to supplier disruption 
or failure, further third-party suppliers have been identified who can 
maintain service in the event of a disruption.  
The Group’s wide geographical spread mitigates this risk to some extent 
and allows it to manage its production facilities to mitigate the impact of 
such disruption. 
QUALITY
The nature of the Group’s business may expose it to 
warranty claims and to claims for product liability, 
construction defects, project delay, property damage, 
personal injury and other damages. Any damage to 
the Group’s brands, including through actual or alleged 
issues with its products, could harm our business, 
reputation and the Group’s financial results.
The Group operates comprehensive quality control procedures across 
its sites with both internal and external audit reviews of product quality 
completed to ensure conformance with internationally recognised 
standards. All accredited staff undergo rigorous training programmes 
on quality and the technical teams carry out regular testing of all of our 
products to provide full technical data on our product range. 
Risk
1  Based on Group Revenue, not number of businesses

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
73
Risk
RISK
Description
Mitigation
RAW MATERIALS 
SOURCING 
AND INTERNAL 
RESOURCES
The Group is susceptible to significant increases in 
the price of raw materials, utilities, fuel oil and haulage 
costs and decreases in availability.
Risks exist around our ability to pass on increased 
costs through price increases to our customers. 
Resource expansion plans developed at all sites to ensure timely access 
to future materials. 
The Group focuses on its multiple supplier relationships, flexible contracts 
and the use of hedging instruments. 
Ensure businesses are self-sufficient with ability to increase resources 
through subcontractors during peak demands
RECRUITMENT AND 
RETENTION 
Failure to recruit, develop and retain the right people.  
Failing to create a corporate culture that is based upon 
ethical values and behaviours. 
The Board, Nominations Committee and senior management teams 
conduct reviews and plan succession for key roles. 
The Board and the Remuneration Committee review all key aspects of 
remuneration to ensure appropriate packages are in place to assist in the 
attraction and retention of key employees.  
Each business has a grading and employee benefit structure with review 
of incentive plans underway to give help and support long term employee 
commitment. 
A focus on identifying internal talent and recruitment of upcoming talent 
is under review to ensure succession planning and maintain a dynamic 
talent pool which is supported with development plans. 
TECHNOLOGY AND 
NEW BUSINESS 
MODELS 
Reduction in demand for traditional products. 
Risk of new competitors and new substitute products 
appearing.  
Failure to react to market developments, including 
digital and technological advances. 
Digital and product development groups that work locally and across 
the business reviewing both our industry and external offerings and 
opportunities. 
Nordkalk control room at Pargas site, Finland

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
75
I am excited to report that the Group has 
wrapped up an exceptional year with no 
major IT disruptions.
We've successfully rolled out new ERP systems across the 
Nordics and the United Kingdom, marking a significant step 
forward in our commitment to operational excellence and 
innovation. Despite the challenging economic landscape, 
we have effectively managed a robust portfolio of projects, 
including the successful completion of a major transaction, 
ensuring we continue to lead in digital and system 
advancements.
A standout achievement this year has been the smooth and 
efficient integration of newly acquired companies from an IT 
standpoint. We’ve fully onboarded these companies into our 
infrastructure, fostering greater alignment and operational 
synergy across the Group.
As we move forward, our focus remains firmly on driving 
innovation within the Group’s operations and processes, 
while upholding the highest standards in cyber security and 
risk management. We're excited for what the future holds as 
we continue to evolve and stay ahead of the curve in a rapidly 
changing digital landscape.
CYBER RISK MANAGEMENT
At SigmaRoc, the security of our IT systems is a top priority, 
as any breaches could lead to major disruptions in our 
operations. Inadequate management of cyber risks could 
have severe consequences, including financial setbacks, 
jeopardised employee safety, exposure of sensitive 
information, and damage to our brand and reputation. 
Additionally, we would face significant legal liabilities. To 
mitigate these risks, we have created new partnerships with 
IT service providers to leverage their advanced Security 
Operations Center (SOC) services.
Through these SOC services, we benefit from 24/7 
monitoring, real-time threat detection, and rapid response 
capabilities, ensuring that potential security incidents are 
identified and addressed before they can escalate. This 
collaboration strengthens our ability to proactively manage 
cyber risks, safeguard our infrastructure, and maintain the 
highest levels of protection for our critical systems and 
data. By incorporating these SOC services, we reinforce our 
commitment to robust cybersecurity and to protecting the 
interests of our employees, clients and stakeholders.
IMPACT ON THE GROUP FROM THE NEW IT PROVIDER
The integration of our various business functions onto 
a single, unified IT platform has provided significant 
benefits that extend across multiple dimensions of 
SigmaRoc’s operations. By consolidating our systems, we 
have streamlined processes, improved data accessibility, 
and enhanced cross-departmental collaboration. This 
centralisation allows for more efficient decision-making, as 
real-time data from across the Group can now be accessed 
by stakeholders at all levels, leading to faster responses and 
a more agile approach to business operations.
Operational efficiency has been notably improved, as the 
unified platform eliminates redundancies and simplifies 
workflows. From industrial production to risk management 
and transaction processing, we now have a holistic view of 
our operations, enabling us to identify areas for optimisation 
and reduce operational bottlenecks. The integration also 
enhances our ability to implement consistent standards 
across the business, ensuring that best practices are applied 
uniformly, regardless of location or business unit.
Additionally, the centralised platform strengthens our ability 
to scale, supporting the growth of new business ventures 
and acquisitions. As we continue to expand, integrating 
new companies onto the same platform ensures seamless 
transitions and faster onboarding, maintaining operational 
continuity and minimising disruption during periods of growth.
From a cybersecurity standpoint, the integration of 
systems also brings an advantage. By managing all our IT 
infrastructure under one unified platform, we can implement 
more robust, cohesive security protocols across the entire 
organisation, improving our ability to monitor, detect and 
respond to potential threats in real time. This centralised 
approach enables a more proactive defence posture, 
reducing the risk of vulnerabilities that might arise from 
isolated, disparate systems.
Ultimately, the benefits of our integrated IT platform are clear—
it not only enhances operational efficiency and decision-making 
but also supports scalability, strengthens security and fosters a 
culture of collaboration across the Group. This unified approach 
positions SigmaRoc to stay ahead of evolving business 
demands and emerging cyber threats.
OUR CURRENT DEVELOPMENTS AND NEW ERP 
ROLL OUTS
The decision to implement a single ERP system across the 
entire SigmaRoc Group’s lime operations has brought a host 
of valuable benefits that significantly enhance our operations, 
streamline processes, and bolster our overall efficiency. One 
of the most prominent advantages is the unparalleled level 
of visibility it provides into every aspect of our business. With 
one unified system in place, we now have real-time access to 
data across all departments and locations, allowing for deeper 
insights into operations, financials, production and more. This 
comprehensive view enables faster, more informed decision-
making, empowering us to respond promptly to emerging 
opportunities or challenges.
The integration of all business units into a single ERP 
platform also promotes consistency and standardisation 
across the Group. By eliminating siloed systems and aligning 
our processes, we ensure that the same data is used 
across the organisation, leading to more accurate reporting 
Fons Vermorken 
Group ExCo 
Member – 
Innovate, and 
Head of Systems
Co-founder
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
Systems 
Report

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
77
Systems Report
and fewer discrepancies. This standardisation not only 
improves the quality of our data but also helps to streamline 
compliance efforts, as we can more easily track and report 
on industry regulations and internal policies.
Operational efficiency has seen a significant boost thanks to 
the centralised ERP system. With automation and process 
integration, routine tasks such as inventory management, 
procurement and financial reporting are now streamlined, 
reducing manual effort and minimising the risk of human 
error. This allows our teams to focus on more strategic tasks, 
driving productivity and freeing up resources for growth 
initiatives.
From a cybersecurity perspective, the adoption of a 
single ERP system has further strengthened our defence 
mechanisms. With all business processes integrated into one 
platform, we can enforce consistent security protocols and 
monitor the entire IT environment from a central point. This 
centralised approach makes it easier to detect vulnerabilities, 
respond to threats in real time, and ensure that our 
security measures are uniformly applied across the Group. 
Additionally, the ERP system’s enhanced visibility means that 
any irregularities or potential risks can be identified more 
quickly, reducing response times and mitigating potential 
damage.
On the scalability front, the unified ERP platform enables us 
to expand seamlessly. Whether integrating new business 
acquisitions or entering new markets, the flexibility of the 
system allows us easily to onboard new units, ensuring 
operational continuity and consistency across the 
organisation. This also supports our long-term growth 
strategy, enabling us to scale quickly and efficiently without 
disrupting existing operations.
In summary, the single ERP system across SigmaRoc 
provides greater operational visibility, enhanced efficiency, 
improved data accuracy and robust cybersecurity 
capabilities. It serves as the backbone of our business 
operations, supporting everything from decision-making to 
risk management, and positions the Group for sustained 
success as we continue to evolve in a rapidly changing 
business landscape.
HOW WE MITIGATE RISK
SigmaRoc is deeply committed to safeguarding its IT 
infrastructure, understanding that a proactive approach to 
cybersecurity is critical to mitigating risks and ensuring the 
continuity of operations. As part of our efforts, we focus 
on continuously educating and raising awareness among 
our employees about emerging cyber threats. Monthly 
cybersecurity training sessions are conducted to keep staff 
up to date on the latest security risks, including ransomware, 
phishing and other advanced tactics used by cybercriminals.
To address cyber risks effectively, SigmaRoc has adopted 
a layered, multi-faceted cybersecurity approach that spans 
the entirety of the Group’s IT infrastructure. This approach 
ensures we have multiple lines of defence in place, 
safeguarding our systems from various attack vectors. In 
addition to employing a decentralised platform structure, we 
have strategically organised our IT environment to enhance 
security and resilience. Central to this strategy is the use of 
redundancy across key systems and processes, which helps 
maintain operational continuity in the event of an incident.
Redundancy is particularly important for maintaining uptime 
and data availability. By establishing duplicate systems, 
backup servers and failover protocols, we ensure that if one 
component fails or is compromised, our business operations 
can continue seamlessly. This redundancy is critical in 
minimising downtime and limiting the impact of cyberattacks 
or hardware failures.
For cybersecurity, SigmaRoc employs a comprehensive and 
multi-layered defence strategy. Our systems are protected 
by several layers of security tools, such as firewalls, intrusion 
detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) and antivirus 
software. Additionally, we implement encryption across 
data transmissions and storage to safeguard sensitive 
information.
We conduct regular, independent penetration testing to 
identify vulnerabilities and ensure that our systems are 
robust enough to withstand cyber threats. Furthermore, our 
data backup strategy is designed to be both comprehensive 
and secure. We maintain off-network data backups to 
ensure that, even in the event of a cyberattack, such as a 
ransomware attack, we can restore our critical data without 
paying a ransom. Our backup restoration process is regularly 
tested to validate the integrity and security of the restored 
data, ensuring quick recovery from any disruption.
Privileged access management is also a core component 
of our cybersecurity strategy. By controlling and restricting 
access to critical systems, we limit the potential impact of any 
compromise. We enforce strict access controls and ensure 
that system software and applications are always up to date. 
Our regional platforms help to enforce patch compliance, 
minimising the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.
Email security is reinforced through multiple layers, including 
anti-spam filters, encryption and segregated email servers 
that operate on different domains. This approach mitigates 
the risk of phishing and malware attacks. Additionally, all 
Company devices, including computers and servers, are 
hardened against potential malware and other malicious 
threats.
When it comes to secure communications and corporate 
applications, we utilise multi-factor authentication (MFA) and 
virtual private networks (VPNs) to ensure secure access, 
especially for remote workers. This approach helps protect 
against unauthorised access and ensures that sensitive data 
remains secure, whether accessed from within the office or 
from external locations.
While SigmaRoc does not follow a one-size-fits-all global IT 
security approach, we apply consistent security standards 
across all of our platforms, ensuring that all areas of the 
organisation adhere to best practices. This consistency, 
combined with proactive monitoring and regular third-
party penetration tests, enables us to identify and address 
vulnerabilities before they can be exploited.
In terms of disaster recovery, we have designed a robust 
recovery strategy that includes regular testing of our data 
backups, system redundancy and failover processes. In 
the event of a cyberattack or natural disaster, our disaster 
recovery protocols ensure that we can quickly restore critical 
systems and data with minimal disruption to our operations.
In summary, SigmaRoc’s cybersecurity strategy is built 
around layers of protection, redundancy, continuous 
monitoring and a strong disaster recovery framework. These 
measures, alongside regular training and testing, ensure that 
we are well-equipped to prevent, detect and respond to any 
cyber threats, protecting our business, data and reputation 
from potential harm.
FUTURE PLANS
Looking ahead, SigmaRoc is committed further to 
strengthening its cybersecurity and IT resilience to stay 
ahead of evolving threats and ensure the continued success 
of our business operations. Building on the solid foundation 
of our integrated ERP system, redundant infrastructure 
and multi-layered cybersecurity strategy, we have identified 
several key initiatives to enhance our capabilities in the 
future.
One of the core areas of focus is the continued integration 
and optimisation of our IT systems. As the Group grows, our 
unified ERP platform will play an increasingly central role in 
driving operational efficiency and enabling real-time decision-
making. We plan to expand its functionality to provide even 
deeper visibility across all areas of the business, offering 
advanced analytics and AI-driven insights that will help us 
identify emerging risks and opportunities more effectively.
We will also invest in further enhancing our cybersecurity 
defences by incorporating next-generation security tools and 
technologies. This includes expanding our use of artificial 
intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to enhance threat 
detection and response. By implementing advanced threat 
intelligence systems, we will be able to identify and neutralise 
potential cyber threats even before they materialise, providing 
an additional layer of protection.
As part of our ongoing commitment to cybersecurity, we 
plan continuously to strengthen our employee education 
programs. While monthly training sessions have proven 
effective, we will introduce more personalised and immersive 
learning experiences, such as simulated phishing attacks and 
hands-on cybersecurity exercises. These initiatives will help 
foster a culture of vigilance and ensure that all employees 
are equipped with the skills to recognise and respond to 
emerging cyber threats.
In parallel, we will further enhance our disaster recovery and 
business continuity planning. The growing complexity of 
cyber threats, such as ransomware and advanced persistent 
threats (APTs), necessitates that we regularly update and 
test our recovery strategies. We will focus on improving the 
speed and effectiveness of our recovery processes, ensuring 
that critical systems and data can be restored with minimal 
downtime in the event of an attack or system failure.
To further bolster our resilience, we will continue to work 
closely with leading third-party cybersecurity providers. These 
partnerships will enable us to access cutting-edge security 
technologies, conduct regular penetration testing and gain 
valuable insights into the latest threat trends. Collaborating 
with external experts will help us stay at the forefront of the 
rapidly evolving cybersecurity landscape.
Lastly, we will prioritise enhancing the security of our 
extended supply chain. As our reliance on external partners 
grows, we will implement more robust monitoring and risk 
management protocols to ensure that our entire supply chain 
remains secure. This will include further collaboration with 
our suppliers to ensure they adhere to the same stringent 
cybersecurity standards that we uphold internally.
Through these initiatives, SigmaRoc is committed not only 
to safeguarding its digital infrastructure but also fostering 
a resilient, proactive and future-ready IT environment. By 
staying ahead of cybersecurity threats, embracing new 
technologies and investing in our people and processes, we 
will continue to drive innovation, operational excellence and 
long-term success.
AI IMPLEMENTATION
Over the past year, we have focused on integrating AI-driven 
technologies to enhance operational efficiency and reduce 
waste. By leveraging automation and predictive systems, we 
have improved resource management and streamlined kiln 
processes. These efforts reflect our ongoing commitment to 
innovation and sustainable practices.
Looking ahead, we plan to expand the application 
of AI across more areas of our operations, including 
advancements in resource analysis and environmental 
management. By continuing to explore AI-driven 
solutions, we aim to improve efficiency while reducing our 
environmental footprint. Our commitment to technological 
advancements ensures that we remain at the forefront of 
responsible and intelligent resource extraction.
Fons Vermorken 
Group ExCo Member – Innovate, and Head of Systems 
Co-founder
14 March 2025

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
79
We understand and respond to the needs of our stakeholders. The Board is committed to and 
actively encourages effective relationships and communication with the Group’s stakeholders. 
This will realise a greater understanding of each stakeholder’s needs. The Board believes that by 
taking into account these needs and interests, the value for the Group and the long-term success 
of the Company will be maximised.
COLLEAGUES
We recognise our dedicated workforce as a key driver of the 
value derived from the business. Our colleagues are offered 
development opportunities further to fulfil their potential. 
All colleagues are offered a fair benefits and compensation 
package relative to their role and level in the organisation.
CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS
We work alongside our customers by striving to deliver the 
best customer service and seek innovative solutions to 
support many of the major projects on which we operate. 
We pride ourselves on going the extra mile and recognise 
customer loyalty as a key part of our long-term success. The 
Group also recognises the huge role its suppliers play in its 
long-term success. We endeavour to maximise value from 
our suppliers and work with them to support the delivery of 
our customers’ needs.
REGULATORS/ LOCAL GOVERNMENT/ INDUSTRY 
ASSOCIATIONS
Developing and sustaining good relationships with the many 
regulators who govern our business is central to the success 
of our business and maintaining our license to operate. We 
are committed to adherence to our legal and regulatory 
requirements. We actively support our industry representatives 
in pursuing the best regulatory regime for our business.
INVESTORS AND LENDERS
Our investors and lenders play an important role in the continued 
success of our business. We maintain purposeful and close 
relationships with them, and our sustainable long-term growth 
strategy provides value for our investors and lenders.
COMMUNITIES
We are at the heart of the communities in which we operate 
so recognise our responsibility to be good, supportive and 
engaged neighbours. Our businesses have active liaison 
programmes with the communities in which they operate, 
and they seek to take into account their interests and 
concerns in their operational activities.
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
We are making a material difference through the impact we 
have with everyone who lives, works, travels and socialises 
in communities throughout the UK, Channel Islands and 
Europe. The Board believes that it has acted in a way which is 
likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit 
of its members and other stakeholders through the decisions 
it has taken in the year to 31 December 2024.
The Board is responsible for establishing the Group’s long-
term strategy and objectives; however, it recognises that 
the executive and senior managers of our businesses play 
an important role in achieving these goals. The Board has 
an effective delegation structure in place which allows local 
management and their workforces to engage effectively and 
react accordingly, to understand the needs of their suppliers, 
customers, communities and regulators at a local level. 
The Board is of the opinion that engaging the majority of its 
stakeholders on a local level is the most effective process for 
the long-term success of the Group.
Limestone testing at Nordkalk, Finland
Tom qualified as a chartered accountant with Arthur Anderson in 1998 and has over 20 years’ experience 
supporting ambitious growing businesses. He worked in corporate finance at Dresdner Kleinwort Benson 
and Bear Stearns before moving into broking, where for six years he was a Board member and head of 
equity capital markets at finnCap. In 2015, he joined BGF to set up their quoted investment team. Tom joined 
Sigmaroc in 2023.
Tom Jenkins
Head of Investor 
Relations
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
Stakeholder 
Report

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
81
HIGHLIGHTS OF STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT IN 2024
The Board, together with members of the Executive Committee and other senior and local 
managers, continued to engage proactively with all our stakeholders. The following are just 
some examples of those engagements in 2024.
COLLEAGUES
Focus on integration of new colleagues into the wider Group through creation of best 
practice work groups including operational, technical and commercial streams as well as 
continued development of learning and development and succession planning across the 
Group. We continue our emphasis on health & safety training.
Colleagues
Customers & 
Suppliers
Regulators / Local 
government / Industry 
associations
Investors & Lenders
Communities
THEIR MATERIAL 
ISSUES
	- Physical working 
conditions; 
	- Pay and benefits; 
	- Communication;
	- Opportunities for 
development and 
training; 
	- Health, safety and 
wellbeing; and 
	- Sustainability.
	- Cost;
	- Product 
development;
	- Service levels; 
	- Sustainability 
commitments;
	- Product quality; and
	- Payment practices.
	- Climate change;
	- Emissions and 
discharges; 
	- Site restoration and 
aftercare; 
	- Health and safety; 
	- Logistics practices; 
and 
	- Planning 
compliance.
	- Governance;
	- Profitability 
and return on 
investment; 
	- •	Sustainability 
commitments; 
	- Environment; and
	- Strategy.
	- Noise; 
	- Transportation 
routes; 
	- Health and safety; 
	- Environment;
	- Communication; and
	- Support for local 
causes.
METHODS OF 
ENGAGEMENT
	- Colleague 
engagement 
surveys; 
	- Colleague focus 
groups;
	- Intranet, post, 
emails, newsletters, 
notices and 
presentations;
	- Colleague groups 
and social 
committees; 
	- DNED for Workforce 
engagement; and 
	- Personal 
development 
reviews.
	- Direct engagement; 
	- Contracts and terms 
of business; 
	- Third-party 
engagement; 
	- Website; 
	- Industry 
associations; 
	- Tender quotations; 
	- 360 feedback.
	- Mandatory returns 
and applications; 
	- Regulator visits and 
meetings;
	- Notices; 
	- Liaison with 
local MPs and 
government offices; 
and 
	- Participation 
in industry 
associations.
	- Capital markets 
events;
	- Site visits and field 
trips;
	- One-to-one 
meetings;
	- Telephone calls;
	- Investor 
conferences;
	- Brokers’ contacts; 
and
	- AGM.
	- Targeted 
consultations; 
	- Local liaison 
meetings; 
	- Social media; 
	- Community events; 
	- Letters, emails, 
notices; 
	- Site tours 	
websites; and 
	- School visits.
VALUE CREATED
Improved engagement 
with colleagues will 
ensure we develop, 
motivate and retain our 
valued workforce while 
promoting and attracting 
new colleagues that 
want to work for us.
Engaging with our 
customers helps 
us deliver excellent 
customer service, 
build relationships 
to enable us to get 
the right product, to 
the right place, at the 
right time for the right 
price. Engaging with 
our suppliers helps us 
deliver a sustainable 
supply chain and 
circular economy
Through our 
engagement we 
are able to respond 
and contribute to 
sector needs and 
requirements and deliver 
on compliance and 
regulatory standards 
and have input in their 
development.
Our engagement with 
investors and lenders 
ensures that they have 
a clear understanding 
of our business and 
objectives and are 
prepared to continue 
with their financial 
support.
Positive engagement 
with our communities 
ensures that we 
understand and take 
into account their 
concerns and needs so 
that we can address 
these and improve the 
communities that we 
live and work in.
Stakeholder Report
CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS
We prioritise a strong local focus, with each platform ensuring 
our customers and suppliers engage directly with the sites 
they buy from or supply to. Our decentralised approach allows 
us to understand their needs firsthand, delivering a ‘right first 
time’ service while fostering long-term partnerships. 
We conduct thorough due diligence, and maximise value 
across the supply chain. At the Group level, we have 
dedicated working groups where we discuss shared 
customers, ensuring a uniform approach and facilitating 
knowledge-sharing to drive consistency and best practices. 
Through framework agreements, industry collaborations, 
and digital solutions, we align suppliers on shared challenges 
such as decarbonisation. Our engagement methods—ranging 
from direct communication to structured agreements.
REGULATORS, LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND INDUSTRY 
ASSOCIATIONS
Each platform works closely with their local regulators, 
governments and industry associations with many of our 
senior management team representing either working 
groups, committees or holding board positions such as our 
board position with the European Lime Association. 
By having our platforms work closely with these bodies, we 
ensure we are at the forefront of our local communities, 
leading our businesses forward as ambassadors of best 
practice.
INVESTORS AND LENDERS
As part of our commitment to investors and lenders, we 
arranged investor and analyst meetings for all stakeholders to 
join. We completed over 200 investor meetings during the year.
COMMUNITIES
We continue to develop our working relationships with the 
military and military employment charities and are registered 
with the Career Transition Partnership. We help facilitate 
resettlement and transition from military to civilian life as well 
as support civilian spouses and partners of serving and ex-
Forces personnel on their journey into employment.
Across all our platforms, our business model of local 
business for local communities ensures that we continue to 
integrate into the areas we work, supporting both other local 
businesses, projects and communities.
SECTION 172 STATEMENT
The Directors believe they have acted in the way most likely 
to promote the success of the Group for the benefit of its 
members as a whole, as required by s172 of the Companies 
Act 2006. The requirements of s172 are for the Directors to:
	- Consider the likely consequences of any decision in the 
long term;
	- Act fairly between the members of the Company;
	- Maintain a reputation for high standards of business 
conduct;
	- Consider the interests of the Group’s employees;
	- Foster the Group’s relationships with suppliers, customers 
and others; and
	- Consider the impact of the Group’s operations on the 
community and environment.
The application of the s172 requirements is demonstrated 
throughout this report and the Accounts as a whole, with the 
following examples representing some of the key decisions 
made in 2024 and up to the date of these Accounts:
	- Completion of buy and build growth strategy: the Group 
considers it successfully completed its buy and build 
growth strategy with the successful conclusion of the 
CRH Lime Acquisitions;
	- Entered into 10-year strategic alliance with Duo Group to 
produce and sell sustainable limestone aggregates in the 
UK market;
	- Development of AI operational technology as well as 
industrial trials of further carbon capture systems; and
	- Safety initiatives: safety and wellbeing of our colleagues 
is one of our top priorities and the Group continued to 
improve its health and safety standards.
Nordkalk personnel on site
Elisa Frenay 
Group Marketing Lead
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
83
Stakeholder Report
Further specific information as to how the Board has had regard to the s172 factors:
SECTION 172 FACTOR
Key examples
Page references
CONSEQUENCE OF ANY DECISION IN 
THE LONG TERM
CEO’s strategic report
Business model
Our strategy
Risk report
ESG report
Governance report
16
30
38
68
84
142
INTERESTS OF EMPLOYEES
CEO’s strategic report – ESG, Safety & Innovation
ESG report 
Stakeholders Report
18
84
78
FOSTERING BUSINESS 
RELATIONSHIPS WITH SUPPLIERS, 
CUSTOMERS AND OTHERS
ESG report
84
IMPACT OF OPERATIONS ON THE 
COMMUNITY AND ENVIRONMENT
CEO’s strategic report – ESG, Safety & Innovation
ESG report
Stakeholders Report
18
84
78
MAINTAINING HIGH STANDARD OF 
BUSINESS CONDUCT
Business model
Our strategy
ESG report
Governance report
38
38
84
142
ACTING FAIRLY BETWEEN MEMBERS
ESG report
Stakeholders report
Governance report
84
78
142
Nordkalk laboratory, Finland 

ESG and 
Sustainability Report
Agricultural liming in Finland
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
85
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
87
FOSSIL FREE ELECTRICITY  
across the Group with 100% fossil free 
electricity in Finland, Sweden, Germany, 
Czechia and Belgium
RENEWABLE ELECTRICITY 
in Belgium and Germany
ALTERNATIVE ENERGY 
that includes alternative / renewable electricity 
and biofuels / alternative fuels
GHG EMISSIONS REDUCTION 
and 46% GHG emissions intensity reduction 
from 2021 baseline
YOY ENERGY INTENSITY 
and energy consumption reduction
OF ALL OUR BUSINESSES ARE  
ISO CERTIFIED 
in either ISO9001, ISO14001, ISO45001
SITE AUDITS CONDUCTED 
for health and safety
(ZERO) FATALITIES 
and 0 (zero) cases of silicosis
REDUCTION IN TOTAL INJURY  
FREQUENCY RATES 
for employees and contractors on our sites
REDUCTION IN LOST TIME 
frequency rates for employees and 
contractors on our sites
BILLION LITRES OF WATER 
supplied to local communities
MSCI 
rating
of multiple sustainable products 
I am pleased to report that in 2024 we 
increased our commitment to ESG by 
creating a team dedicated to ESG led by 
Jehan Khurram (Group ESG Lead). Jehan 
is supported by representatives from each 
region in delivering our overall ambitions with 
regards to ESG.
This year has once again seen some substantial achievements 
in terms of ESG:
71%
10%
>18%
9%
180
>3.1
100%
77%
>12%
20%
0
AA
LAUNCH
OVER
Charles Trigg
Group ExCo  
Member –  
Improve
Co-founder
Jehan brings extensive experience 
in decarbonisation, hydrogen 
technologies, CCS, and the 
ESG regulatory landscape, with 
a background spanning the 
consulting, oil & gas and industrial 
sectors. Prior to joining SigmaRoc, 
he worked within consulting 
including at EY within their 
Climate Change and Sustainability 
Services team, advising 
multinational clients on net zero 
strategy, ESG disclosures and 
climate risk management. Jehan also spent over a decade in 
the oil and gas industry, working at KBR and ENI on multi-
billion-dollar FEED and EPC projects, with a focus  
on carbon management, hydrogen and CCS. He is a 
Chartered Mechanical Engineer and holds a Masters of 
Engineering degree.
Jehan Khurram
Group ESG Lead – 
Improve
As a business our overall aim is to ensure sustainable 
returns to our shareholders. As a Group we are committed 
to ensuring this can be done in a manner where we minimise 
risks and seize opportunities so that our business continues 
to be strong in the years to come. 
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
ESG and 
Sustainability 
Report

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
89
ESG and Sustainability Report
Following on from our 2023 annual report, we continue 
to engage with stakeholders and commit to reporting 
and disclosure of both mandatory and voluntary ESG and 
sustainability matters.
SECR – We continue to report our energy consumption and 
Scope 1-3 greenhouse gas emissions according to the SECR 
regulations, including non-mandatory aspects to ensure full 
transparency of our emissions and intensity ratio.
TCFD – This is the second year we have fully reported 
against the recommendations and recommended 
disclosures of the Taskforce on Climate-Related financial 
disclosures (TCFD), under the Companies (Strategic Report) 
(Climate-related Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022. 
The report was developed in conjunction with external 
consultants. The report has been reviewed by both the Audit 
Committee as well as the Company’s Auditors. These reports 
can be found on pages 150 and 178.
SASB – We continue to use SASB as a guiding principle for 
disclosure of metrics that are material to our industry as per 
the SASB materiality matrix.
GRI – This is the first year SigmaRoc has reported 
in alignment with GRI, enhancing transparency and 
comparability in our sustainability disclosures, GRI allows us 
to provide a broader, stakeholder-focused approach, ensuring 
we address both financial and ESG materiality. 
SBTi – We are working in conjunction with EuLA to develop 
a lime specific sectoral pathway for SBTi. We remain 
committed to reducing our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, 
aligned with the ambition and emissions reduction trajectory 
required to curb global temperature rise to 1.5ºC.
Sustainability Recognition and Commitment – Currently 
holding an AA rating, we are recognised as a “Leader” in our 
sector by MSCI. This year we continued to register with CDP 
and submitted our Climate Change questionnaire and are still 
awaiting our results.
We have previously carried out materiality assessments by 
continually engaging with a wide range of stakeholders to 
identify the key sustainability issues that matter most to the 
Group and our core stakeholders. 
In 2024, we conducted our first double materiality 
assessment (DMA), aligning with the requirements of the 
EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD). 
This assessment included SigmaRoc’s three largest entities 
(Nordkalk, Fels, and CDH), since they account for a significant 
portion of SigmaRoc’s revenue and will fall under the CSRD 
scope next year. Based on the identified material topics, we are 
developing CSRD-compliant reporting, which will be included in 
our 2025 report, set for publication in 2026.
1.1. ENTITIES INCLUDED
Currently, the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) is based 
on our largest entities, including our Nordic, German, and 
Belgian assets – Nordkalk, Fels, and CDH – as they represent 
the most material parts of the business from both a revenue 
and sustainability exposure perspective. These entities are in 
scope for CSRD reporting in 2026.
1.2. APPROACH
To understand better our concrete impacts, risks and 
opportunities and to report more transparently, we have 
collaborated with an independent third party, the Upright 
Project, for conducting our DMA assessment. The Upright 
Project conduct science based DMA by using company-specific 
inputs (e.g., product and services, GRI indicators) and machine 
learning-based technology, which is connected to a vast dataset 
containing information from millions of scientific articles. 
The materiality thresholds used were as recommended by 
Upright to identify material topics, and are based on DMA 
results from over 50,000 companies. With this threshold, 
impact materiality scores above 15 are considered material, 
and financial materiality scores over 10 are also seen as 
material. The identified material topics were then reviewed 
by our sustainability team through a screening process and 
categorised as shown in the materiality matrix.
While the current DMA focuses on our largest and most 
material entities, we plan to expand this assessment to 
cover the entire Group in the future. However, given that our 
business operates within the same industry and geographic 
regions, we expect that the material topics identified in this 
assessment will largely remain unchanged.
1. DOUBLE MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT (DMA) APPROACH AND RESULTS 
1
3
2
4
Input Data
Identify ESG Impacts, 
Risk and Opportunities 
(IROs) & Stakeholders 
engagement 
Validation Workshops
Identifying Material 
Sustainability Topics
Double Materiality Matrix
Company-specific data, such as 
product / service mix, revenue 
shares, relevant sustainability 
(GRI) indicators, and geographical 
data on suppliers, operations,  
and customers
Value chain and business 
environment
Upright data from 300M+ 
scientific articles and   
public databases
Internal stakeholder input 
gathered through surveys
Relevant stakeholders surveyed 
across sustainability matters
Post-validation consultation  
on final materiality matrix and 
IROs positioning
Synthesize DMA process and 
assessment results in terms 
of implications to disclosure 
requirements / data points 
and SigmaRoc's sustainability 
considerations
SigmaRoc internal experts 
reviewed and validated the outputs 
and assessed their alignment with 
business materiality
Produced a materiality matrix to 
inform our strategy and reporting
Upright data engine 
identifies initial long list of  
material IRO's
IRO and topic scoring  
based on 'inside-out' and  
'outside-in' lens
Internal Stakeholder  
engagement
Preliminary list of material 
ESG IROs and their 
importance
Nordkalk laboratory, Finland 

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
91
Low
Medium
High
1.3. DOUBLE MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT MATRIX- 
RESULTS
The vertical axis of the materiality matrix represents 
sustainability topics where our operations can have a material 
positive or negative impact (actual and potential) on society 
and the environment. The horizontal axis reflects topics that 
pose material risks and opportunities (actual and potential). 
Material topics are grouped into three categories based on 
our approach to managing them:
ESG and Sustainability Report
Financial materiality
Impact materiality
Low
Medium
High
Focus Areas: These topics have a high potential  
for differentiation and should be managed at the 
corporate level. They are integrated into our strategy and 
business model.
Local Materiality: These topics are specific to local 
contexts and should be assessed and managed at the 
entity, country, or site level, depending on the topic.
Sustainability Enablers: While these topics have a lower 
differentiation potential, they indirectly influence overall 
sustainability performance.
Pollution (in context  
of biodiversity) 
Equal treatment & opportunities 
(Own workforce)
Working condition (Own 
workforce)
Protection of whistle-blowers
Pollution of air
Water and sanitation
Cultural rights (of indigenous 
peoples)
Societal infrastructure
Water discharges
Land-use, fresh water-use 
change
Land-related impacts  
(Affected communities)
Climate change  
(In context of biodiversity)
Ecosystem services
Ecosystem and species
Resources outflows and waste 
(Hazardous waste excluded)
Pollution of water and soil
Health and safety (Own 
workspace)
Health an safety  
(Workers in the value chain)
Corruption and bribery
Water withdrawals
 Climate change adaptation
Climate change mitigation
Resources inflows, including  
resources use
Energy
 

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
93
Governance, policies,  
processes, controls
Governance, policies, processes, 
controls and action plans to address 
ESG impact, risks, opportunities  
and performance.
Reporting 
Automated digital reporting with 
controlled inputs / interventions. 
Standardised data model for internal 
and external data collection.
Assurance and ongoing monitoring
Alignment with Assurance provider 
to ensure completeness, accuracy, 
reliability, consistency, relevance and 
audit ability of ESG information.
Double Materiality Assessment
Prioritise sustainability topics that 
are material to the organisation, 
people or the environment.
Business strategy, model, ambitions
Prioritize sustainability topics that 
are material to the organization, 
people or the environment.
Stakeholder engagement
Engaging with  
key Stakeholders.
Metrics and targets
Targets, KPIs, baselines, time horizons, 
methodologies and data governance 
to measure progress and drive an 
effective integrated approach.
ESG ERM integrations
ESG Risk management integrated into 
Enterprise Risk management approach.
2. INTRODUCTION ON UN SDG’S
At SigmaRoc, our commitment to sustainability is deeply 
aligned with the United Nations Sustainable Development 
Goals (SDGs). These goals provide a universal framework 
to address the world's most pressing social, economic and 
environmental challenges. By integrating the SDGs into our 
business strategy, we aim to make a meaningful impact on a 
global scale.
Our focus is particularly on SDG 9 (Industry, Innovation, 
and Infrastructure), SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption 
and Production), SDG 13 (Climate Action) and SDG 15 (Life 
on Land). These areas align closely with our core business 
operations and where we believe we can contribute the most. 
Through targeted initiatives and innovative solutions, we strive 
to drive progress and create a sustainable future for all.
ESG and Sustainability Report
1.4. CSRD NEXT STEPS
Following our Double Materiality Assessment (DMA), 
we will identify the material European Sustainability 
Reporting Standards (ESRS) topics, ensuring alignment 
with CSRD requirements. A gap analysis will assess data 
availability, and where needed, we will establish new data 
collection processes to meet disclosure requirements. 
These findings will be integrated into our ESG strategy, 
supporting target setting, performance tracking and 
future reporting in our Annual Report, CSRD disclosures 
and investor communications. This approach ensures 
regulatory compliance while strengthening our sustainability 
management framework across the Group.
We continue to monitor the regulatory landscape, including developments related to CSRD regulations, to assess how they may 
impact our reporting obligations. Despite any regulatory changes, we remain committed to transparent sustainability reporting.
CURRENT PROGRESS   
Assessment
NEXT STEPS 
Implementation, Reporting & Assurance
Nordkalk limestone quarry in Pargas, Finland

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
95
PILLAR
SigmaRoc Key Focus Area
Link to UN SDG
How we Contribute
SOCIAL
Ensure people leave work 
in the same or better 
condition than when they 
arrived.
Support the physical 
and mental health of 
our employees and their 
families.
Committed to the physical and mental welfare of those that work on and around our 
sites through: 
	- Year on year reduction of total injury frequency rate and lost time injury frequency 
rate;
	- Increase in workforce engagement and retention; and
	- Increase in board diversity.
We regularly conduct site safety audits.
Implementing a specific haulage H&S programme to improve contractor safety.
Supervisor training to at least IOSH Managing Safely level with others being trained to 
NEBOSH.
Employee Assistance Programmes in place to support workforce’s mental health.
Attract, train, retain and 
engage our workforce.
	- Supervisor training to at least IOSH Managing Safely level with others being trained 
to NEBOSH;    
	- Regular training on operational matters, including lifting and slinging, fire safety 
and workplace safety protocols;
	- Internal best practice work groups to foster knowledge sharing and collaboration;
	- Opportunities for employees to pursue educational courses and professional 
development;
	- Work with armed forces to support military personnel transitioning into the 
workforce;
	- Apprentice schemes in place; and
	- Active engagement with universities to foster talent development and research 
collaboration
Attract, train, retain and 
engage our workforce.
	- Continue to work with government agencies, education establishments and 
communities to offer long term employment opportunities;
	- Comprehensive benefits packages tailored to regional requirements;
	- Employee engagement initiatives, including share schemes and incentive 
programs; and
	- Apprentice schemes in place.
GOVERNANCE
Promote QCA, Corporate 
Governance Codes.
Proactive Board oversight 
and independence of 
committees.
Focus on Risk 
Management and 
mitigation, including cyber.
Ensure transparency on 
reporting.
	- Continue to implement, and transparently disclose, compliance and ESG matters;
	- Maintain ongoing compliance in a dynamic environment across multiple 
jurisdictions;
	- Regularly update to our climate risk analysis to reflect material changes;
	- Regular management of our learning, development and governance monitoring 
platform (Formity);
	- Creation of dedicated ESG Board Committee;
	- Quarterly ESG reporting to Board and ESG Committee; and 
	- Continued interaction with institutional investors’ ESG & Stewardship analysts to 
ensure compliance with reporting requirements.
PILLAR
SigmaRoc Key Focus Area
Link to UN SDG
How we Contribute
ENVIRONMENT
Sustainable use of reserves 
and resources.
Responsible use key 
resources including raw 
material, mineral and 
water.
Optimise energy use 
and minimise impact of 
our operations on the 
environment
We promote circular products, the increased use of alternative fuels, and the 
expansion of recycling activities. 
	- 100% fossil fuel substitution in lime kiln at an operating site;
	- Achieved 2025 of 100% of our manufactured products (where specification allows) 
can use recycled products; and
	- In line with 2027 target of 100% utilisation of all production materials.
Our commitment to maximising material use includes development and production of 
our sustainable product ranges including but not limited to Nordkalk Next, Nordkalk 
Complete, Puccini Blue, Mevo, Greenbloc, as well as aggregates reprocessing, and 
product mix designs all of which are key examples of where we are driving towards 
100% utilisation of all our production materials.
Climate Impact
Optimise energy use 
and minimise impact of 
our operations on the 
environment
We continue to make year on year reductions in our emissions and energy use to 
become net zero by 2040:
	- On track for 2030 target of 100% third party energy from renewable means; 
	- Achieved 2030 target of 2.5 % reduction in energy intensity; 
	- On track for 2032 target of 100% alternative fuels in fixed equipment; and 
	- On track for 2038 target of all kilns carbon neutral.
Use of BAT and innovative technologies in our production aiming at reducing 
emissions.
Continue energy and fuel optimisation to reduce the reliance on fossil fuels.
CCS system operational with other CCS systems under industrial trials.
100% continual fossil fuel substitution proved on vertical kilns using biofuel.
Contribute to sustainable 
construction, address 
environmental aspects 
through production or use.
In our R&D activities, we strive to optimise existing processes and develop innovative 
techniques, products and applications. Innovative products and applications, improved 
processes, and new formulations help minimise energy consumption and CO2 emissions 
for us and our customers therefore reducing impact on the environment.
Biodiversity
Biodiversity improvement projects and rehabilitation of sites.
Take action to promote natural habitats and reduce the degradation, be a net positive 
contributor to biodiversity. 
Responsible use of key 
resources including raw 
materials, minerals and 
water.
Control of discharged water quality. Supply of fresh water to communities. 
Use of our products in Wastewater, Lake liming and Drinking water treatment.
Be a good neighbour; 
source local, buy local, sell 
local, invest local.
Ensuring safety precautions at our operations and reduced impact on surroundings. 
Continuous engagement with local communities and wider stakeholder.
Use of our products in various environmental applications including water treatment, 
wastewater treatment and flue gas treatment.
ESG and Sustainability Report

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
97
3.1. CARBON                                          
3.1.1. LIME INDUSTRY AND CO2
Understanding CO₂ emissions in lime production is essential 
for effective carbon management and mitigation. The primary 
sources of CO₂ emissions in the lime production process are:
1. Combustion Emissions (25-35%) – Resulting from the 
burning of fuels used to heat kilns; and
2. Process Emissions (65-75%) – Released during the calcination 
of limestone (CaCO₃) to produce quicklime (CaO).
3.1.2. MITIGATION STRATEGIES
All the CO2 sources have different mitigation solutions. 
Power and energy CO2 can be reduced through energy 
efficiency, renewable electricity, fuel efficiency and renewable / 
alternative fuels. We are actively working on renewable energy 
solutions and strategic procurement of renewable energy.
Combustion CO2 can be reduced by energy efficiency 
and fuel selection, as well as by carbon capture and 
sequestration (CCS). We have achieved success with 
fossil free lime calcination, achieving 100% substitution by 
biomass at one site. Our first Carbon Capture unit has also 
been successfully installed and commissioned, with another 
under industrial trial.
Process CO2 can only be addressed by CCS, with our first 
Carbon Capture unit having been successfully installed and 
commissioned with another under an industrial trial.
Additionally, we recognise the role of recarbonation – the 
natural reabsorption of CO2 by lime-based products – as 
a complementary solution in mitigating overall global CO2 
emissions.
SigmaRoc continues to innovate and invest in low-carbon 
solutions to drive sustainability across our operations.
3.1.3. CBAM
Currently, lime is excluded from CBAM, meaning it does not 
yet face additional carbon levies on imports.
One of the major impacts of CBAM on included industries 
is the gradual phase-out of free allowances under the ETS. 
While other sectors will see all free allocations removed, 
lime will continue with its gradual reduction of free allocation 
under the existing ETS framework.
SigmaRoc continues to closely monitor developments in 
CBAM legislation and its potential implications for the lime 
industry, ensuring that we remain proactive in our compliance 
strategy and prepared for future regulatory changes.
3.1.4. SIGMAROC’S USE OF THE ETS
The ETS now plays a critical role in SigmaRoc’s internal 
decision-making. We are integrating carbon pricing into 
our investment strategy, using the ETS price as an internal 
carbon cost when evaluating capital expenditure, technology 
choices and decarbonisation roadmaps.
SigmaRoc remains committed to proactively managing 
carbon exposure, ensuring compliance with regulations, and 
implementing cost-effective decarbonisation pathways.
3. ENVIRONMENT      
ESG and Sustainability Report
3.1.5. TARGETS & PERFORMANCE 
Developing Carbon Targets for Lime
SigmaRoc is working with the European Lime Association (EuLA) to develop a SBTisector-specific decarbonisation pathway for 
lime, similar to cement. This is necessary due to the unique challenges of lime production, where process emissions (65-75% of 
total CO₂) are unavoidable and require CCS for reduction. Once this pathway is established, SigmaRoc will actively collaborate with 
SBTi to agree science-based GHG reduction targets, ensuring alignment with global climate goals.
2021 BASE YEAR
SUBJECT
Target
Date
Progress to date
Status
CARBON 
All concrete products available in low 
carbon and ultra-low carbon.
2025
100% of concrete products available in low carbon and ultra-low 
carbon.
Carbon capture storage and utilisation trial 
plant operational.
2025
First module commissioned and operational.
Alternative fuels used in mobile equipment.
2030
One site is running 100% fossil free.
7% of our site vehicles transitioned to HVO.
Alternative fuels used in fixed equipment 
(e.g. lime and asphalt).
2032
On Target
100% fossil fuel substitution achieved on vertical lime kiln using 
biofuel.
>50% fossil fuel substitution achieved on rotary lime kiln using 
biofuel with potential to go to 100% 
All kilns are carbon neutral.
2038
On Target
100% fossil fuel substitution proved at sites.
Carbon capture module installed and commissioned.
Net zero.
2040
On Target
7% YoY emissions reduction in 2024. 
20% emissions reduction since the 2021 baseline.
ENERGY 
INTENSITY 
AND 
EFFICIENCY
2.5% reduction in energy intensity.
2030
Achieved
10% YoY achieved in 2024.
100% third party energy sourced from 
renewable means.
2030
On Target
100% of Belgium, Germany, Finland, Czechia and Sweden use 
alternative / renewable electrical energy.
71% of Group uses alternative / renewable electrical energy 
(including 33% renewable)
RESOURCE 
UTILISATION 
AND 
CIRCULAR 
ECONOMY
100% of all manufactured products can 
utilise waste / recycled materials .
2025
Achieved
100% of our manufactured products (where specification allows) 
can use recycled products.
This includes products such as asphalt, concrete and concrete 
products which are already using, where specification allows, 
waste / recycled materials such as nappies, RAP, PFA, GGBS and 
recycled aggregates.
100% utilisation of all production materials.
2027
On Target
Our commitment to maximising material use includes development 
and production of our sustainable product ranges including but not 
limited to Nordkalk Next, Nordkalk Complete, Puccini Blue, Mevo, 
Greenbloc, as well as aggregates.
Product mix designs are key examples of where we are driving 
towards 100% utilisation of all our production materials.
COMPLETE
IN PROGRESS
Martin has a background in chemical 
engineering and has previously worked 
in mineral processing industries for 
cement producers and international 
operations. He joined SigmaRoc in 
2020 and is currently leading the energy 
intensity, kiln decarbonisation and 
optimisation program.
Martin Bains
Group Industrial 
Director - Improve
Nordkalk limestone quarry in Gotland, Sweden

Liming in Reku, Finland
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
99
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
3.1.6. GHG EMISSIONS AND ENERGY DATA 
In accordance with GHG Protocol guidance, SigmaRoc has 
retroactively recalculated its base year emissions to reflect 
changes in the Company that would otherwise compromise 
the consistency and relevance of reported GHG emissions 
data. This recalculation ensures that our emissions 
reporting remains accurate, comparable and aligned with 
best practices. In addition, we have aligned revenue figures 
where used in emissions intensity calculations to maintain 
meaningful comparisons over time.
Our GHG emissions inventory includes both mandatory and 
voluntary data, covering our entire operational footprint. 
German, Czechia and Irish acquisitions closed in January 
2024, the UK in March 2024 and Poland in September 
2024, however to allow for a like-for-like comparison, 2024 
emissions data has been adjusted to incorporate these 
acquisitions as if they had been part of SigmaRoc for 
the entire 12-month period, despite joining in mid-2024. 
This ensures that annual emissions for the Group remain 
consistent and comparable across reporting periods, 
supporting robust sustainability performance tracking and 
informed decision-making.
The 2024 data is based on our SECR report, which is 
conducted in line with 2019 UK Government Environmental 
Reporting Guidelines and the GHG Protocol Corporate 
Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised edition) and 
covers all operations where we have operational control. The 
SECR report also includes both mandatory and voluntary 
reporting to ensure transparent disclosure.
ESG and Sustainability Report
20% baseline reduction
46% baseline reduction
10% YoY reduction
10% YoY reduction

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
101
Our Roadmap to Net Zero
2025
2027
2030
All concrete products 
available in low carbon 
and ultra-low carbon
100% utilisation of all 
production materials
Alternative fuels used 
in mobile equipment
CO2
2.5% reduction in 
energy intensity
100% third party 
energy sourced from 
renewable means
Carbon Capture Storage 
and utilisation trial plant 
operational
100% of all 
manufactured products 
can utilise waste / 
recycled materials*
CARBON
ENERGY INTENSITY 
AND EFFICIENCY
RESOURCE UTILISATION
AND CIRCULAR ECONOMY
2032
2038
2040
Alternative fuels  
used in fixed equipment 
(e.g lime and asphalt)
All kilns are carbon 
neutral
NET
ZERO
*where industry specifications allow for it
New ESG Opportunities following the 3 CRH Lime Acquisitions
	
─Increase of kiln network driving production and CO2 optimisation
	
─Leverage R&D centres of excellence and IP across an EU wide platform
	
─Increase in supply chain networks that can help reduce/utilise CO2
	
─Enlarged network allows better biofuel purchasing and processing to drive CO2 reduction

SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
103
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
3.1.7.1. DECARBONISATION LEVERS
Carbon, Capture and Storage CCS
SigmaRoc recognises CCS as a critical enabler in 
decarbonising lime production. Given the high CO₂ 
concentration in lime kiln emissions, CCS offers a technically 
feasible and economically viable pathway to significantly 
reduce emissions.
Our approach includes:
	- In Pre-combustion:
	- Oxygen enrichment of combustion processes whereby 
CO2 concentrations are greatly increased, reducing size 
of downstream gas separation systems.
	- In Post-combustion:
	- Membrane Technology – Optimally suited for single kilns 
and small kiln clusters, offering high efficiency, low cost, 
and a small footprint with a modular capability;
	- Cryogenic Separation – Evaluated for larger kiln clusters, 
though capital and energy-intensive; and
	- Ocean GeoLoop Technology – An industrial trial plant 
with Nordkalk’s joint venture partner in Norway is testing 
an all-electric CO₂ capture process.
Infrastructure & Challenges
	- Co-location with large emitters enables shared CCS 
infrastructure, improving feasibility; and
	- Regulatory and infrastructure dependencies, including CO₂ 
transport networks and sequestration sites, impact large-
scale adoption.
SigmaRoc remains committed to integrating CCS-ready 
infrastructure where feasible, ensuring alignment with 
evolving policies and economic support models.
Fuel Switching & Alternative Fuels
Fuel combustion accounts for a significant share of emissions, 
making fuel switching a key strategy for CO₂ reduction. 
SigmaRoc is transitioning to low-carbon and bio-based fuels, 
prioritising sites with the highest CO₂ reduction potential.
Implementation Plan
1. Prioritise high CO₂ sites – Focusing on coal-reliant kilns for 
early transition;
2. Convert solid fuel kilns to biomass – Biomass offers cost-
effective substitution and is easier to implement than other 
alternatives;
3. Expand across all kilns – Long-term strategy to integrate 
low-carbon fuels across the network; and
4. Leverage Group wide infrastructure for optimal fuel supply 
chain and sub-processing.
Progress to Date
	- Successful 100% biofuel substitution at one kiln;
	- 50% biofuel utilisation achieved at additional sites; and
	- Ongoing R&D and partnerships to scale alternative fuel 
solutions, including hydrogen.
SigmaRoc remains committed to maximising fossil fuel 
substitution, reducing dependency on high-emission fuels, 
and ensuring long-term energy sustainability.
Recarbonation: Capturing CO₂ in Lime Products
Lime possesses a unique ability to sequester CO₂ when used in 
applications ranging from 100% sequestered instantaneously in 
water treatment, to 28% in steel within 1 year, up to 56% within 
5 years . Through carbonation, lime naturally reabsorbs CO₂, 
effectively reversing the calcination process. This effect varies 
by application per example provided in the table below:
APPLICATION
CO₂ Sequestration 
(<1 Year)
CO₂ Sequestration 
(>1 Year)
WATER TREATMENT
100% 
(instantaneously)
100%
STEEL INDUSTRY
28%
56%
FLUE GAS CLEANING
66% 
(instantaneously)
66% 
WASTEWATER 
TREATMENT
40%
49%
CALCIUM CARBIDE
89%
89%
PCC (PRECIPITATED 
CALCIUM CARBONATE)
89%
89%
ESG and Sustainability Report
3.1.7. NET ZERO ROADMAP                                                                                              
Our 2040 net zero roadmap outlines the key steps required 
to achieve our long-term decarbonisation targets, ensuring a 
structured, science-based approach to reducing emissions 
across our operations. Built on proven technologies, 
operational excellence and strategic investment, this 
roadmap reflects SigmaRoc’s commitment to sustainability 
while maintaining operational and financial resilience.
Our core decarbonisation levers focus on:
1. Kiln Fuel Switching – Transitioning from fossil fuels to 
alternative and bio-based fuels to reduce combustion 
emissions;
2. Carbon Capture & Storage (CCS) – Developing CCS solutions 
where feasible, though implementation remains dependent 
on infrastructure availability and government backing;
3. Recarbonation – Enhancing natural CO₂ uptake in 
products, subject to recognition by regulatory bodies for 
carbon accounting; and
4. Strategic Green Energy Procurement – Sourcing renewable 
electricity to reduce Scope 2 emissions, Green Electricity 
procurement will cover 100% of consumption by 2030.
Given the evolving regulatory and technological landscape, 
our roadmap will be reviewed and adapted annually to ensure 
we remain on track, integrating new opportunities, policy 
developments and technological advancements as they emerge.
MTCO2E
0
1
3
4
5
2021
2022
2023
2024
Scope 1
Scope 2
 ON TRACK TO DELIVER REDUCTIONS IN SCOPE 1 AND 2 EMISSIONS
MTCO2E
0
1
2
3
4
2025
2026
2028
2030
2032
2034
2036
2038
2040
DECARBONISATION ROADMAP
Recarbonation
CCUS
Fuel Switching
Performance/Efficiency
Emissions Remaining
Nordkalk site in Storugn, Gotland

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
105
ESG and Sustainability Report
Recognition & Challenges
	- Regulatory Acceptance – Despite IPCC recognition of 
carbonation permanence, current carbon accounting 
frameworks are not consistent. SBTi has accepted 
carbonation as a valid decarbonisation pathway for the 
cement sector, but broader regulatory alignment is still 
evolving; and
	- EU ETS & Carbon Accounting – The latest EU Directive 
(2003/87/EC) acknowledges CO₂ sequestration in mineral 
carbonates, supporting the case for its inclusion in future 
carbon offset mechanisms.
SigmaRoc’s Approach
	- Independent study conducted to assess carbonation 
potential in different applications; and
	- Active engagement with policymakers to push for 
regulatory recognition of lime carbonation as a credible 
emissions reduction pathway.
SigmaRoc continues to explore innovative solutions that 
enhance carbonation potential, reinforcing lime’s role as a 
low-carbon building material.
3.1.7.2. REDUCING EMISSIONS THROUGH HVO 
ADOPTION
SigmaRoc has replaced 7% of transport fuel use across 
the Group with Hydrogenated Vegetable Oil (HVO) through 
strategic procurement arrangements, with plans to 
increase this to over 30% in 2025. With up to 90% lower CO₂ 
emissions than diesel, this transition supports our ongoing 
decarbonisation efforts.
3.1.8. AIR EMISSIONS AND WASTE
Environmental Management Systems (EMS) are key to 
ensuring management of toxic emissions and waste. Across 
our businesses, 76% of our businesses (by revenue) have 
an ISO14001 certified Environmental Management System 
(EMS) that also includes provisions for waste management 
with no fines being incurred in 2023.
Our EMSs, including our 14001 audited EMS are regularly 
audited by external auditors as well as additional specialised 
audits conducted by the likes of MCA and Lloyds Register for 
aspects such as MARPOL (the International Convention for 
the Prevention of Pollution from Ships).
3.1.9. TARGETS & PERFORMANCE
In terms of air quality, our NOx and SOx performance has 
seen a reduction. Following the CRH Lime Acquisitions, we 
are reviewing our air emissions strategy while remaining 
committed to further reductions. To drive further progress, 
we plan to expand our rollout of kiln optimisation, network 
balancing and the use of Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction 
(SNCR) systems as required.
3.2.1. STRATEGIC ENERGY PROCUREMENT
In 2024, we doubled our green electricity procurement, 
100% of our electricity in Germany and Belgium now 
sourced from renewables. On track to 100% fossil free 
electricity by 2030.
As part of our decarbonisation strategy, SigmaRoc is actively 
procuring renewable and fossil-free electricity to match our 
electricity consumption.
In 2024, following the CRH Lime Acquisitions, our total 
electricity use increased by 120% due to the expanded Group 
footprint. To maintain progress towards our fossil-free 
electricity targets, we doubled our procurement of green 
electricity, securing approximately 270 GWh of fossil-free 
energy. This included:
	- 100% of electricity consumption in Czechia, Finland, 
Belgium, Germany and Sweden is backed by GOs, with a 
mix of nuclear and renewable energy sources;
	- Germany and Belgium are fully covered by renewable 
energy procurement, supporting the shift towards cleaner 
electricity sources; and
	- Poland remains a focus area, with 16% of electricity 
covered by renewable energy procurement, and efforts  
are underway to increase this share in line with our net 
zero roadmap. 
 3.2.2. ENERGY EFFICIENCY & RENEWABLE 
GENERATION
SigmaRoc is implementing group-wide energy efficiency 
initiatives to reduce fuel consumption, optimise energy use 
and lower CO₂ emissions. Key measures include:
	- Electrification & Fuel Transition: Deployment of electric 
forklifts, EVs, and hybrids, alongside HVO biodiesel 
adoption to reduce fossil fuel reliance;
	- Process Optimisation: AI-driven kiln efficiency upgrades, 
asphalt binder improvements in the UK, and modernised 
compressors and kilns in Poland to cut fuel use;
	- Renewable Energy Expansion: Photovoltaic capacity 
extension (2MWh) in Belgium, battery storage studies and 
wind energy projects in development; and
	- Energy-Saving Equipment: LED lighting, movement 
sensors, variable speed drives (VSDs), and heat-loss 
prevention initiatives across all regions.
These efforts are enhancing energy efficiency, lowering 
emissions, and accelerating the transition to a low-carbon 
future across the SigmaRoc Group.
3.2. ENERGY
Nordkalk limestone quarry in Pargas, Finland
FOSSIL-FREE/RENEWABLE ELECTRICITY
Fossil-Free (MWh)
Remaining (MWh)
2023
2024
2030 - Target
0
125000
250000
375000
500000
* 2023 NOX and SOX have been retroactively recalculated for 2023 to 
reflect changes in the Company that would otherwise compromise 
the consistency and relevance of reported air emissions data.

SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
107
STRATEGY
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
3.3. BIODIVERSITY 
We value biodiversity and recognise its importance in the 
local ecosystems. Despite the Group operating over a large 
area, in 2024 39% of land disturbed was restored or  
under restoration. 
At SigmaRoc, we recognise both the impact and opportunity 
that our operations create for biodiversity. While quarrying 
alters landscapes, it can also serve as a catalyst for habitat 
creation and ecological restoration. Our goal is to co-
exist with nature, ensuring that our sites become thriving 
ecosystems post-extraction, contributing to the EU target of 
no net loss and a net gain thereafter.
We follow a Dynamic biodiversity management which 
combines integrated management of the operation of an 
active quarry with dynamic preservation, management and 
restoration measures for species and habitats. This principle 
makes it possible to integrate the populations of species 
present in the quarry into a network of habitats ensuring 
constant availability of environments conducive to their 
development. We integrate biodiversity protection into our 
operational strategy by:
	- Following the Mitigation Hierarchy: Avoiding, minimising, 
restoring and offsetting any negative effects of our activities;
	- Developing Biodiversity Management Plans (BMPs): 
Ensuring each site has an active plan for conservation and 
habitat protection;
	- Enhancing Ecosystems: Working beyond regulatory 
requirements to restore and improve biodiversity at our 
sites; and
	- Plans to Utilise Advanced Tools: We are in the process 
of implementing the use of the Integrated Biodiversity 
Assessment Tool (IBAT), WWF’s biodiversity risk filter, 
ENCORE, and SBTN sector materiality tools to assess 
biodiversity risks and opportunities.
3.3.1. MANAGING BIODIVERSITY AND  
COMMUNITY IMPACTS
Quarries represent SigmaRoc’s most significant source 
of environmental disturbance. However, the exposure of 
limestone-rich areas often fosters thriving ecosystems, 
enhancing biodiversity by supporting diverse flora and 
fauna and improving habitats. Limestone-rich environments 
naturally sustain rare and specialised species. SigmaRoc 
continues to assess and mitigate these impacts through 
targeted biodiversity initiatives.
The Company works closely with communities and local 
authorities to ensure that our ongoing operations and future 
operations enhance environmental and community benefits. 
Our future works are supported by impact assessments prior 
to the commencement of work.
Operational considerations seek to actively enhance 
biodiversity in surrounding areas.
Before commencing operation of a site, the potential 
environmental, including biodiversity, and social impacts are 
assessed through an Environmental Impact Assessment 
process, after which an application for an environmental 
permit is typically made. 
During the operating phase of the sites, environmental 
management is guided by environmental permits, which set 
regulatory requirements for the operation and closure, and 
by the environmental management system of the Company 
including ISO14001. 
We integrate biodiversity management into all steps of 
planning, production and closure of sites whilst maintaining 
a hierarchy of mitigation (avoid, minimise, restore, and 
finally offset).
ESG and Sustainability Report
3.3.1.1. RESTORATION, REHABILITATION AND 
PROTECTION OF ECOSYSTEMS
As part of site planning and permits, most government 
agencies and authorities require restoration plans to be in 
place. These restoration plans cannot be completed until the 
operations have come to end of life, however where there is 
an opportunity, our sites work concurrently to restore areas 
that are no longer operational. Environmental and community 
requirements may evolve over time. Therefore, we work 
closely with stakeholders to restore and rehabilitate our 
assets in a way that best serves the community.
Despite the Group operating over a large area, 39% having 
been restored or under restoration in line with local 
authorities’ and community requirements. 
Even before a point of final restoration, our sites work closely 
with local authorities, working groups and communities to 
ensure we maximise not only the preservation of existing 
ecosystems, but often the generation of incremental increase 
of eco-systems to provide a thriving environment for existing 
species but also previously extinct species. This includes 
both fauna and flora with success derived through programs 
such as flora relocation programmes, wildflower programs, 
Red Bill chough breeding programs, Peregrine falcon nesting 
programs and great crested newt habitat establishment. 
Some sites are close to Sites of Specific Scientific Interest 
where our working relationships with local groups and 
national agencies have helped ensure they thrive. Where 
there is risk of impact, the valuable species are moved to 
other suitable or created areas.
3.3.2.POLICY
SigmaRoc operates a series of policies that include:
	- Sustainability;
	- Environment and Water;
	- Biodiversity; and
	- Energy and Climate.
These include provisions and commitments on sustainably 
managing natural resources and raw materials, minimising 
disturbance from operations and reclaiming habitat and 
disturbed land.
The Board has overall responsibility for the policies and 
approves the policies which are then cascaded throughout 
the business with a formal acknowledgement and training 
program to all employees, and contractors as required. 
These are monitored and audited quarterly by the Board, 
with a target of 100% compliance for employees in terms of 
acknowledgement and training.
Ronez quarry in Jersey, Channel Islands
Fels quarry in Saal an der Donau, Germany

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
109
3.3.3. CASE STUDY
Ronez – Enhancing Biodiversity & Habitat Restoration
As part of SigmaRoc’s commitment to sustainable land 
management and biodiversity enhancement, Ronez has 
undertaken key environmental initiatives to restore and 
improve local habitats.
Tree Planting on Route du Nord
Ronez sponsored the planting of 310 wildlife-friendly trees 
along the new footpath on Route du Nord. Quarry staff, local 
community members, and Natural Environment officers 
worked together to enhance biodiversity, improve the 
landscape, and create green spaces for the public.
Invasive Species Management
Ronez has worked with the local authorities to help them 
mitigate an issue they had of Japanese knotweed found 
within the community. Ronez was requested to carry out a 
deep burial of 30,000 tonnes of contaminated soil by local 
authorities. This collaboration helped prevent the spread of 
this highly invasive species.
These initiatives demonstrate Ronez’s proactive approach 
to environmental stewardship, supporting nature-positive 
solutions and reinforcing SigmaRoc’s commitment to 
sustainability and biodiversity conservation.
3.3.4. CASE STUDY
Biodiversity at Nordkalk:
Biodiversity remains a key focus in Nordkalk’s sustainability 
strategy, aligning with EU targets of no net loss by 2030 and 
net gain beyond. In 2024, Nordkalk advanced its biodiversity 
commitments by developing a biodiversity roadmap, setting 
targets and indicators, and allocating resources. These 
efforts focus on ecosystem conservation, species protection, 
pollinator support, invasive species management, and water 
quality improvements. While progress has been made, the 
absence of a standardised EU-wide biodiversity metric poses 
challenges in developing universally applicable indicators.
Key Initiatives in 2024:
	- Karinu (Estonia): Nordkalk restored a former quarry into a 
meadow field, creating a habitat for pollinators like bees 
and butterflies;
	- Vimpeli (Finland): In collaboration with environmental 
organisations, Nordkalk supported conservation efforts 
for the critically endangered field gentian, a rare species 
thriving in limestone environments; and
	- Pargas (Finland): A former site was transformed into 
a habitat for endangered butterflies, securing national 
funding for long-term conservation efforts. Additionally, 
an experimental limestone application was conducted to 
manage invasive plant species.
ESG and Sustainability Report
3.3.5. CASE STUDY: 
Belgium – Life in Quarries
The Life in Quarries project at Carrières du Hainaut is a 
long term ongoing biodiversity management programme 
that shows our long term commitment to biodiversity. This 
project has been ongoing since 2020. 
Key Achievements (2024)
	- Expanded Pioneer Ponds & Grasslands to support aquatic 
and terrestrial biodiversity;
	- Established Swallow Cliffs, Bee Slopes and Bat Galleries 
for nesting and pollination;
	- Enhanced Wetlands and Gull Platforms to sustain diverse 
species; and
	- Seasonal Habitat Management: Habitat creation in 
autumn/winter, monitoring in spring/summer.
Pargas, Finland

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
111
Achieved target: 100% manufactured products can utilise 
waste / recycled materials. 
At SigmaRoc, we are committed to driving material efficiency, 
waste reduction and circularity, ensuring that resources are 
used responsibly while minimising environmental impact. 
Our target is to achieve 100% material efficiency by 2027, 
ensuring that all quarried materials are effectively used and 
that no material is wasted.
We have already achieved our 2025 target of ensuring that 
100% of our manufactured products can utilise waste or 
recycled materials where specification allows. 
By maximising the use of by-products, integrating recycled 
materials and optimising production processes, we are 
pioneering sustainable innovations across our industry. Our 
circular product lines, such as Greenbloc, Mevo, Puccini Blue, 
Nordkalk Next and Nordkalk Complete, are advancing the 
use of recovered and repurposed materials, ensuring that 
we continue to drive sustainability, reduce landfill waste and 
move towards a fully circular economy.
3.5.1. EXPANDING CIRCULAR SOLUTIONS
In 2024, we significantly advanced our circular economy 
strategy with the extension and launch of multiple sustainable 
product lines, including:
	- Greenbloc – A market-leading cement-free concrete 
solution that has achieved up to 50% CO₂ reductions, 
saving over 6,000 tonnes of CO₂. Premium Greenbloc 
products now deliver up to 90% carbon reductions, and we 
successfully produced a carbon-negative concrete block 
with a 115% CO₂ reduction by incorporating captured 
carbon and waste-derived aggregates;
	- Mevo – A revolutionary grinding and blending technology 
that imparts binding properties to non-cementitious 
minerals. SigmaRoc has supported Mevo in raising £15m 
in venture funding and developing its first large-scale 
plant. Once operational, Mevo will be at the forefront of 
decarbonising all SigmaRoc concrete products; and
	- Puccini Blue – A unique resin-based technology that 
maximises quarry yield by reinforcing natural fault lines, 
transforming previously discarded materials into a high-
value aesthetic product.
3.5.2. RESOURCE EFFICIENCY & MAXIMISING BY-
PRODUCTS
SigmaRoc is actively optimising material efficiency by 
reducing waste and repurposing by-products:
	- Nordkalk Next – A product line incorporating at least 33% 
reused materials, both from internal and external sources, 
while 33% of energy used is fossil-free;
	- Nordkalk Complete – A fully circular product where 100% 
of materials are reused or recovered, achieving CO₂-
neutral Scope 1 & Scope 2 emissions; and
	- Baltic Aggregates Oy – Established to increase sales of 
limestone and side-stream products in the Baltic region, 
improving the utilisation of extracted materials.
As the business has expanded, we optimise material use 
across our network by sourcing and adjusting materials with 
varying chemical properties, optimising additive replacements 
and enhancing efficiency while ensuring customer 
specifications are met. Our R&D work plays a key role in 
developing new products that allow us to reuse and combine 
resources from across the Group.
By ensuring that all quarried materials are effectively used, we 
reduce landfill waste, extend resource availability, and drive 
cost efficiencies across our operations.
3.5.3. INNOVATING FOR SUSTAINABILITY
SigmaRoc is also investing in nature-positive infrastructure, 
such as:
	- Sustainable soil improvement products – Developed for 
the Swedish agricultural market to enhance soil health  
and productivity; and
	- Advanced fillers for construction – Ultra-fine limestone fillers 
designed to reduce cement and bitumen content in plasters 
and roofing materials, lowering carbon emissions.
3.5.4. MANAGING WASTE & OVERBURDEN FOR 
CIRCULARITY
In 2024, SigmaRoc generated 700k tonnes of waste of  
which 75% is recycled. This underscores our strong 
commitment to resource efficiency, circularity and 
sustainable waste management.
Our overburden is actively managed and repurposed to 
support restoration, recultivation and reuse. Overburden is 
frequently:
	- Stored and repurposed for site rehabilitation, ensuring 
the recultivation of indigenous soils for environmental 
restoration;
	- Used in landscape remediation, contributing to biodiversity 
and habitat regeneration at former quarry sites; and
	- Reprocessed into new business streams, ensuring that it 
is integrated into circular economy initiatives.
By maximising material efficiency and circularity, SigmaRoc 
is not only reducing landfill waste but also unlocking new 
commercial opportunities by reprocessing and repurposing 
surplus materials into value-added products.
We allocated 3.18 million m³ of drinking water for local 
communities in 2024. 
3.4.1. WATER MANAGEMENT
With increasing global water stress and growing competition 
for limited freshwater resources, SigmaRoc is committed 
to efficient water management and conservation. Our 
Environment and Water Policy applies across all operations, 
ensuring that water is used responsibly, efficiently, and 
in compliance with environmental regulations. Since 
our primary use of water is for washing purposes, and a 
significant portion is recirculated within our systems, our 
exposure to water stress risks remains minimal, and our 
environmental impact is correspondingly low.
Our sites primarily obtain water through:
	- De-watering activities in quarries, where extraction occurs 
below groundwater levels;
	- Rainwater harvesting, collecting and using natural 
precipitation; and
	- Regulated groundwater, surface water, or municipal 
supplies, where necessary.
3.4.2. WATER USE & CONSERVATION
SigmaRoc manages approximately 45 million m³ of water 
annually, sourced entirely from seasonal snowmelt, rainwater 
collection, and natural runoff—with little to no extraction from 
groundwater or other external sources. of this:
	- 3% (1.36 million m³) is withdrawn for operational 
processes, including a mix of freshwater, recycled water 
and collected water; and
	- 7% (3.18 million m³) is allocated to local communities for 
drinking water, supporting essential public water supply 
needs.
In 2024, our total water use increased, driven by the integration 
of CRH acquisitions into our reporting data. Despite this 
increase, we remain focused on improving water efficiency, 
maximising recycling and reducing overall consumption.
3.4.3. WATER TREATMENT & COMPLIANCE
Water discharged from our sites is monitored, treated, and 
tested to meet strict environmental standards. Key measures 
include:
	- Routine sampling and analysis for pH, suspended solids 
(≤30 mg/L) and hydrocarbons, ensuring compliance with 
local discharge permits;
	- Site-specific discharge limits set by regulatory agencies 
such as the Environment Agency, EPA, and local 
authorities;
	- Independent monitoring and audits, including random 
inspections to verify water quality compliance; and
	- ISO 14001 – Certified Water Management Plans, 
ensuring all sites have structured approaches for water 
conservation, treatment and emergency response.
3.4.4. WATER RISK RELEVANCE
Our exposure to water stress risks remains minimal, and 
our overall impact on local water availability remains low. 
By prioritising water recycling and efficiency, we continue to 
minimise our freshwater withdrawals and mitigate potential 
risks associated with water scarcity.
SigmaRoc has undertaken a Physical Climate Risk 
Assessment across its sites to evaluate water stress, drought 
severity and other water-related risks. This assessment 
helped to:
	- Identify sites vulnerable to water stress and potential 
shortages;
	- Map out regional water-related risks, enabling proactive 
mitigation strategies; and
	- Develop site-specific water management plans to ensure 
operational resilience.
The results from the physical climate risk assessment can be 
found in the TCFD Report.
ESG and Sustainability Report
3.4. WATER
3.5. CIRCULARITY & WASTE

SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
113
STRATEGY
STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
4.1.1. STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
We continually engage with a wide array of internal and external stakeholders to identify the key sustainability issues that matter 
most to the Group and to our core stakeholders. Our findings have guided our ESG journey, through setting strategic sustainability 
performance targets against each material issue. We report on our progress against the strategic targets set and further 
information on our Materiality Assessment, including our Materiality Matrix:
ESG and Sustainability Report
STAKEHOLDERS 
(IN ALPHABETICAL 
ORDER)
Description
How we engage
COLLEAGUES
We have a dedicated workforce of c. 3,100 across the Group. We 
recognise our dedicated workforce as a key driver of the value 
derived from the business. Our colleagues are experienced and 
continuously developed to fulfil their potential. All employees are 
offered a fair benefits and compensation package relative to their 
role and level in the organisation. We encourage share ownership 
where it is available and, where possible, are working to setup 
where it is not currently in place.
Site presence and visual felt leadership. Employee groups 
and committees and unions. Focus on development training 
and succession planning. Decentralised approach with flat 
management allowing easy access to all staff. Employee benefit 
offerings that can also extend to family members.
COMMUNITIES
By being decentralised and local we are at the heart of the 
communities in which we operate allowing us to be good, 
knowledgeable, supportive and engaging neighbours.
Proactive approach and active participation in community and 
industry working groups, forums and committees.
CUSTOMERS AND 
SUPPLIERS
All our businesses are decentralised and locally focused so 
that we know the customers’ and suppliers’ areas like they 
do. We work alongside our customers to provide “right first 
time” service and to seek proactive and innovative solutions 
to support requirements. “Right first time” is key to success 
and ensuring customer loyalty as part of our long-term 
success. We recognise the huge role our suppliers play in 
our long-term success. We strive to ensure timely payments 
and maximise value to support the delivery of our customers’ 
needs. We balance economic requirements with sustainability 
considerations over the whole supply chain.
Prioritise a local focus on both customers and suppliers. 
Engage directly from our sites so that the customer and 
supplier deal directly with the site they are supplying or 
buying from. Ensure timely payments are made to suppliers. 
Functional and intuitive websites and digital solutions focused 
on the customer. Ensure adequate checks and due diligence 
are done on customers and suppliers.
INVESTORS
All our Shareholders play an important role in the continued 
success of our business. We maintain purposeful and close 
relationships with them either directly or via wider mediums such 
as Q&A webinars and conferences. We seek to be transparent and 
give clear and consistent messages across all communication 
channels.
Dedicated forums such as AGM, annual and interim webinar 
Q&As and/or interactive investor presentations. Annual and 
interim reports, trading statements and RNS. Regular phone calls 
and dialogues. Broker and NED contacts. Site visits, investor 
roadshows, investor conferences.
REGULATORS / LOCAL 
GOVERNMENT
We look to develop and sustain good relationships with many 
regulators who govern our businesses to ensure the success of 
our business and maintaining our licenses to operate. We are 
committed to adherence to legal and regulatory requirements. 
We are committed to have independent review / oversight be 
it internally or externally. We are committed to a sustainability 
framework following review of international standards.
Regular dialogue with Governments, Government agencies, 
regulators and industry groups. Active membership of the 
industry bodies such as Mineral Products Association, 
Federation Industries Extractives and European Lime 
Association. Effective and clear policies to ensure governance. 
Education and training of staff to reinforce compliance with 
regulations.
4. SOCIAL
Increasing importance to Stakeholders
Increasing importance to SigmaRoc
1
2
4
3
11
6
10
5
8
7
9
12
1.	 Sustainable use of reserves and resources
2.	 Responsible use of key resources
3.	 Optimal energy use and minimal impact on the 
environment
4.	 Contributing to sustainable construction and 
addressing environmental aspects
5.	 Ensure people leave work in the same or better 
condition than when they arrived
6.	 Supporting the physical and mental health of 
our employees and their families
7.	 Attract, train, retain and engage our workforce
8.	 Be a good neighbour, source local, buy local, 
sell local, invest local
9.	 Promote QCA and Corporate Governance
10.	Ensure proactive Board oversight and 
independance of commitees
11.	Focus on risk management and mitigation
12.	Ensure transparency on reporting and tax
MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT 
Increasing importance to Stakeholder vs. increasing importance to SigmaRoc
Fels personnel in Kaltes Tal, Germany

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
115
ESG and Sustainability Report
1
2
Audit
Boots on Ground
Don't walk by
Centralised and structured audit function
Sites ranked by audit performance
Performance management  
enacted where required
Dedicated site supervisors
Position based on supervisory ability
Dedicated H&S training
Delivery of values through VFL
Timely management of events
Reward and recognition
COMPLIANCE:
Plans and Documentation in Place
Core Risk Management;  
Site, Traffic and Contractor  
Management Plans;  
Safe Systems of Work and  
Risk Assessments
ON-SITE PREVENTION:
Ensuring compliance is  
a reality on site
Supervisors; Pre-start inspections; 
Hazard and Risk Identification; 
STOP assessments
VALUE AND BEHAVIOUR:
Driving from the top down
Core Values and Leadership;  
Training and Development;  
Learn and Improve
3
4.1.2. HEALTH & SAFETY
4.1.2.1. OVERVIEW
Operating in numerous countries across the UK and Europe, we continue to ensure compliance with local regulation, which is 
managed at a local level, whilst at the same time integrating these businesses to align with best practice Group H&S standards. 
We are committed to ensuring awareness about H&S issues, reducing the number and severity of incidents, preventing 
occupational disease, promoting wellbeing and preventing exposure to hazardous substances.
PRINCIPLES
The Group continues to drive its overarching H&S standards which we believe supported the continual improvement in health 
and safety in 2024.
CORE RISKS
The Company continues to focus on its core risks:
	- Contact with moving vehicles / objects;
	- Entrapment by machinery / moving parts;
	- Hit by suspended load / falling objects;
	- Falls from height;
	- Trapped by significant mass / energy; and
	- Powders and COSHH material handling.
Two primary areas of focus that have improved our control 
of core risks have been:
1. Serious Injury or Fatality (SIF) framework; and
2. Investigations.
SIF is the focus on events that could lead to Serious Injury 
or Fatality; in simple terms those events that cause or have 
the potential to cause life threatening / changing injuries. 
This work has been heavily developed in recent times and 
is seen to be the next evolution of well-grounded traditional 
H&S principles, driving the focus to those areas that are of 
the most serious nature. This has supported and aligns with 
our core risks and enables us to develop improved reporting 
to ensure action on those key areas.
The Group also maintains a strong focus on conducting 
detailed investigations, not only after an event has 
happened, but also before events happen. For example, 
through Bow Tie analysis, core risk events can be reviewed 
before they happen. This allows causes to be proactively 
identified so safety barriers can be implemented to mitigate 
routes to an adverse H&S event. On the flip side, the 
effects and consequences of the event are also proactively 
identified so safety barriers can be implemented to mitigate 
the impacts of such an event. 
Post event investigation, including investigation of near 
hits and externally publicised events both in our industry 
and beyond, is conducted. The level of investigation is 
proportional to the severity and seeks to review not just the 
event, but also organisation factors, task and environmental 
conditions, individual and team actions and absent or failed 
defences. 
It is by these principles and through core risk management 
and investigation that the Group can act continually to 
deliver its year-on-year H&S improvement.
FRONT LINE LEADERSHIP
We continue focus on front line leadership, with learning 
and development supported by programs such as 
NEBOSH and IOSH training for supervisor and front-line 
management. 
Our boots on the ground program has been a significant 
contributor to our ongoing health and safety success. Front-
line leaders are more visible in the business ensuring a 
continued improvement in the output of not only safety, but 
also quality and productivity.
HIGHVIZZ
HighVizz continues to be continually developed and 
integrated into our newly acquired businesses allowing us 
dynamically to report and manage safety. HighVizz includes 
SIF identification, as well as new modules such as pre-start 
inspections, and enables our teams to have lean processes 
and systems that ensure risks are managed more effectively 
and efficiently.
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
Both SASB and the UK Minerals Product Association have 
a focus on occupational health, especially Silicosis. As a 
Group we have a hierarchy of controls, based upon best 
health and safety guidance and an assessment of the 
risks within our sites and workplaces ensuring compliance 
with HASWA 1974, MHSWR 1999, COSHH Regulations, 
L140 – HSE ACOP for HAVS, PUWER 1998, HSG258 – HSE 
Controlling airborne contaminants at work (use of LEVs) 
and EH75-4 and INDG 463 Silica and control methods.
These include:
	- Use of Risk assessments, safe systems of work and 
COSHH assessments;
	- Minimising dust generated by our operations through 
engineering controls such as enclosing processing 
equipment and transfer points, water suppression, use of 
spray systems for dust encapsulation and local exhaust 
ventilation;
	- Periodic personal and local monitoring by external 
consultants and subsequent personal assessments 
against recognised exposure limits;
	- Health questionnaires and health surveillance of staff by 
Occupational Health specialists;
	- Where surveys identify potential exposure above 
recognised exposure limits warning signage is posted 
and workers are required to wear appropriate respiratory 
protective equipment including full and half masks and 
air fed breathing systems;
	- Time limits set for and policy of job rotation to minimise 
exposure times in addition to the use of specialised PPE 
in areas of risk;
	- Training for new employees and regular refresher training 
for existing employees to raise awareness of the risks to 
health that can arise from exposure; and
	- Training in the correct use and maintenance of PPE 
provided to protect their health and other checks such as 
face fit testing for dust masks.
4.1.2.2. GOVERNANCE AND STRATEGY
Around 61% of the Company’s operations are certified to 
ISO18001/45001. Those that are not leverage the safety 
management systems.
In addition to safety management systems, the Group 
operates its own internal audit function with over 180 
internal audits conducted in 2024 across our operations. 
The audits focus on both systems and sites, with interactive 
and constructive feedback and actions generated. The audit 
also monitors the close out of corrective actions.

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
117
4.1.2.3. RESPONSIBILITY
The Board has overall responsibility for Health and Safety 
with the implementation of the strategy and performance 
managed by the Group Health & Safety committee that 
has both Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors and 
Executive Committee members as part of the committee. 
The delivery of the strategy and driving of performance is 
then the directive of the Group Health & Safety Director.
Once the Health & Safety strategy is set by the Board and 
Group HS Committee, the Executive Committee and Health 
& Safety Director implement the strategy and drive the 
performance. Each month the performance is reviewed 
by the executive management committee in a dedicated 
meeting and is cascaded wider to ensure that all employees 
are engaged. Health and safety form a key part of every 
Board and Executive meeting.
4.1.2.4. H&S POLICY
The Company operates a Group wide Health & Safety policy 
that is cascaded and implemented in every business. The 
policy applies to any person operating on our sites, including 
employees, contractors and visitors.
The policy is approved by the Board and cascaded 
throughout the business with a formal acknowledgement 
and training program to all employees, and contractors as 
required. These are monitored and audited quarterly by the 
Board with a target of 100% compliance for employees in 
terms of acknowledgement and training.
ESG and Sustainability Report
Since the start of all reporting, both employees and 
contractors have been included in all the statistics. In 2024 
contractor and employee statistics were separated to allow 
greater understanding of where focus should be between 
contractor and employee.
MANAGING CONTRACTOR H&S
The increase in contractor TIFR and HIFR in 2024 is attributed 
to the CRH Lime Acquisitions, particularly in haulage operations, 
which have driven incident rates higher. Haulage safety is a key 
focus for SigmaRoc, and we are addressing this by:
	- Implementing a haulage H&S programme;
	- Hiring specialist haulage H&S team members;
	- Establishing a haulage safety team in Poland for new 
acquisitions and high contractor volumes; and
	- Implementing contractor check-in kiosks for site induction/ 
training prior to access to some sites.
Clint White on site
Clint White is responsible for Group, 
Safety, Environment and Planning and 
has been with SigmaRoc since 2017.
Clint is a qualified geologist and 
Health and Safety professional 
having worked around the world 
in both underground and open pit 
mining as well as oil and gas for such 
companies as Ineos Fluor, Laporte 
Minerals and British Petroleum. He 
is primarily responsible for ensuring 
that SigmaRoc businesses maintain robust systems for 
the delivery of a compliant and progressive health, safety 
and environmental culture with a focus on continuous 
improvement.
During the pandemic, Clint has championed our COVID-19 
response, ensuring that all those involved with our operations and 
services are protected and conform to the government criteria.
Clint has led the setup and promotion of working policies, 
health screening, asset disinfecting and fumigation, testing 
and wellbeing programs for those that have been self-isolating 
or working from home.
Clint White
HSE&P Director
HEALTH AND SAFETY 
FREQUENCY RATE 
IMPROVEMENTS
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
TIFR (CONTRACTOR 
AND EMPLOYEES)
2%
26%
17%
6%
18% Total
16.7% Employees
-18.5% Contractor
HIFR CONTRACTOR 
AND EMPLOYEES)
-9%
28%
6%
17%
28% Total
28.5% Employees
- 15.9% Contractor
LTIFR CONTRACTOR 
AND EMPLOYEES)
47%
-31%
8%
25%
12% Total
11% Employees
-21% Contractor
FATALITIES
0
0
0
0
0
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
SILICOSIS
0
0
0
0
0
4.1.2.5. H&S TARGETS AND PERFORMANCE
The Group is committed to the continuous improvement of health and safety and wellbeing for any person who is on our site, be it 
an employee, contractor or visitor.
TIFR, HIFR, LTIFR GRAPHS FOR 2021,2022,2023 AND 2024 WITH ANNUAL REDUCTION %
The overall increase in the Total Incident Frequency Rate 
reflects a greater awareness of reporting requirements on 
SigmaRoc sites. Additionally, whilst there has been an increase 
in the Harm Incident Frequency Rate (HIRE) for contractors 
this has been matched by a significant reduction in the SHIFR 
(12%) and LTIFR (21%) frequency rates. This reflects that 
whilst there is a higher level of reporting the seriousness of the 
harm and the significance of incidents is much reduced.
SigmaRoc firmly believes in a philosophy of proactive 
prevention, and this includes a focus on contractor 
management processes. Contractors form an integral part 
of our workforce, and their well-being is as important as our 
own employees. This is particularly the case because we 
may not have as much contact with them as with our own 
employees and because they are often transitory on our sites. 
Through pre-qualification questionnaires and site induction 
we aim to have contractors meet our own exacting standards 
for H&S. In addition, we see supervision as a key factor in 
controlling behaviours onsite. Therefore, we empower frontline 
supervision to STOP any unsafe behaviours and take a strict 
line on enforcing site rules.

Nordkalk personnel on site
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
119
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
4.1.3. LABOUR MANAGEMENT
As at 31 December 2024 the Group employed c.3,100 people, 
compared to c.2,000 people in 2023.
Within the heavy materials industry, diversity continues be a 
challenge especially at an operational level with 68% of our 
workforce in this category. Across the Group >14% of our work 
force is female which is a 2% increase compared to last year, 
however 32% of our shared services and management is female.
We continue to engage with school leavers and apprentices to 
ensure there is succession planning and that the knowledge 
of our long serving employees is retained within the business 
with our overall age profile as follows:
AGE GROUPS  
(years)
This development of our teams has been supported by 
>22,000 hours of learning and development that has been 
delivered during the course of 2024.
In addition to the recruitment of staff to support our growing 
businesses, we also review employee retention through 
aspects such as local satisfaction surveys, training, career 
management plans and performance reviews.
The Group has not experienced any strikes / lockouts within its 
businesses in the last three years.
4.1.4. COMMUNITY RELATIONS
4.1.4.1. COMMUNITY IMPACT AND DISTURBANCE
SigmaRoc operates a series of policies that include:
	- Sustainability;
	- Environment and Water;
	- Biodiversity; and
	- Human Rights and Community.
These include provisions and commitments to support 
protected areas, local community engagement approach and 
impact assessments.
The policies are approved by the Board and cascaded 
throughout the business with a formal acknowledgement and 
training program to all employees and contractors as required. 
These are monitored and audited quarterly by the Board 
with a target of 100% compliance for employees in terms of 
acknowledgement and training.
The Company adopts a precautionary approach with formal 
channels for local community engagement. 
The businesses’ environmental aspects are guided by their 
individual operating policies, ensuring that local requirements, 
as well as wider requirements, are met.
4.1.4.2. DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
The Company promotes a local approach to both procurement 
and hiring to support local businesses and communities.
A significant majority of our workforce live local to their place 
of work and the Company engages in community development 
projects and philanthropic programs to support local 
communities, be it donations of labour and materials, allocation 
of land for public access or creation of community activity areas.
4.1.4.3. HUMAN RIGHTS AND LABOUR STANDARDS
SigmaRoc operates a series of policies that include a Human 
Rights and Community Policy.
The policies are approved by the Board and cascaded 
throughout the business with a formal acknowledgement and 
training program to all employees, and contractors as required. 
These are monitored and audited quarterly by the Board 
with a target of 100% compliance for employees in terms of 
acknowledgement and training.
4.1.4.4. OUR PEOPLE
At SigmaRoc, we recognise that social responsibility extends 
beyond compliance—it is about fostering a safe, inclusive 
and supportive workplace while positively impacting the 
communities in which we operate. Our commitment to 
employee wellbeing, safety and collaboration underpins our 
approach to social sustainability.
Following the CRH Lime Acquisitions, we have focused on 
integrating new colleagues through Best Practices Work 
Groups, ensuring smooth transitions and fostering cross-
functional collaboration. 
Our Best Practices Work Groups play a critical role in sharing 
and implementing best practices across the Group, ensuring 
consistency in workplace standards, employee welfare 
initiatives, operational efficiencies and key areas such as 
commercial, technical, systems and ESG. This platform allows 
for knowledge exchange, strengthening our approach to social 
responsibility, safety and employee engagement across all our 
businesses.
HR is managed at a local level, with dedicated HR teams 
overseeing succession planning, training and professional 
development. Through this, we ensure employees feel valued, 
supported and empowered.
ESG and Sustainability Report
The safety of our employees and contractors is paramount. 
Our Safety Committee monitors key HSE metrics (TIFR, 
LTIFR, HIFR), enforces best-in-class safety training and 
ensures compliance across all operational sites. 
By prioritising employee wellbeing, safety and community 
partnerships, SigmaRoc is strengthening its social 
responsibility efforts, ensuring that our growth is not just 
sustainable but also socially impactful.
Kirsty is an experienced H&S 
professional having completed the 
IOSH Managing Safely, NEBOSH NGC 
and the Occupational Health and 
Safety Diploma at Pembrokeshire 
College. She has also completed 
the ILM Level 5 Leadership and 
Management Course and the CMI 
Level 7 Strategic Leadership and 
Management Course. Kirsty is a 
Technical Member of The Institute of 
Quarrying.
Kirsty has a variety of industrial 
experience in the food, power and 
raw materials sectors having latterly been employed by the 
SigmaRoc owned Harries business. Her 8 years at Harries as 
H&S Manager has given her direct experience of quarrying, 
ready mix concrete, asphalt, civils and road surfacing 
operations.
Kirsty Fraser
H&S Compliance 
Officer for the UK, 
Ireland and  
Channel Islands
Mehdi Verhaeghe is an experienced 
HSE professional, first and foremost 
serving as a Safety Advisor, followed 
by roles as a Safety Coordinator. 
With expertise spanning industries 
such as food production, railway 
operations, and large-scale industrial 
construction, Mehdi has been 
instrumental in implementing safety 
training programs, conducting 
risk assessments, and leading 
safety audits to ensure regulatory 
compliance and a safe work 
environment.
As a Safety Advisor, Mehdi provided expert guidance on H&S 
protocols, helping organisations improve their safety culture 
and compliance with occupational safety regulations. He later 
transitioned into a Safety Coordinator role, where he oversaw 
health and safety measures on major industrial construction 
sites. This included leading HSE training sessions and ensuring 
strict adherence to safety standards, minimizing risks and 
ensuring smooth project execution.
Mehdi’s experience also includes project leadership in railway 
operations, where he ensured that safety procedures were 
meticulously followed. His broad expertise and proactive 
approach make him a key asset in creating and maintaining 
safe workplaces in high-risk environments.
Mehdi Verhaeghe
H&S Compliance 
Officers for Belgium, 
France, Germany, 
Czechia and Spain

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
121
ESG and Sustainability Report
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
5.1.1. BOARD
In 2024 the Board consisted of Independent Non-Executive 
Directors (67%) and Executive Directors (33%). The Board was 
represented by experts across finance, industry and ESG, with 
33% of Independent Non-Executive Directors being female.
Additionally, we established a dedicated ESG Committee 
comprising Independent Board and Executive Board 
members, along with the Group ExCo Member (IMPROVE) 
and Group ESG Lead.
COMMITTEE
Fully 
Independent
Experts on Committee
AUDIT
Yes
Finance 
ESG
REMUNERATION
Yes
Finance 
Industry
NOMINATIONS
Yes
Finance 
Industry
SAFETY
Part
Industry
ESG
Part
Industry 
ESG
5.3. INDUSTRY MEMBERSHIP
Membership to trade organisations, industry bodies and 
other agencies is critical to ensure continual improvement in 
all that we do and to help facilitate the ongoing changes our 
industry and our customers face. Across our platforms we 
both support and are supported by National and International 
bodies such as:
	- European Lime Association (EuLA) of which we have 
representation on the Board;
	- German Lime Association (BVK) of which we have 
representation on the Board;
	- Swedish Lime Association of which we have 
representation on the Board;
	- UK Mineral Product Association Lime of which we have 
representation on the Board;
	- Polish Lime Association of which we have representation 
on the Board;
	- Finnish Mining Association (FinnMin) of which we have 
representation on the Board;
	- Swedish Association of Mines, Mineral and Metal 
Producers (SweMin) of which we have representation on 
the Board;
	- Federation Industries Extractives (Fediex) of which we 
have representation on the Board;
	- The Confederation of Finnish Construction Industries RT 
(CFCI) of which we have representation on the Board;
	- UK Mineral Product Association Precast of which we have 
representation on the Board;
	- Mineral Product Association (MPA): UK industry trade 
association for the aggregates, asphalt, cement, concrete, 
dimension stone, lime, mortar and silica sand industries;
	- Industrial Minerals Association Europe (IMA Europe);
	- European Calcium Carbonate Association (CCA); and
	- International Lime Association (ILA).
Further to these bodies, businesses in the Group also have 
ISO accreditation or equivalent in:
	- ISO 9001 Quality: 77% of our business by revenue has ISO 
9001;
	- ISO 14001 Environment: 72% of our business by revenue 
has ISO 14001; and
	- ISO 18001/45001 Health & Safety: 61% of our business by 
revenue has ISO 18001/45001.
Benelux has local business and product accreditations that 
are deemed to have greater relevance than the ISO, for both 
our customers and end-users.
Further details on corporate governance can be found in the 
Corporate Governance Report on page 166.
Expertise is based on both knowledge and competence 
through aspects such as qualifications and career 
experience. Further information on the Board and the Board 
Committees can be found in the Board Members section.
5.1.2. OWNERSHIP AND CONTROL
The Group is quoted on the AIM market of the London Stock 
Exchange with the founding members and other senior 
management holding shares in the Company purchased by 
themselves in compliance with regulations and governed 
through approval routes overseen by the CFO.
Further detail on shareholdings can be found in the Directors 
Report.
5.1.3. CORPORATE BEHAVIOUR
5.1.3.1.	 BUSINESS ETHICS
SigmaRoc operates a series of policies that include:
	- Anti Bribery & Corruption;
	- Criminal Finances Act;
	- Code of Conduct;
	- Diversity and Inclusion;
	- Bullying & Harassment;
	- Board Diversity;
	- Competition Compliance;
	- Whistleblowing;
	- Disclosure (Share dealing);
	- Sustainability (ESG);
	- Environment and Water; 
	- Biodiversity;
	- Energy and Climate Change;
	- Health and Safety; 
	- Human Rights and Community;
	- Anti-Slavery and Human Trafficking;
	- IT systems and Data;
	- Data Privacy and Protection and Security; and
	- Tax.
These policies are designed to facilitate good governance 
with the intention of running the business in accordance with 
good business ethics. Furthermore, the policies are approved 
by the Board and cascaded throughout the business. A 
formal acknowledgement and training program was rolled 
out in 2024 to all employees, and contractors as required. 
These are monitored and audited quarterly by the Board 
with a target of 100% compliance for employees in terms of 
acknowledgement and training.
Day to day management of the policies is overseen by the 
Group’s Executive Committee.
When engaging suppliers and contractors, the operating 
businesses can conduct a review of their policies to ensure 
they observe the principles set out in our policies.
5.2. STRATEGY
Each OPCO is responsible for the recruitment, management 
and retention of its employees with renumeration policies 
being guided by local legislation. Generally, Supervisors and 
managers have a variable component to their remuneration 
which is based on a combination of business performance as 
well as personal performance and operators have a variable 
component to their renumeration which is usually based on 
operation and site performance. 
Each business complies with its jurisdictional requirements 
around aspects such as pensions and where applicable / 
available offers additional non-compensation employee 
benefits such as life assurance and medical insurance that 
can often be extended to employees’ families, allowing them 
access to preferential rates.
5. GOVERNANCE
Anthony is a qualified solicitor 
specialising in Corporate Finance, 
M&A and Equity Capital Markets. 
Anthony was a partner at 
Fieldfisher and Hobson Audley 
and a solicitor at Linklaters and 
has over 30 years’ experience in 
mergers and acquisitions, flotations 
and fundraisings with particular 
expertise in small and mid-size 
public company transactions on the 
Official List and AIM Market of the 
London Stock Exchange.
Anthony Brockbank
General Counsel and 
Company Secretary
Buxton personnel on site

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
123
UK ENERGY USE AND ASSOCIATED GREENHOUSE GAS 
EMISSIONS
Current UK based annual energy usage and associated annual 
greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions are reported pursuant 
to the Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability 
Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 
(the ‘2018 Regulations’) that came into force 1 April 2019. 
ORGANISATIONAL BOUNDARY
Energy use and associated GHG emissions are reported across 
the Group as defined by the operational control approach. 
This includes operations in the UK, Ireland and Channel 
Islands (“UK & Ireland), Belgium, Turkey, France and Spain 
(‘Western Europe’), Germany, Czechia, Poland and Estonia 
(Central Europe), Finland and Sweden (‘Nordics). This exceeds 
the minimum mandatory requirements set out in the 2018 
Regulations for ‘large unquoted companies’, which only require 
reporting of UK based energy use and emissions.
REPORTING PERIOD
The annual reporting period is 1st January to 31st December 
each year and the energy and carbon emissions are aligned to 
this period. 
QUANTIFICATION AND REPORTING METHODOLOGY
The 2019 UK Government Environmental Reporting Guidelines 
and the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard (revised edition) were followed. Emission factor 
sources include: The 2024 UK Government GHG Conversion 
Factors for Company Reporting; The GHG Protocol’s Emission 
Factors from Cross Sector Tools 2017; Association of 
Issuing Bodies 2023; Carbonfootprint.com/CADI 2024; STX 
Commodities B.V.; the Guernsey Electricity Limited 2023 & the 
Jersey Electricity Company 2023. Process emissions were 
calculated by the Group. Total renewable generated procured 
energy was also provided by the Group. The report has been 
reviewed independently by Zenergi Limited (trading as Briar 
Consulting Engineers Limited).
Electricity and gas consumption were provided by the client 
and based on invoice records. Fuel usage and mileage was 
used to calculate energy and emissions from fleet vehicles, 
site fuel and grey fleet. Transport usage was calculated from 
a combination of mileage and fuel records; however, outside 
the UK and Channel Islands, transport fuel is included with 
other site fuel usage associated with stationary assets. 
In the absence of Gross calorific values were used except 
for mileage energy calculations as per Government GHG 
Conversion Factors.
2023’s figures have been recalculated in this report to reflect 
that the Group has acquired more companies since that 
reporting period. This provides a like-for-like comparison 
between 2023’s and 2024’s data in this report. For the newly 
acquired companies, if energy usage was not provided for a 
full 12 months, consumption was extrapolated from the data 
provided by the Group from when they were purchased, to 
cover the whole reporting period.
B-Mix was sold during the end of the reporting period, however, 
it has been kept in this report. 2024’s energy usage and 
associated emissions will be retrospectively removed in next 
year’s report.
The emissions are divided into mandatory and voluntary 
emissions according to the 2018 Regulations, then further 
divided into the direct combustion of fuels and the operation 
of facilities (scope 1), indirect emissions from purchased 
electricity (scope 2) and further indirect emissions that occur as 
a consequence of Company activities but occur from sources 
not owned or controlled by the organisation (scope 3).
BREAKDOWN OF ENERGY CONSUMPTION USED TO CALCULATE EMISSIONS (KWH):
ENERGY TYPE
2023
2024
MANDATORY ENERGY:
UK
Group Total1
UK
Group Total1 
GAS
534,205,403
1,089,443,401
552,297,289
1,307,968,947
PURCHASED ELECTRICITY
35,595,688
391,225,628
38,461,566
404,742,940
TRANSPORT FUEL & SITE FUEL
52,717,754
759,891,176
54,572,064
406,423,826
TOTAL ENERGY (MANDATORY)
622,518,845
2,240,560,205
645,330,919
2,119,135,713
VOLUNTARY ENERGY: 
BIOENERGY
-
55,245,659
-
78,541,869
COAL
-
2,100,092,879
-
1,769,451,001
GENERATED ELECTRICITY2
-
4,105,784
-
2,541,058
TOTAL ENERGY (VOLUNTARY)
-
2,159,444,322
-
1,850,533,928
TOTAL ENERGY (MANDATORY & VOLUNTARY)
622,518,845
4,400,004,527
642,930,609
3,969,669,640
1 The Group total includes consumption from the UK, Ireland and Channel Islands (UK & Ireland), Belgium, France, Turkey and Spain (Western Europe), Germany, 
Czechia, Poland and Estonia (Central Europe), Finland and Sweden (Nordics). 
2 Electricity generated by solar photovoltaic panels. Reported energy includes any exported energy to the grid.
CDH bluestone block being transported on site in Soignies, Belgium
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon 
Report (SECR)

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
125
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Report (SECR)
INTENSITY RATIO
The intensity ratio is total gross emissions in metric tonnes 
CO2e per total million-pound (£m) turnover. This is calculated 
separately for ‘mandatory’ emissions and ‘mandatory & 
voluntary’ emissions for the UK and regionally for the UK 
& Ireland, Central, West and Nordics regions. This financial 
metric is considered the most relevant to the Company’s 
wide-ranging activities and allows a comparison of 
performance across other organisations and sectors.
ENERGY EFFICIENCY ACTION DURING CURRENT 
FINANCIAL YEAR
In the reporting period January to December 2024, the Group 
has invested in low-carbon technologies and implemented 
operational changes in order to increase energy efficiency. 
The UK & Ireland region has introduced 4 electric forklifts, 
reducing carbon emissions. The region has undertaken 
a LED lighting upgrade project, including installing PIR 
movement sensors, which are expected to reduce electricity 
consumption by 70% compared to traditional lighting. 
The Maerz Kiln at the Tunstead site has been rebricked, 
providing a saving of 1,893,519 kWh. There are also new 
plant compressors at the Tunstead site, providing a saving of 
544,323 kWh. 
The region has replaced their Asphalt binder to Nytherm, 
allowing for a lower temperature whilst mixing the asphalt. 
Once fully commissioned, the Group anticipate this will lead 
to an annualised reduction in asphalt dryer fuel of 1.5l/t on 
37,000t, which equates to a saving of 55,500 litres of gasoil. 
This represents a CO2 reduction of c.145t CO2e. 
Lower utilisation of the MV Ronez ship has allowed more 
delayed departures to benefit tidal stream in the English 
Channel. Around 4 hours has been cut from passage time on 
c. 12 occasions with a diesel saving of 135 litres per hour. 
Lastly for the UK & Ireland, the region’s company car fleet 
now includes 2 plug-in hybrid electric vehicles. Approximately 
1,920 litres of fuel have been saved by switching to 
renewable electricity. 
The Western Europe region has extended its existing 
photovoltaic capacity, saving 2MWh of electricity from the 
grid. A battery has been installed to store overproduction of 
electricity, to decrease the Group’s reliance on the national 
grid and optimise its investment in renewable energy. There 
is an ongoing project to install wind turbines to further 
increase renewable energy generation. 
Central Europe has an ongoing project to utilise AI within its 
kiln control systems. If the 2% reduction target of fuel usage 
is achieved, this could reduce energy usage by 7,907 MWh. 
Finally, across both the Kujawy and Sitkówka plants, the 
region has also: modernised the compressor rooms; fixed the 
leaks preventing compressed air losses, and rebricked one 
of the Kilns. The region expects these measures to save a 
combined 606 MWh a year. 
BREAKDOWN OF EMISSIONS ACROSS THE GROUP BY REGION (TCO2E)4
EMISSION SOURCE
2024
UK&I
Central Europe
Western Europe
Nordics
Total
SCOPE 1
BIOENERGY (CH₄ & N₂O)
0
0
0
441
441
COAL
35,131
503,751
54
79,161
618,097
GAS 
106,525
97,018
68
27,244
230,855
COMPANY OWNED VEHICLES & SITE FUEL
18,394
72,174
12,991
69,661
173,220
PROCESS RELATED EMISSIONS
468,451
1,422,237
0
352,618
2,243,306
SCOPE 2
PURCHASED ELECTRICITY (LOCATION-BASED)
9,664
100,475
2,326
3,642
116,104
SCOPE 3
CATEGORY 6: BUSINESS TRAVEL (GREY FLEET ONLY)
131
87
0
0
218
TOTAL GROSS EMISSIONS (LOCATION-BASED)
638,296
2,195,743
15,438
537,767
3,382,243
INTENSITY RATIOS
TCO2E PER MILLION-POUND TURNOVER
2,698
5,503
153
2,041
3,391
4 UK, Ireland and Channel Islands (UK & Ireland), Belgium, France, Turkey and Spain (Western Europe), Germany, Czechia, Poland and Estonia (Central Europe),  
Finland and Sweden (Nordics). 
INTENSITY RATIOS
2023
2024
TONNES CO2E PER MILLION-POUND TURNOVER
MANDATORY EMISSIONS ONLY
674
491
680
529
MANDATORY & VOLUNTARY EMISSIONS
3,120
3,667
2,778
3,391
BREAKDOWN OF EMISSIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE REPORTED ENERGY USE (TCO₂E):
EMISSION SOURCE
2023
2024
MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS:
UK
Group Total3
UK 
Group Total3
SCOPE 1
GAS 
97,722
192,541
101,015
230,854
COMPANY OWNED VEHICLES & SITE FUEL
12,840
185,413
12,891
173,220
SCOPE 2
PURCHASED ELECTRICITY (LOCATION-BASED)
7,372
132,809
7,963
116,104
SCOPE 3
CATEGORY 6: BUSINESS TRAVEL (GREY FLEET)
94
331
107
218
TOTAL GROSS EMISSIONS (MANDATORY)
118,028
511,094
121,977
520,396
VOLUNTARY REQUIREMENTS: 
SCOPE 1
BIOENERGY (CH4 & N2O)
-
3
-
441
COAL
-
574,485
-
618,097
PROCESS RELATED EMISSIONS
428,174
2,559,363
376,277
2,243,306
SCOPE 2
PURCHASED ELECTRICITY (MARKET-BASED)
-
-
-
-
TOTAL GROSS EMISSIONS (VOLUNTARY)
428,174
3,133,851
376,277
2,861,844
TOTAL GROSS EMISSIONS (MANDATORY & VOLUNTARY – LOCATION-BASED)
546,202
3,644,945
498,254
3,382,240
OUTSIDE OF SCOPES (BIOFUEL TCO2)
BIOENERGY
-
19,038
-
69,160
PETROL / DIESEL BIOFUEL CONTENT
304
323
702
2,995
3 The Group total includes consumption from the UK, Ireland and Channel Islands (“UK & Ireland), Belgium, France, Turkey and Spain (‘Western Europe’), 
Germany, Czechia, Poland and Estonia (Central Europe), Finland and Sweden (‘Nordics). 

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
127
SASB 
SASB provides industry-specific standards for disclosing performance on sustainability topics including, but not limited to, climate 
in a comparable manner that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on financial performance of companies in each 
industry.
SASB TOPIC
Accounting Metric
Category
Unit of 
Measure
Code
2024 Result
GREENHOUSE GAS 
EMISSIONS
Gross global Scope 1 
emissions, percentage 
covered under emissions-
limiting regulations
Quantitative
Metric tons 
(t) CO₂-e, 
Percentage 
(%)
EM-CM-110a.1
3,265,918 tCo2e, Of our Scope 1 CO2 
emissions, > 93% are covered by an 
emissions trading scheme.
Further detail can be seen in the independent 
SECR data on page 122.
Discussion of long-term and 
short-term strategy or plan to 
manage Scope 1 emissions, 
emissions reduction 
targets, and an analysis of 
performance against those 
targets
Discussion 
and Analysis
n/a
EM-CM-110a.2
The road to net zero, including our kiln 
decarbonisation program is detailed on 
pages 97 and 100.
AIR QUALITY
Air emissions such as:
Quantitative
Metric tons 
(t)
EM-CM-120a.1
(1) NOx,
1257
(2) SOx,
233
ENERGY 
MANAGEMENT
(1) Total energy consumed
Quantitative
Gigajoules 
(GJ) 
Percentage 
(%)
EM-CM-130a.1
14.29 m GJ of energy
(2) Percentage grid electricity
32% from grid electricity
(3) Percentage alternative
9% alternative energy that includes 
alternative / renewable electricity and 
biofuels / alternative fuels
(4) Percentage renewable
5% renewable energy that includes 
renewable electricity and biofuel
WATER 
MANAGEMENT
Total fresh water withdrawn,
Quantitative
Thousand 
cubic 
meters (m3) 
Percentage 
(%)
EM-CM-140a.1
45,650k m3 of water is managed that 
includes dewatering processes from 
seasonal snow melt water, rain water 
collection etc.
Of the water managed 3%,1,355k m3, is 
withdrawn for operational purposes which is 
a mix of fresh water, recycled and collected.
Of the water managed 7%, >3.2m m3, is 
allocated to local communities for drinking 
water purposes. 
WASTE 
MANAGEMENT
Amount of waste generated
Quantitative
Metric tons 
(t)
EM-CM-150a.1
700kt generated of which 75% is recycled.
For clarity, overburden removed at quarries 
is stored or used for restoration purposes 
including the recultivation of indigenous 
soils for remediation. The creation of new 
business is also looking to use overburden 
into other business streams.
BIODIVERSITY 
IMPACTS
Description of environmental 
management policies and 
practices for active sites
Discussion 
and Analysis
n/a
EM-CM-160a.1
Details on page 106.
SASB TOPIC
Accounting Metric
Category
Unit of 
Measure
Code
2024 Result
BIODIVERSITY 
IMPACTS
Terrestrial acreage disturbed; 
percentage of impacted area 
restored
Quantitative
Acres (ac) 
Percentage 
(%)
EM-CM-160a.2
10,069 acres of land is disturbed. 
39% of disturbed land was restored or is 
under restoration program.
WORKFORCE HEALTH 
& SAFETY
Total recordable incident rate 
(TRIR)
Quantitative
Rate
EM-CM-320a.1
Data has historically been collected as an 
amalgamation for Direct Employee, Contract 
employee and external contractors as it is 
believed that we are responsible for all those 
on our site regardless of employment status. 
The performance of health and safety can be 
found on page 116.
WORKFORCE HEALTH 
& SAFETY
Number of reported cases of 
silicosis
Quantitative
Number
EM-CM-320a.2
None
PRODUCT 
INNOVATION
Total addressable market 
and share of market for 
products that reduce energy, 
water and/or material 
impacts during usage and/or 
production
Quantitative
Reporting 
currency 
Percentage 
(%)
EM-CM-410a.2
Market share is not a straightforward 
number to capture given all the industries 
and end-markets we operate in, however 
in the Sustainability section on page 84 we 
clearly show how construction material 
product innovation is being driven.
Environmental products contribute 19% of 
our revenue, including quicklime, slaked lime 
and limestone powders used for flue gas 
cleaning, water treatment and sustainable 
agriculture.
PRICING INTEGRITY 
AND TRANSPARENCY
Total amount of monetary 
losses as a result of legal 
proceedings associated with 
cartel activities, price fixing, 
and anti-trust activities
Quantitative
Reporting 
currency
EM-CM-520a.1
Zero
SASB

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
129
GRI INDEX
Statement of Use
SigmaRoc plc has reported in accordance with GRI standards for the period 1 
January to 31 December 2024. 
GRI Standard
GRI 1: Foundation 2021
GRI 
Code
Description
Reference
Comment
THE ORGANISATION AND ITS OPERATING PRACTICES
2-1
Organisational details
on page 123
2-2
Entities included in the organization’s sustainability 
reporting
on page 89
2-3
Reporting period, frequency and contact point
on page 123,  
See comment
Reporting period: January 1, 2024 - December 31, 2024
Frequency: Annual
2-5
External assurance
on page 133
ACTIVITIES AND WORKERS
2-6
Activities, value chain, and other business 
relationships
on page 140
2-7
Employees 
on pages 113-119
2-8
Workers who are not employees
on pages 113-119
GOVERNANCE
2-9
Governance structure and composition
on page 166
2-10
Nomination and selection of the highest body
on page 165
2-11
Chair of the highest governance body
on page 167
2-12
Role of the highest governance body in overseeing the 
management of impacts
on page 79
2-13
Delegation of responsibility for managing impacts
on page 84
2-14
Role of the highest governance body in sustainability 
reporting
on page 169
2-15
Conflicts of interest
on page 169
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Code of 
conduct, available on sigmaroc.com
2-16
Communication of critical concerns
on page 167
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Code of 
conduct, available on sigmaroc.com
2-17
Collective knowledge of the highest governance body
on page 167
2-18
Evaluation of the performance of the highest 
governance body
on page 154
2-19
Remuneration policies
on page 154
2-20
Process to determine remuneration
on page 154
STRATEGY, POLICIES AND PRACTICES
2-22
Statement on sustainable development strategy
on page 93
2-23
Policy commitments
on page 69
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policies, 
available on sigmaroc.com
2-24
Embedding policy commitments 
on page 69
2-25
Processes to remediate negative impacts
on page 70
2-26
Mechanisms for seeking advice and raising concerns
on page 170
2-27
Compliance with laws and regulations
on pages 120, 131, 159, 170
2-28
Membership associations
on page 113
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
2-29
Approach to stakeholder engagement
on page 78
2-30
Collective bargaining agreements
See comment
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Freedom of 
Association Policy, available on sigmaroc.com
MATERIAL TOPICS
 
 
3-1
Process to determine material topics
on pages 89, 90
3-2
List of material topics
on pages 89, 90
GRI 204: PROCUREMENT PRACTICES
204-1
Proportion of spending on local suppliers
This data in not collected centrally, however it is monitored 
at local level by individual business units.
GRI 205: ANTI-CORRUPTION
3-3
Management of material topics 
on page 169,  
See comment
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on Anti 
Bribery & Corruption, available on sigmaroc.com
205-1
Operations assessed for risks related to corruption
on page 169,  
See comment
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on Anti 
Bribery & Corruption, available on sigmaroc.com
205-2
Communication and training about anti-corruption 
policies and procedures
on page 169,  
See comment
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on Anti 
Bribery & Corruption, available on sigmaroc.com
205-3
Confirmed incidents of corruption and actions taken
on page 169
No incidents
GRI 206: ANTI-COMPETITIVE BEHAVIOR
3-3
Management of material topics 
on pages 70, 120
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Competition Compliance, available on sigmaroc.com
206-1
Legal actions for anti-competitive behavior, anti-trust, 
and monopoly practices
on pages 70, 120
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Competition Compliance, available on sigmaroc.com
GRI 301: MATERIALS
3-3
Management of material topics
on page 107
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Sustainability, available on sigmaroc.com
301-2
Recycled input materials used
on page 107
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Sustainability, available on sigmaroc.com
301-3
Reclaimed products and their packaging materials
on page 107
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Sustainability, available on sigmaroc.com
GRI Index

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
131
GRI Index
GRI 302: ENERGY 
3-3
Management of material topics 
on page 105
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Sustainability, available on sigmaroc.com
302-1
Energy consumption within the organisation
on page 105
302-2
Energy consumption outside of the organisation
on page 105
302-3
Energy Intensity
on page 105
302-4 
Reduction of energy consumption
on page 105
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Sustainability, available on sigmaroc.com
GRI 303: WATER AND EFFLUENTS
3-3
Management of material topics 
on pages 110, 126, 127
303-1
Interactions with water as a shared resource
on pages 110, 126, 127 
303-2
Management of water discharge-related impacts
on pages 110, 126, 127
303-3
Water withdrawal
on pages 110, 126, 127
303-4
Water discharge
on pages 110, 126, 127
303-5
Water consumption
on pages 110, 126, 127
GRI 304: BIODIVERSITY
3-3
Management of material topics
on pages 104-109, 126, 127
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Biodiversity, available on sigmaroc.com
304-2 
Significant impacts of activities, products and services 
on biodiversity
on pages 104-109, 126, 127
304-3 
Habitats protected or restored
on pages 104-109, 126, 127
GRI 305: EMISSIONS
3-3
Management of material topics 
on pages 96, 104, 126
305-1 
Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions
on pages 96, 104, 126
305-2 
Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions
on pages 96, 104, 126
305-3 
Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions
on pages 96, 104, 126
305-4 
GHG emissions intensity
on pages 96, 104, 126
305-5
Reduction of GHG emissions
on pages 96, 104, 126
305-6
Emissions of ozone-depleting substances (ODS)
N/A
305-7
Nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulfur oxides (SOx), and other 
significant air emissions
on pages 96, 104, 126
GRI 306: WASTE
3-3
Management of material topics 
on pages 111, 126
306-1
Waste generation and significant waste-related 
impacts
on pages 111, 126
306-2
Management of significant waste-related impacts
on pages 111, 126
306-3
Waste generated
on pages 111, 126
306-4
Waste diverted from disposal
on pages 111, 126
GRI 307: ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
3-3
Management of material topics
on pages 96-104, 126, 127
307-1
Non-compliance with environmental laws and 
regulations
on pages 96-104, 126, 127
No non-compliance incidents reported.
GRI 401: EMPLOYMENT
3-3
Management of material topics 
See comment
This data in not collected centrally, however it is monitored 
and managed at local level by individual business units.
 401-1
New employee hires and employee turnover
See comment
Our employee turnover rate is c.5%, with new hires also at 
c.5%. We actively monitor workforce dynamics, ensuring 
a balance between retention and growth through strategic 
hiring, engagement, and development initiatives.
GRI 403: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 
3-3
Management of material topics 
on pages 116, 117, 127
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Health and Safety, available on sigmaroc.com
403-1
Occupational health and safety management system
on pages 116, 117, 127
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Health and Safety, available on sigmaroc.com
403-2
Hazard identification, risk assessment, and incident 
investigation
on pages 116, 117, 127
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Health and Safety, available on sigmaroc.com
403-3
Occupational health services
on pages 116, 117, 127
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Health and Safety, available on sigmaroc.com
403-4
Worker participation, consultation, and communication 
on occupational health and safety
on pages 116, 117, 127
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Health and Safety, available on sigmaroc.com
403-5
Worker training on occupational health and safety
on pages 116, 117, 127
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Health and Safety, available on sigmaroc.com
403-6
Promotion of worker health
on pages 116, 117, 127
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Health and Safety, available on sigmaroc.com
403-7
Prevention and mitigation of occupational health 
and safety impacts directly linked by business 
relationships
on pages 116, 117, 127
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Health and Safety, available on sigmaroc.com
403-8
Workers covered by an occupational health and safety 
management system 
on pages 116, 117, 127
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Health and Safety, available on sigmaroc.com
403-9
Work-related injuries
on pages 116, 117, 127
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policy on 
Health and Safety, available on sigmaroc.com
GRI 413: LOCAL COMMUNITIES
3-3
Management of material topics 
on pages 110, 118, 126, 127
413-1
Operations with local community engagement, impact 
assessments, and development programs 
on pages 110, 118, 126, 127
 413-2
Operations with significant actual and potential 
negative impacts on local communities
on pages 110, 118, 126, 127
GRI 404: TRAINING AND EDUCATION
3-3
Management of material topics 
on page 113
This data in not collected centrally, however it is monitored 
and managed at local level by individual business units.
GRI 406: NON-DISCRIMINATION
3-3
Management of material topics 
on pages 95, 118, 120
For further information refer to SigmaRoc’s Policies on 
Bullying & Harassment, Diversity & Inclusion available on 
sigmaroc.com

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
133
Last year marked our inaugural reporting under the Companies 
(Strategic Report) (Climate-related Financial Disclosure) 
Regulations 2022. Building on that foundation, we are pleased 
to present our second annual disclosure aligned with the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
recommendations for the year ended 31 December 2024. 
These disclosures are provided to meet the requirements of 
The Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-related Financial 
Disclosure) Regulations 2022 (‘CFD requirements’), ensuring 
compliance with mandatory climate-related financial reporting 
obligations.
We recognise that climate change presents both material risks 
and opportunities to our business and sector. Accordingly, 
the following report covers the Group’s well-established 
governance of climate change issues, its integration into 
our overall risk management processes, our strategies 
for managing climate-related risks and opportunities, and 
relevant metrics used to measure progress towards our 
climate targets. We have prepared this report with the support 
of external sustainability consultants, CEN-ESG, who have 
enhanced the analysis of our exposure to natural hazards with 
a detailed bottom-up site analysis using a geospatial climate 
hazard mapping tool.
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE FOR CFD DISCLOSURE 
COMPLIANCE
To improve clarity and compliance, the table below outlines 
the CFD disclosure requirements and maps them to relevant 
sections/pages within the report:
Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-related Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022 Requirement
Relevant Section
GOVERNANCE
(a) A description of the Company governance arrangements in relation to assessing and managing climate-
related risks and opportunities
Governance
STRATEGY
(d) a description of: 
i. the principal climate-related risks and opportunities arising in connection with the Company operations, and 
ii. the time periods by reference to which those risks and opportunities are assessed
Strategy
(e) a description of the actual and potential impacts of the principal climate-related risks and opportunities on 
the Company business model and strategy
Strategy
(f) an analysis of the resilience of the Company business model and strategy, taking into consideration 
different climate-related scenarios
Strategy
RISK MANAGEMENT
(b) a description of how the Company identifies, assesses, and manages climate-related risks and 
opportunities
Risk Management
METRICS & TARGETS
(g) a description of the targets used by the Company to manage climate-related risks and to realise climate-
related opportunities and of performance against those targets
Metrics & Targets
(h) a description of the KPIs used to assess progress against targets used to manage climate-related risks and 
realise climate-related opportunities and of the calculations on which the KPIs are based
Metrics & Targets
GOVERNANCE
The CFD disclosures cover all SigmaRoc subsidiaries and 
operations.
Board Level
At SigmaRoc, climate-related governance has been 
well-integrated for several years. The Board has overall 
responsibility for sustainability issues including climate-
related matters, and effective management of climate-related 
risks and opportunities as with all matters of Group strategy. 
The Board meets quarterly, and ESG, including climate-
change, is a standing agenda item at all these meetings, with 
updates on climate-related issues presented by the Group 
ExCo Member (IMPROVE) and Group ESG Lead. Additionally, 
the Board considers climate-related issues, especially carbon 
emissions, when reviewing and guiding strategy, major plans 
of action, policies, annual budgets and business plans as 
well as setting the organisation’s performance objectives, 
monitoring implementation and performance, and overseeing 
major capital expenditures, acquisitions and divestiture. 
The Board is supported by committees including the Audit 
Committee, which assists in monitoring ESG performance 
and climate-related risks.
In 2024, the development of science-based targets and the 
Road Map to Net Zero has been a particular focus of Board 
meetings and now drives the management of climate-related 
risks and opportunities through review of carbon emissions. 
The Board is responsible for approving TCFD disclosures and is 
also responsible for reviewing and signing off the risk register, 
including risks related to the environment and climate change. 
The Board does not currently receive formal training from third 
parties on climate-related issues, but receives information 
provided by the Group ExCo Member (IMPROVE), Group ESG 
Lead and other members of the Group when required.
To ensure appropriate oversight of climate change is 
maintained as operations continue to expand, in April 2024 
SigmaRoc appointed Francesca Medda as a Non-Executive 
Director. Francesca has a strong background in ESG and 
climate change.
Furthermore, a dedicated ESG Committee was formed, 
including Independent Board and Executive Board members, 
the Group ExCo Member (IMPROVE) and Group ESG Lead.
Nordkalk site in Gotland, Sweden
Highlights
Group at a Glance
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
CEO’s Strategic Report
2024 Timeline of Key Events
Key Developments
About Us
Regions
Macro Conditions in the Market
Key Measures and Statistics
Chief Financial Officer’s Report
Risk
Systems Report
Stakeholder Report
ESG and Sustainability Report
SECR Report
SASB
GRI Index
TCFD Report
TCFD 
Report

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
135
Management level
At the direction of the Board, the Group ExCo Member 
(IMPROVE) and Group ESG Lead are assigned responsibility 
to assess, monitor and manage climate-related risks and 
opportunities alongside Group-level risk management. The 
Executive Committee meets monthly and the Group ExCo 
Member (IMPROVE) and Group ESG Lead are responsible 
for updating the Committee on climate-related issues and 
other ESG initiatives. The Group ExCo Member (IMPROVE) 
and Group ESG Lead are informed via ongoing dialogue with 
the managing directors from each of the business units, who 
monitor and report on general risks, strategic projects and 
operations, including climate-related issues, as necessary.
Each business unit is also responsible for monitoring and 
feeding back the key aspects to be reported as defined by 
permits, legislation and frameworks. Data collection and 
monitoring is done through online process control systems, 
purchase orders, consumption meters etc. This includes 
statutory (e.g. NOx and SOx), and non-statutory aspects such 
as land, power and water use. Environmental data is collated 
through Group wide tools such as OneClick LCA and IBM 
Envizi.
In 2024 SigmaRoc appointed a Group ESG Lead, assigned 
responsibility to assess, monitor and manage climate-
related risks and opportunities alongside Group-level risk 
management. The Group ESG Lead manages an ESG & 
Climate Change Working Group with representatives across 
all operational regions, which meets quarterly to review 
progress across the Group and subsequently prepares and 
provides quarterly updates and reports to the Board and  
ESG Committee.
RISK MANAGEMENT
Climate-related risks are integrated into SigmaRoc’s risk 
management processes and are considered as part of the 
overall Group risk management (further details on page 68). 
The risk assessment considered existing and emerging risks 
and all risk categories outlined in the TCFD recommendations 
in relation to all of SigmaRoc’s operations as of 31 December 
2024. Climate-related risks and opportunities were also 
considered across upstream and downstream supply chains.
The process of reviewing/updating risks and opportunities 
is performed on an annual basis across the Group and 
combines both business unit level reporting and a global 
review of our physical and transition risk exposure. We assess 
these risks qualitatively, and where required, additional 
quantitative analysis is performed, for example for risks 
such as carbon pricing etc. In addition, as part of our risk 
management process, identified risks are periodically 
reviewed and mitigation measures assessed.
Climate-related risk identification is performed both bottom-
up, through a detailed assessment of risks affecting each 
individual site, and top-down, through a high-level assessment 
of strategic, transition and market risks pertinent to the 
Group and its sector. Additionally, risks are identified through 
discussion and engagement with primary investors, peer 
review and through a cross-functional process led by the 
Chief Financial Officer considering internal stakeholders such 
as H&S, ESG and the General Counsel.
Site-level environmental risks, including climate change 
risks, are identified as part of operational risk assessments. 
These are conducted at a plant level and reviewed, assessed 
and monitored by regional Environmental and Industrial 
Direct teams. This year, the Group enhanced its site-level 
assessment of both chronic and acute physical climate-
related risks using geospatial modelling software, which has 
provided greater detail and specificity for each individual site 
in the Group’s portfolio. Where material risks are identified, 
risk assessments are reviewed at divisional and Group level. 
Once identified, climate-related risks and opportunities are 
assessed and scored according to their likelihood and impact, 
to assess their relative magnitude relative to other risks. 
Impact is assessed based on quantitative and qualitative or 
reputational and financial risk according to the standard risk 
management thresholds. 
CRH ACQUISITIONS
In 2024 SigmaRoc restructured its business to integrate 
the newly acquired sites into the risk management process. 
We successfully completed the acquisitions from CRH, 
adding new sites to our portfolio. After a thorough review, 
we found that our transition risks remain unchanged. These 
acquisitions are within the UK and EU and the same industry, 
facing similar regulatory, policy, and stakeholder pressures. 
This consistency allows us to maintain our strategic focus 
and continue our progress towards sustainability goals.
STRATEGY
Since the last TCFD report, SigmaRoc acquired the CRH 
assets, adding 17 material new sites to our portfolio. A detailed 
physical climate risk assessment has been conducted for these 
additional sites to ensure a comprehensive understanding of 
their exposure to climate hazards.
Having assessed the climate-related hazards affecting 
the entire estate, SigmaRoc’s overall exposure to physical 
climate-related risks continues to be low. SigmaRoc’s 
exposure to transition risks is unchanged and driven mainly 
due to developing environmental regulation and stakeholder 
expectations in Europe. As detailed against each risk, 
SigmaRoc is progressing in our efforts to decarbonise our 
operations through energy efficiency, transition to renewable 
electricity, the development of carbon capture mechanisms 
and via strategic collaboration to minimise exposure such that 
any strategic and financial impacts from climate change are 
limited. Moreover, SigmaRoc considers itself at the forefront of 
the green transition by providing the materials that are essential 
to the green economy and will be enhancing its strategy to 
capitalise on these opportunities in the coming years. 
Likelihood is assessed based on the following thresholds:
LIKELIHOOD
1
Remote
Occurrence less frequently than once in 5 years
2
Probable
Occurrence within 5 years
3
Frequent
Occurrence within one year or more frequently
Climate-related risks and opportunities were assessed 
against the following time horizons:
From 
(years)
To 
(years)
Rationale
SHORT-TERM
2022
2024
In line with strategic cycles 
(noting 2024 is year 3)
MEDIUM-
TERM
2025
2030
In line with medium-term time 
horizons followed by peers
LONG-TERM
2031
2040 and 
beyond
In line with the Road Map to Net 
Zero and the UK’s Net Zero by 
2050 ambitions 
For assessing physical risk impacts, the underlying models 
are based on Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs), 
which capture the concentrations of greenhouse gases that 
will increase radiative forcing (the difference between the 
incoming and outgoing radiation at the top of the atmosphere, 
measured in watts per square metre) by a forecast amount by 
2100, relative to pre-industrial levels. 
TCFD Report
OPERATIONS / STRATEGY
RISKS, PROGRESS AND METRICS 
BUSINESS UNIT MANAGING DIRECTORS
Operational responsibility for Climate Change,  
ESG and risk management at business unit level
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Operational responsibility for Climate Change 
and ESG risk management at Group level
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
BOARD
BOARD
Overall Climate Change & ESG responsibility
CFO
Monitoring Climate Change & ESG risks 
as part of Group risk performance
GROUP EXCO MEMBER (IMPROVE)
Executive sponsor for Climate  
Change and ESG risk management
The following climate-related scenarios were examined, looking forward out.
SCENARIO
Mean Temperature increase
RCP 2.6
a climate-positive pathway, likely to keep global temperature rise below 2 °C by 2100. Carbon emissions start declining by 
2020 and go to zero by 2100.
RCP 4.5
an intermediate and probably baseline scenario more likely than not to result in global temperature rise between 2 °C and 3 °C 
by 2100 with a mean sea level rise 35% higher than that of RCP 2.6. Many plant and animal species will be unable to adapt to 
the effects of RCP 4.5 and higher RCPs. Emissions peak around 2040, then decline.
RCP 7.0
an increase in global mean surface temperature is estimated to increase by 3.6°C (2.8–4.6°C). In this scenario some regions 
suffer drastic environmental damage and Carbon emissions are expected to double by 2100 compared to 2015.
RCP 8.5
a worst-case scenario where global temperatures rise between 4.1-4.8°C by 2100. This scenario is included for its extreme 
impacts on physical climate risks as the global response to mitigating climate change is limited.

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
137
TRANSITION RISKS REMAIN CONSISTENT
Despite these acquisitions, SigmaRoc’s transition risks remain largely unchanged. All acquired sites are located within the UK and 
EU and subject to the same regulatory, policy and market pressures as existing operations. This consistency allows the Group to 
maintain its strategic focus and decarbonisation pathway without significant adjustments.
RISK
1. Disruption due to fluvial 
and coastal flooding
2. Carbon pricing 
within operations
3. Carbon pricing in 
value chain
4. Operational 
decarbonisation 
5. Failure to meet/
maintain expected ESG 
credentials
TYPE
Physical (Chronic  
and Acute)
Transition (Current and 
Emerging Regulation)
Transition (Current and 
Emerging Regulation)
Transition (Technology)
Transition (Reputation)
AREA
Own Operations
Own Operations
Downstream
Own Operations
Own Operations
PRIMARY 
POTENTIAL 
FINANCIAL 
IMPACT
Loss of revenue due to 
operational disruption
Higher costs associated 
with energy and other 
inputs
Higher costs associated 
with carbon tax on 
Scope 3 emissions
Increased capex, 
increased operating 
costs
Increased cost 
of capital, loss of 
investment
TIME 
HORIZON
Long
Medium
Medium
Short/Medium
Short/Medium
LIKELIHOOD
Medium
High
High
Medium
High
LOCATION 
OR SERVICE 
MOST 
IMPACTED
River Flood: Site specific, 
risk identified at 9 sites 
across operations. 
Sea level rise: Site specific, 
risk identified at 8 sites 
across operations.
Group
Group
Group
Group
METRICS 
	- Number of flooding 
incidents;
	- Days lost due to flooding 
incidents; and
	- Costs of flooding 
incidents.
	- Scope 1 & 2 
emissions
	- Scope 3 emissions
	- GHG intensity;
	- Energy Intensity;
	- Total energy 
consumption; and
	- % alternative energy 
consumption 
(including 
renewables & 
Biofuels).
	- External ESG scores; 
and
	- Share Price.
The following two climate-related scenarios were examined, 
looking forward out to 2050, to review our assessment of 
material transition risks and opportunities.
	- Net Zero 2050 (NZE): an ambitious scenario which sets 
out a narrow but achievable pathway for the global energy 
sector to achieve net zero carbon emissions by 2050. 
This meets the TCFD requirement of using a “below 2°C” 
scenario and is included as it informs the decarbonisation 
pathways used by the Science Based Targets initiative 
(SBTi), which validates corporate net zero targets and 
ambition; and
	- Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS): a scenario which 
represents the roll forward of already announced policy 
measures. This scenario outlines a combination of 
physical and transitions risk impacts as temperatures rise 
by around 2.5°C by 2100 from pre-industrial levels, with a 
50% probability. This scenario is included as it represents 
a base case pathway with a trajectory implied by today’s 
policy settings.
KEY RISKS
The five key-climate related physical and transition risks 
identified in our previous report remain unchanged, and are 
as below.
A detailed physical climate risk assessment has been 
conducted for the additional acquired sites, these additional 
sites to ensure a comprehensive understanding of their 
exposure to climate hazards.
Key findings from this assessment include:
FLUVIAL RISK EXPANSION
Two additional sites have been identified as exposed to flood 
risk. While flooding risks were already a recognised issue 
within our portfolio, these acquisitions increase the number 
of at-risk sites requiring mitigation strategies. Overall the 
climate risk profile remains nearly unchanged.
TCFD Report
1. DISRUPTION DUE TO FLUVIAL OR COASTAL 
FLOODING
Following an assessment of climate-related hazards 
affecting the Group’s portfolio, flood risk exposure from rivers 
and sea level rise was identified for several sites.
While 92% of the portfolio is at minimal risk of river flooding, 
9 sites are currently in the highest flood risk zone and will 
remain in this risk bracket under all future scenarios and time 
horizons. Flooding is likely SigmaRoc’s most material physical 
risk at present due to its potential to destabilise assets.
Sea level rise is a growing risk, with 8 sites at medium or high 
risk under RCP 2.6 and 4.5. Under a severe RCP 8.5 scenario, 
7 of these sites would be exposed to high risk, with the final 
site exposed to extreme risk. 
Mitigation
Mitigation of hydrological risks in some operations is already 
business as usual. Whereas some sites naturally drain and 
consequently remain dry, others require periodic de-watering. 
Historically the Group has found that water logging does not 
tend to stop operations altogether at an affected quarry, as 
work can be diverted to a different area of the quarry whilst 
groundwater is pumped away.
Even in the event of downtime at a particular quarry, 
SigmaRoc has the capacity to rebalance activities across the 
network and therefore recoup any costs lost, admitting some 
transfer costs. Redundancy in stock is maintained across 
quarries, which could also remediate any downtime losses. 
All sites exposed to a medium/high risk of sea level rise are 
able to divert resources to alternative sites in the event of a 
storm surge event. None of the sites identified as being at 
risk of river flooding are material in terms of financial risk.
In addition, the geospatial analysis only models regional 
flood defences at a handful of countries, so SigmaRoc’s risk 
exposure may be lower than indicated due to flood and storm 
defences that have not been accounted for. Further, sea level 
rise is likely only to materialise in the very long term and could 
therefore fall outside reasonable business planning horizons.
Nordkalk, Pargas, Finland

SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
139
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
2. CARBON PRICING WITHIN OPERATIONS
The scope of carbon pricing (applied directly or indirectly) is 
expected to expand over the medium term, and the price of 
carbon is expected to rise. SigmaRoc is already exposed to 
the Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS), although does not fall 
under the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) 
so the loss of free allocation is less substantial than in other 
adjacent sectors, namely cement.
 Given the nature of the sector, SigmaRoc is a large emitter 
with greater limitations on its ability to decarbonise. Some 
operations will be particularly challenging to decarbonise, 
while machinery can be replaced with more efficient and 
cleaner models, substantial emissions (approximately 65-
75%) arise from the chemical reactions within kilns.
Mitigation
SigmaRoc is focused on the transition from fossil fuels 
to fossil free energy and biofuel, and improvements in 
operational efficiency such as efforts to reduce machinery 
idle time. The Group continues to install renewable energy 
capacity on site, upgrade and transition its vehicle fleet to 
HVO, conduct heat and power loss reviews of large assets, 
expand carbon capture and storage (CCS) infrastructure, 
and purchase fossil-free and renewable electricity via 
Energy Attribute Certificates (EACs). Capital expenditure to 
decarbonise operations, including the replacement of higher-
emitting machinery, is largely covered by business-as-usual 
expenditure.
In addition, SigmaRoc is able to pass on costs related to ETS 
credits through to customers in contracts. Addressing the 
challenge posed by chemical reactions in kilns is an ongoing 
challenge requiring further research and development. In 
the meantime, costs related to kilns can be passed through 
to customers in circumstances where sites are cohabited 
with customers. In addition, SigmaRoc actively monitors 
the evolution of the ETS Carbon Credit pricing and operates 
a rolling hedging strategy, typically spanning three years 
forward. It also expects to see similar strategies applied 
in take-over targets thereby ensuring alignment in the 
approach to both pass-through mechanisms and Carbon 
cost mitigation.
3. CARBON PRICING WITHIN VALUE CHAIN
European carbon pricing policies may lead to higher 
operational costs for shipping, impacting distribution 
networks. Moreover, there is a concern that customers 
might be incentivised to procure materials from quarries 
located in less regulated jurisdictions, where carbon pricing 
is less stringent, potentially putting European suppliers at a 
competitive disadvantage.
Mitigation
SigmaRoc leverages the cohabitation of sites with customers 
to ensure more sustainable distribution practices. By 
strategically locating sites near key customers, the Group 
reduces the need for extensive shipping, mitigating the 
impact of carbon pricing on transportation.
The Group can also avail itself to alternative transportation 
methods, particularly road, rail and sea transportation, 
depending on the overall cost.
4. OPERATIONAL DECARBONISATION 
SigmaRoc’s decarbonisation ambitions face a hurdle in 
potential localised grid capacity constraints, which may 
impede the electrification of operations. This may increase 
operating costs if reliance on pricier fuels, subject to 
carbon levies, becomes necessary or cannot be phased out 
sufficiently quickly. 
Additionally, the transition of machinery to electricity or 
biofuels carries the inherent risk of upfront costs. While these 
costs are strategically integrated into business-as-usual 
activities, they remain a critical aspect of natural machinery 
churn. There may however be limits on the availability of 
funding for such a transition, and potential constraints 
on the availability of such technology. More significantly, 
the development of carbon capture and storage (CCS) 
capabilities on the estate poses a distinct risk given that CCS 
investments do not align with routine equipment churn and 
require a focused financial strategy. Development of CCS 
capabilities will also depend on third parties.
Mitigation
Mitigation involves investment in on-site renewable electricity 
capacity installation and planned adaptation of machinery to 
ensure gradual shift minimising financial strain.
5. FAILURE TO MEET/MAINTAIN EXPECTED ESG 
CREDENTIALS
There is a risk that failure to meet non-financial reporting 
expectations could lead to reduced access to capital and 
potential divestment. Further, failure to maintain customer 
expectations on sustainability performance could lead to loss 
of business and reputational damage, ultimately leading to 
lower revenue and difficulty winning new business.
Mitigation
Mitigation would largely involve continually improving 
sustainability reporting, improving sustainability 
engagement with stakeholders and increasing focus 
on sustainability. This may involve costs related to the 
application of additional internal sustainability resources, 
additional reporting and data management resource and 
systems. There may also be additional costs related to use 
of external sustainability consultants to assist in the Group’s 
reporting and regulatory obligations.
TCFD Report
Fels personnel in 
Kaltes Tal, Germany

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
141
1. IMPROVED OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCY
Reducing energy consumption through a programme of 
efficiency and carbon reduction initiatives may decrease 
operating costs, increase operating margins and mitigate 
against the cost of future carbon pricing.
Operational efficiency improvements have already been 
introduced across the Group and continue to be implemented 
both through dedicated programmes and business-as-usual 
activities. Examples include:
	- Metering and monitoring of fuel and electricity 
consumption;
	- Limiting machinery idling – through software analysis 
and optimisation of shift patterns;
	- Switching to more efficient fuels, such as the transition 
from coal and oil to biofuel and recycled fuel in the 
Nordic region;
	- Electrification – such as the replacement of diesel-
powered water pumps and forklifts with electric 
alternatives;
	- Intensity innovations – such as trials of low 
temperature asphalt;
	- Efficiency upgrades of machinery;
	- Integrated artificial intelligence across workflows, 
optimising operations, decision-making, sustainability 
metrics, AI process control system has already been 
implemented at Kaltes Tal Kiln, proving to reduce the 
fuel consumption, improving cost management and 
minimising emissions; and 
	- Consolidation of operations to improve 
efficiencies.	
Strategy to capitalise
SigmaRoc is targeting energy intensity reductions of 2.5% by 
2030 from a 2021 base year, for 100% of all manufactured 
products to utilise waste/recycled materials by 2025, and for 
100% utilisation of all production materials by 2027. These 
targets are in excess of operational efficiency improvements 
that will be made as part of business-as-usual activities, such 
as the upgrade of machinery at the end of its lifespan to more 
efficient models. Efficiency improvements will increasingly be 
aided by technological advancements in the future.
2. TRANSITION TO GREEN ELECTRICITY
Transition to green electricity, both through purchase 
of renewable grid electricity and through generation of 
renewable electricity onsite, presents another opportunity to 
reduce operating costs, especially as renewable electricity 
becomes increasingly inexpensive. Renewable energy 
installations will have the additional benefit of reducing the 
Group’s dependence on the electricity grid, thereby providing 
some comfort from any future energy price fluctuations and 
reducing any exposure to carbon pricing mechanisms.
Strategy to capitalise
SigmaRoc has published targets for 100% of third-party 
energy to be sourced from renewable sources by 2030. As 
part of the target, the Group is increasing its procurement of 
fossil-free and renewable electricity and the businesses will 
continue to expand renewable generation. The Group has 
an established programme of wind and solar installations 
to generate renewable electricity, including existing solar 
Key Opportunities
Four key climate-related financial opportunities that could have a financial impact on the Group have been identified:
OPPORTUNITY
1. Improved Operational 
efficiency
2. Transition to green 
electricity
3. Increased market share in 
products aiding the transition 
to a green economy
4. Resilience through 
innovation
TYPE
Resource Efficiency
Energy Source
Markets
Resilience
PRIMARY 
POTENTIAL 
FINANCIAL IMPACT
Reduced operating costs
Reduced operating costs
Increased sales
Reduced operating costs
TIME HORIZON
Short/Medium
Medium
Medium
Medium
LIKELIHOOD
High
High
High
Medium
LOCATION OR 
SERVICE MOST 
IMPACTED
Global
Global
Global
Global
METRICS
	- Energy intensity
	- Resource efficiency 
	- Energy intensity
	- % renewable energy 
consumption
	- % of products that can 
be manufactured through 
“green” processes (e.g. use 
of cement alternatives in 
Greenbloc range)
	- New products to market
	- Innovation spend including 
R&D and technology such 
as MEVO
	- FTE hours dedicated to 
innovation
photovoltaic capacity at Soignies and installations at 
Miedzianka and Wolica (Poland) and Dimension Stone 
(West) during 2022. Wind turbines have been installed at 
Soignies, and a successful feasibility study was undertaken 
for windmill construction at the Dimension Stone (West) site. 
In 2024 Photovoltaic capacity in Belgium was extended by an 
additional 2MWh.
3. INCREASED MARKET SHARE IN PRODUCTS AIDING 
THE TRANSITION TO A GREEN ECONOMY
SigmaRoc is well-placed to capitalise on the net zero 
transition. Lime is a key resource for the green transition, with 
various applications such as for the production and recycling 
of lithium batteries, decarbonisation of construction and as 
natural carbon sinks. Additionally, SigmaRoc has developed 
a range of low-carbon products.,as well asstrategically 
investing in companies, each revolutionising the construction 
industry with next-generation sustainable technologies. 
Development of such product ranges may increase access 
to new clients and markets, as the demand for climate-
friendly construction materials grows. This opportunity may 
be expected to manifest in the medium-term, although it 
depends on the extent to which national regulations keep 
pace with the green transition.
Strategy to capitalise
Continue to focus on expanding market-share of low-carbon 
products. Align offerings with evolving climate-friendly 
construction demands, with medium-term impact contingent 
on regulatory advancements.
4. RESILIENCE THROUGH INNOVATION
Overall, there is a significant opportunity for the Group to 
continue to trial innovations in order to build and maintain 
climate resilience. The specific financial impacts will vary 
depending on the nature and outcomes of the trial, for 
example renewable energy programmes may help to reduce 
operational costs and thereby increase operating margins, 
whereas product-related trials may identify new product lines 
that may generate additional revenue.
Strategy to capitalise
Continue to target cost reduction and revenue generation 
through innovation trials and renewable energy initiatives. 
The Group anticipates that the return on investment in 
alignment of new and existing operations to new and more 
efficient machinery will be short. Additionally, as a Group 
comprised of many small business units, SigmaRoc can be 
more dynamic and reactive than its peers.
Metrics & Targets
SigmaRoc currently reports mandatory energy consumption, 
scope 1, scope 2 and Business Travel emissions for its 
UK-based operations as required under UK SECR regulation, 
alongside voluntary energy consumption and scope 1, 
scope 2 and Business Travel emissions across its European 
operations in excess of SECR requirements. SigmaRoc has 
also undertaken efforts to expand estimation its scope 3 
footprint, establishing a team responsible for collecting and 
monitoring emissions data going forward. Reporting of scope 
3 emissions is expected to become more comprehensive as 
greater confidence in data is achieved.
The specific metrics used to monitor each of the climate-
related risks and opportunities are noted in the relevant 
tables above. In addition, SigmaRoc reports against industry-
specific SASB and GRI metrics including air emissions, water 
consumption and biodiversity impacts (on pages 126 and 
128) as well as additional metrics to satisfy MSCI and other 
ESG rating agency requirements. 
In 2021, SigmaRoc launched its Road Map to Net Zero, 
committing the Group to achieving Net Zero across its 
operations (Scope 1 & 2) by 2040, through the following:
	- 2025 – All concrete products available in low carbon and 
ultra-low carbon;
	- 2025 – Carbon Capture Storage and utilisation trial plant 
operational;
	- 2025 – 100% of all manufactured products can utilise 
waste/recycled materials (Where industry specifications 
allow for it);
	- 2027 – 100% utilisation of all production materials;
	- 2030 – Alternative fuels used in mobile equipment;
	- 2030 – 2.5% reduction in energy intensity compared to the 
2021 baseline;
	- 2030 – 100% third party energy sourced from renewable 
means;
	- 2032 – Alternative fuels used in fixed equipment (e.g. lime 
and asphalt); and
	- 2038 – All kilns are carbon neutral.
Details on performance against these targets can be found 
on page 97.
Delivery of the Road Map to Net Zero was a corporate 
objective linked to executive remuneration in 2022. Our Net 
Zero Roadmap can be found on page 100.
TCFD Report

Governance
Fels quarry in Kaltes Tal, Germany
Board Members
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
Nomination Committee Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors Report
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Independent Auditor’s Report 
  to the Members of SigmaRoc plc
Definitions
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
143
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
145
Board Members
MAX VERMORKEN
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 
Appointed to Board: August 2016
Independent: No
Committees: Member of the Safety Committee
Industry Expert: Yes
Finance Expert: Yes
ESG Expert: No
Background: Prior to SigmaRoc, Max was strategic 
advisor to the CEO of LafargeHolcim Ltd (LafargeHolcim) 
Northern Europe, the world’s largest construction 
materials group. His role included responsibility for 
the merger of Lafarge SA and Holcim Ltd in the region 
involving the only Day 1 integration of the two businesses 
following the hive-down and integration of two large asset 
portfolios – a mix which included two cement plants and 
a multitude of down-stream aggregates and construction 
materials assets. Prior to working for LafargeHolcim, Max 
worked in private equity at Luxembourg-headquartered 
The Genii Group, where he reported directly to its founding 
principals. Max holds a PhD in Financial Economics as 
well as a MSc and GDP, in Civil Engineering from University 
College London. Additionally he graduated as Ingénieur 
de Gestion (Financial Economics) from Solvay Business 
School (University of Brussels). 
Other Directorships: Max is also a director of a 
consulting company Skyeye Consulting Limited. 
JAN VAN BEEK
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
Appointed to Board: January 2025
Independent: No 
Committees: None
Industry Expert: Yes
Finance Expert: Yes
ESG Expert: No
Background: Jan qualified as an accountant with Deloitte 
and led their international practice in the Netherlands. He 
subsequently built a distinguished career in senior finance 
roles within the minerals and chemicals industry based in 
Europe and the USA. During his time at Shell plc spin-out 
Hexion Jan was Global Finance Director and subsequently 
CFO of several divisions, comprising turnover of over USD 
4bn and sales in 4 continents. At Hexion, Jan was jointly 
responsible for investor relations work in relation to USD 
3bn NYSE listed bonds, their financing of multi-layered debt 
facilities as well as reporting work up to ultimate owner 
Apollo Global Management. At the end of his tenure with 
Hexion, Jan became CFO designate of a USD 2bn spin-
out. Most recently Jan was Head of Finance at ASML, the 
world leading producer of machines for the semiconductor 
industry with a market capitalisation of EUR 250bn.
Other Directorships: Stream Beheer BV.  
DAVID BARRETT
EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN 
Appointed to Board: August 2016
Independent: No
Committees: Chairman of the ESG Committee; Member 
of the Nominations Committee
Industry Expert: Yes
Finance Expert: No
ESG Expert: No
Background: Co-founded London Concrete in 1997, 
subsequently building the business from one concrete 
plant in London to over a dozen plants around the 
capital. London Concrete was sold to Aggregate 
Industries and is currently the number one concrete 
supplier in London, with flagship projects such as the 
London Olympics, the Shard, the US embassy and the 
new Bloomberg building. Having previously worked with 
Pioneer, David retired from London Concrete in 2015 and 
is widely considered an expert in the industry. 
Other Directorships: David also holds directorships in 
various London based Companies including Thames 
Aggregates Limited, Thames Recycling Limited and 
Capital Concrete Limited. 
Our Board comprises an executive 
leadership team with extensive experience 
of the international aggregates industry, 
supported by experienced non-executive 
directors who bring strong governance 
disciplines and a valuable external 
perspective to our business. 

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
147
SIMON CHISHOLM
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed to Board: April 2020
Independent: Yes 
Committees: Chairman of Audit Committee; Chairman 
of the AIM and MAR Compliance Committee; Chairman 
of the Remuneration Committee; Member of the 
Nominations Committee
Industry Expert: No
Finance Expert: Yes
ESG Expert: No
Background: Simon is the founder and managing director 
of Feros Advisers, having previously been Head of Equity 
Capital markets at Redburn (Europe), a subsidiary of  
Rothschild & Co. Simon joined Berenberg in 2003 and 
established an office for them in London. Over the next 10 
years Simon was one of the principal architects in building 
the business from 3 people in London to around 140 and 
establishing the bank as a recognised brand name in the 
global investment community. Before joining the sell-side, 
Simon was a fund manager investing in European equities 
first at Singer & Friedlander and then at Henderson Global 
Investors and ran European Smaller Companies investment 
products. After University Simon joined Coopers and 
Lybrand and qualified as a Chartered Accountant.
Other Directorships: Simon is currently an active 
director at Feros Advisers Ltd and Whitefoord Ltd.
JACQUES EMSENS
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed to Board: April 2020 
Independent: Yes
Committees: Member of the Audit Committee; Member 
of the AIM and MAR Compliance Committee
Industry Expert: Yes
Finance Expert: Yes
ESG Expert: No
Background: Jacques was a Board member and 
Assistant to the Chairman of SCR-Sibelco N.V; a world 
leading materials solutions company specialising in 
sands and industrial minerals. He is a founding member 
of JPSeven and is a member of the Board of Sofina and 
numerous other companies. Jacques has a long history 
in defining and implementing strategies of industrial 
businesses. Jacques holds a degree in Business 
Administration from the European University of Antwerp, 
from the Université Libre de Bruxelles and from the 
London Chamber of Commerce and Industry and speaks 
French, Dutch and English.
Other Directorships: Jacques holds directorships in 
multiple businesses including Le Pain Quotidien Brazil  
and Stalusa.
TIM HALL
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed to Board: April 2019 
Independent: Yes
Committees: Member of the Safety Committee; Member 
of the Remuneration Committee; Member of the ESG 
Committee.
Industry Expert: Yes
Finance Expert: No
ESG Expert: No
Background: Tim has spent his entire career in the 
aggregates industry, most recently as CEO of Breedon 
South, a business he helped build from inception and 
from which he retired in August 2017. Prior to this he was 
director of Tarmac Limited’s Western Area; managing 
director of Tarmac Western Limited, the company formed 
by Anglo American from the former assets of Nash Rocks, 
Tilcon and Tarmac. He spent the previous 27 years with 
Nash Rocks, latterly as managing director. Tim brings a 
wealth of experience and knowledge of the industry to the 
Board. Tim’s knowledge and network within the industry 
supports SigmaRoc’s growth in the aggregates and 
construction materials market in the UK. 
Other Directorships: Tim holds directorships in multiple 
businesses including Langsun Developments Limited, 
Brightwell’s EOT Trust, Guernsey Waste and Recycling 
Ltd HDD Developments Limited, AllStone Limited and T G 
Concrete Bridgnorth Limited.
AXELLE HENRY
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed to Board: March 2022
Independent: Yes
Committees: Member of the AIM and MAR Compliance 
Committee
Industry Expert: No
Finance Expert: Yes
ESG Expert: Yes
Background: Axelle has served as Chief Financial Officer 
for Verlinvest Group, a Brussels-based international 
investment business, since April 2014 and also serves 
on the board of directors for a number of their private 
companies, as well as Nasdaq quoted Vita Coco. She 
has held a variety of senior executive positions, including 
as Deputy Chief Financial Officer of Groupe Bruxelles 
Lambert. Ms Henry has over 20 years’ experience in 
the Private Equity and Investment Sector, starting her 
career with KPMG as senior auditor. She holds degrees 
in commercial engineering from the Solvay Business 
School.
Other Directorships: Axelle holds directorships in 
multiple businesses including subsidiaries of Verlinvest , 
Beverage Holdco Inc. and STAK Armonea.

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
149
Harries site in Bolton Hill, Wales
PETER JOHNSON
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointment to Board: April 2024
Independent: Yes
Committees: Chairman of the Nominations Committee; 
Member of the Remuneration Committee.
Industry Expert: Yes
Finance Expert: No
ESG Expert: No
Background: Peter was previously chief executive of 
George Wimpey plc and prior to that chief executive 
of The Rugby Group plc up to its acquisition by RMC 
Group and an executive Director of Redland plc for 
ten years. Most recently he has been Chairman at 
Electrocomponents plc and Wienerberger AG and was 
previously Chairman of DS Smith plc.
Other Directorships: Lydd Properties Ltd.
FRANCESCA MEDDA
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointment to Board: April 2024
Independent: Yes
Committees: Member of the Audit Committee; Member 
of the ESG Committee.
Industry Expert: No
Finance Expert: Yes
ESG Expert: Yes
Background: Francesca Medda is a Professor of Applied 
Economics and Finance at UCL. Francesca coordinated 
the digital strategy and plan of the Italian Financial 
Conduct and Supervisory Authority, CONSOB. She has 
also served as an adviser to Defra and HM Treasury and 
is a vice president of the Parliamentary and Scientific 
Committee. Francesca has worked with both the private 
and public sectors, including The European Investment 
Bank, The World Bank, UNESCO, UN Habitat, Willis Re, 
Halcrow group, and International Association of Public 
Transport (UITP).
Other Directorships: Institute of Finance and 
Technology.

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
151
The Company has an established framework 
of internal control, the effectiveness of which 
is regularly reviewed by the Audit Committee 
considering an ongoing assessment of 
significant risks facing the Company and the 
Group. 
The Audit Committee assists the Board in discharging 
its duties regarding the financial statements, accounting 
policies and the maintenance of proper internal business, and 
operational and financial controls.
Key activities carried out in 2024
During the year, the Audit Committee met formally 2 times 
and discussed the following:
	- External audit tender process;
	- Audit planning;
	- Auditor’s fees and independence;
	- Auditor’s effectiveness;
	- Interim report and annual report
	- Internal audit;
	- Internal controls and risk management;
	- Taxation;
	- Going concern and viability statement;
	- Significant accounting matters;
	- Plans for transition to new accounting standards;
	- Whistleblowing; and
	- The Audit Committee’s terms of reference.
MEETING ATTENDANCE 
The Audit Committee is made up of Independent Non-
Executive Directors and shall meet not less than twice in 
each financial year.
DIRECTOR
Meetings 
attended
Eligible to 
attend
SIMON CHISHOLM 
2
2
JACQUES EMSENS 
2
2
FRANCESCA MEDDA  
(AUDIT COMMITTEE MEMBER  
FROM OCTOBER 2024)
1
1
COMMITTEE DUTIES 
The Audit Committee carries out the duties below for the 
Company, major subsidiary undertakings and the Group as a 
whole, as appropriate: 
	- Monitor integrity of the financial statements and financial 
performance; 
	- Review financial statements, significant financial returns 
to regulators and any financial information of a sensitive 
nature; 
	- Review and challenge internal financial controls and risk 
management systems including the review of matters of 
a non-financial nature; 
	- Review and challenge accounting policies, accounting 
methods and adherence to accounting standards;
	- Review and make recommendations with regards to the 
external auditor, including appointment, independence, 
objectivity, effectiveness, performance and remuneration; 
	- Consult with the external auditor on the scope of their work 
and review all major points arising from the audit; and 
	- Ensure fully functional whistleblowing policy. 
CHAIR STATEMENT 
The Audit Committee was chaired by myself and comprises 
of Jacques Emsens and Francesca Medda as the other 
members. The Committee has relevant financial experience 
at a senior level as set out in their biographies. The Audit 
Committee met 2 times formally in 2024 and also held 
informal discussions with the external auditor as appropriate. 
The principal activities of the Audit Committee in respect of 
the year ended 31 December 2024, and the way it discharged 
its responsibilities, were as follows: 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
The Audit Committee reviewed and agreed the external 
auditor’s strategy and approach in advance of their audit for 
the year ended 31 December 2024, and reviewed reports on 
the outcome of the audit. The Audit Committee also reviewed 
the 2024 preliminary results announcement, the Annual 
Report, the 2024 interim results announcement and the 2024 
interim report. 
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING MATTERS 
During the year, the Audit Committee considered key 
accounting issues, judgements and disclosures in relation to 
the Financial Statements. The most significant of these was 
the risk of the carrying value of investments and the value of 
goodwill at Group level. The Audit Committee also received 
Audit 
Committee 
Report
Simon Chisholm
Non-Executive 
Director
Fels site in Kaltes Tal, Germany
Board Members
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
Nomination Committee Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors Report
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Independent Auditor’s Report  
  to the Members of SigmaRoc plc
Definitions

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
153
Audit Committee Report
communications from management and the external auditor 
on a few other accounting matters, including the value of 
inventory, the valuation of mineral reserves and resources, 
revenue recognition and restoration provisions.
GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY 
The Audit Committee reviews supporting papers from 
management to support the going concern and viability 
statements set out on page 175. This includes sensitivity 
analysis over key assumptions. Following this review, the 
Audit Committee recommended to the Board the approval of 
both statements.
EXTERNAL AUDITOR 
The external auditor, PKF, attends meetings of the Audit 
Committee. The provides the Audit Committee the 
opportunity to meet with the external auditor without the 
executive directors being present to create a forum to raise 
any matters of concern in confidence and together discusses 
and agrees the scope of the audit plan for the full year. 
The external auditor reports on the control environment 
in the Group, key accounting matters and mandatory 
communications. The Audit Committee also receives and 
reviews a report from the external auditor setting out to 
its satisfaction how its independence and objectivity is 
safeguarded when providing non-audit services. The value 
of non-audit services provided by PKF in respect of the year 
ending 31 December 2024 amounted to £nil (2023: £600,000, 
principally in respect of tax services and due diligence 
and transactional services). During the year there were no 
circumstances where PKF was engaged to provide services 
prohibited by the FRC’s 2019 ethical standard or which might 
have led to a conflict of interest.
The Audit Committee continues to be satisfied with the 
work of PKF and that they continue to remain objective and 
independent. Zahir Khaki is serving his fourth year as audit 
partner.
INTERNAL AUDIT 
The Group does not have a formal internal audit function, 
and the CFO performs a number of activities that an internal 
audit function would perform. The Audit Committee receives 
regular formal updates covering planned activities, findings 
of reviews performed and updates on agreed actions from 
previous reviews. The Audit Committee considers this is 
appropriate given the close involvement of the executive 
directors and senior management on a day-to-day basis. 
However, the need for an internal audit function will be kept 
under review by the Audit Committee on behalf of the Board. 
This report was approved by the Board on 14 March 2025.
Simon Chisholm
Nordkalk site in Pargas, Finland

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
155
The Remuneration Committee has been 
charged by the Board to ensure that the 
Group’s pay and benefits practices are 
competitive, able to attract high calibre 
people and to ensure those people are 
suitably incentivised to perform and remain 
with the Group over the long term.
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s 
remuneration policy. The role of the Remuneration 
Committee is to determine the terms of employment for 
the executive directors and senior management of the 
Group within the framework established by the Board.
KEY ACTIVITIES CARRIED OUT IN 2024
During the year, the Remuneration Committee met formally 
four times and discussed the following: 
	- Executive remuneration;
	- Annual bonuses;
	- Pay and benefit levels across the Group;
	- Remuneration review and shareholder consultation;
	- Long term incentives;
	- The Remuneration Committee report; and
	- Review of the Committee’s terms of reference.
MEETING ATTENDANCE 
DIRECTOR 
Meetings 
attended
Eligible to 
attend
SIMON CHISHOLM
4
4
TIM HALL
4
4
PETER JOHNSON 
(REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
MEMBER FROM OCTOBER 2024)
1
1
COMMITTEE DUTIES 
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for: 
	- Determining and agreeing with the Board the framework 
or broad policy for the remuneration of the executive 
officers and other senior managers;   
	- Taking into account all factors which it deems 
necessary including the level of the Company’s 
remuneration relative to other companies to ensure that 
members of the Company are provided with appropriate 
incentives to encourage enhanced performance and 
are, in a fair and reasonable manner, rewarded for their 
individual contributions to the success of the Company; 
and
	- Determining each year whether awards will be made, 
and if so, the overall amounts of such awards, the 
individual awards to executive directors and other senior 
executives and the performance targets to be used. 
CHAIR STATEMENT 
I am pleased to present the Remuneration 
Committee report for the year ended 31 
December 2024 and can confirm that all 
aspects of executive remuneration are in 
order.
We undertook a comprehensive review of our remuneration 
policy in 2021, which included advice from advisers and 
consultation with certain Shareholders, to ensure it was 
appropriate given SigmaRoc’s growth to date combined with 
the future growth and development ambition of the Group. 
The focus of 2024 has been on continued implementation 
of the policy and ensuring pay outcomes fairly reflect the 
increased complexity and performance of the Group and 
take into consideration external macroeconomic conditions.
This report comprises three sections: this Annual 
Statement, the Policy Report which summarises our 
current remuneration policy, and the Annual Report on 
Remuneration which sets out the amounts earned by 
directors in 2024, and how we propose to apply the policy in 
the future.
During the year there was a change to the annual bonus 
structure which is documented below on page 156.
At the 2025 AGM, Shareholders will have the opportunity 
to vote on the Directors’ Remuneration Report and we look 
forward to your continued support.
2024 BUSINESS PERFORMANCE
2024 was another busy, challenging and very successful 
year for the Group. The Group was able to deliver further 
improved profitability in challenging economic conditions, 
whereby volumes declined 4% LFL, while simultaneously 
delivering on the transformative CRH Lime Acquisitions.
From a purely financial perspective, in 2024, for continuing 
and discontinued operations, the Group delivered 
revenue of £997.6 million, underlying EBITDA of £224.6 
million, underlying profit before tax of £119.7 million 
and underlying EPS of 8.35p. This is an increase YoY to 
underlying EPS of 3% and exceeded the market consensus 
estimate of 7.6p by 10%, an exceptional achievement. 
The Group also had strong cash generation, closing the 
year with £132.3 million (continuing and discontinued 
operations) which kept Covenant Leverage at 2.1x, which 
reduced from earlier guidance of 2.3x at 30 June 2024.
The Group also maintained its excellent health & 
safety standards and delivered on the aforementioned 
transformative acquisitions.
2024 REMUNERATION OUTCOMES
In 2021 the Committee undertook a complete review of our 
remuneration policy in conjunction with our advisers, and 
in consultation with certain shareholders, to ensure it was 
appropriate given SigmaRoc’s growth to date combined 
with the future growth and development ambition of 
the Group. A key outcome of the review, and which was 
specifically directed by input from shareholders, was to 
measure variable executive director compensation on 
EPS, rather than EBITDA, as it currently provides a more 
complete assessment of the Group’s financial performance.
Remuneration 
Committee 
Report
Underground mining at Nordkalk site, Finland
Board Members
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
Nomination Committee Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors Report
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Independent Auditor’s Report  
  to the Members of SigmaRoc plc
Definitions

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
157
As a result, the annual bonuses have since been primarily 
based on underlying EPS with additional performance 
conditions pertaining to corporate objectives – this year 
focussing on delivery of the CRH Lime Acquisitions. In 
2022 and 2023 underlying EPS performance measure was 
weighted at 75% and corporate objectives at 25%, however 
given the significance of the CRH Lime Acquisitions in 2024 
these were adjusted to 50% each.
The 2024 underlying EPS targets were set in early 2024, 
following confirmation of market consensus estimates, 
and the maximum target set required an out performance 
relative to market expectations of 5% or more. At the outset 
of 2024 the market consensus estimate for the Group’s full 
year EPS was 6.3p. This was based on the Group including 
CRH Deal 1 only as that was all that had been completed at 
the time, therefore the maximum target was 6.6p. Following 
completion of CRH Deal 2 and then CRH Deal 3, the 
consensus estimate for the Group’s full year EPS was revised 
up to 7.4p, therefore the maximum target was increased to 
7.8p.
As noted in the 2024 business performance review, the 
Group performed very strongly despite numerous challenges, 
achieving underlying EPS of 8.35p, being 7% ahead of the 
maximum target set and this measure, applying to 50% of the 
overall bonus, was therefore achieved in full.
The remaining 50% of the overall bonus pertained to 
corporate objectives, and this year was focused on 
acquisition and integration of the CRH Lime Acquisitions 
plus improvement in the Group’s carbon emission intensity. 
Specific targets and their relative weighting were set as 
follows:
TYPE
Description
Weight
SYNERGIES
Communication to market of a minimum of 
€30m of identified & verified synergies
12.5%
M&A
Acquisition & integration of CRH Deal 2
12.5%
M&A
Acquisition & integration of CRH Deal 3
12.5%
ESG
YoY improvement in carbon emissions intensity
12.5%
At publication of the FY23 results, the Group confirmed 
it had identified and verified a minimum of €30 million in 
synergies to be delivered during or before FY27. The Group 
then guided that figure up to €35 million in September when 
it published its interim FY24 results and then as part of these 
Accounts, and following completion of CRH Deal 3, the Group 
has confirmed it has identified a minimum of €40 million in 
verified synergies.
The Group completed the acquisition of CRH Deal 2 on 27 
March 2024 and CRH Deal 3 on 2 September 2024 and both 
businesses were successfully integrated into the Group, 
thereafter, as demonstrated by the Group’s strong financial 
performance for the year.
In terms of ESG, the Group reported a YoY improvement of 
8% and 46% from the 2021 baseline in its carbon emission 
intensity.
Therefore, the 50% of the overall bonus pertaining to 
corporate objectives was achieved in full in 2024.
The Committee carefully considered whether the annual 
bonus outcome reflects the underlying performance of the 
business, as well as the experience of shareholders and other 
stakeholders during the year and whether any discretion 
should be exercised. In doing so, the Committee specifically 
considered health & safety performance of the Group, 
factored in broader financial performance (revenue, EBITDA, 
EBITDA margins, free cash flow, CapEx and ROIC) and overall 
delivery of strategy. The Committee was satisfied that the 
bonus outcome was fair, and no discretion was exercised.
2024 POLICY APPLICATION
For 2024, the Committee implemented the policy established 
in 2021 as follows:
	- Review of executive director salaries to ensure they 
remain commensurate, taking into consideration the 
recent inflationary macroeconomic environment, and 
the fact that the executive directors did not receive any 
adjustments to their salaries in 2022 or 2023;
	- No change to benefits or pension arrangements;
	- The annual bonus opportunity will continue to be 125% 
of salary for executive directors and, as noted above, 
be based now at 50% on underlying EPS and 50% for 
corporate objectives, with suitable safety standards being 
maintained as an override; and
	- Assessment of the performance measures to determine 
vesting of the initial PSP awards granted in October 2021.
SHAREHOLDERS’ AND EMPLOYEE’S VIEWS
We are very grateful for the views received from major 
shareholders and seek to engage with shareholders on 
a continuous basis on remuneration matters. I can be 
contacted via the Company Secretary should you have any 
questions on this report or more generally in relation to the 
Group’s approach to remuneration.
While SigmaRoc applies the QCA Code, the Board considers 
the principles and provisions in the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. Under the main code, companies are required to 
establish a mechanism for gathering the views of the 
workforce on all matters, including pay. The Board has 
considered carefully the most effective way of achieving this 
and has appointed its General Counsel, Anthony Brockbank, 
as the Group’s workforce representative, reporting to the 
Board on all workforce engagement matters.
Remuneration Committee Report
REMUNERATION AT A GLANCE
The key elements of executive directors’ remuneration packages and our approach to implementation in 2024 are summarised 
below:
2023
2024
FIXED PAY
Salary (annual base)
	- Chairman £390,0001
	- CEO £475,000
	- CFO £390,0001
	- Chairman no change
	- CEO increase to £550,000
	- CFO no change
Pension
	- 10% of salary
	- no change
Benefits
	- includes private medical and car allowance
	- no car allowance provided anymore
ANNUAL BONUS
Maximum 
opportunity
	- 125% of salary
	- no change
Performance 
measures
	- 75% underlying EPS
	- 25% corporate objectives
	- Safety overrides entire bonus outcome
	- Committee has absolute discretion to adjust 
bonus outcome
Due to significance of the CRH Lime Acquisitions 
during the year performance measure allocations 
were adjusted as follows:
	- 50% underlying EPS
	- 50% corporate objectives
SHARE BASED 
INCENTIVES
Award level
	- none
	- no change
Performance 
measures
	- n/a
	- n/a
SHAREHOLDING 
GUIDELINES
In employment
	- 75% of salary
	- no change
1 Inclusive of car allowance which was adjusted into annual base rather than additional taxable benefit in 2023
REMUNERATION OUTCOMES FOR 2024
Summary of incentive outcomes
ANNUAL BONUS
Weighting
% of maximum achieved
% of bonus achieved
UNDERLYING EPS
50%
100%
50%
CORPORATE 
OBJECTIVES
50%
100%
50%
SAFETY
Overarching
n/a
n/a
Overall, bonuses of 125% of salary became payable to executive directors.
POLICY REPORT
PERFORMANCE MEASURED BENEFITS 
Remuneration performance measures are selected to align 
with the Group’s key performance indicators and the interests 
of shareholders. Performance targets are set so that they 
are stretching to achieve maximum pay-out but also ensure 
excessive risk exposure is mitigated. The Remuneration 
Committee sets targets that are aligned with the Company’s 
strategy as well as both external expectations and the 
economic environment.
If there are changing circumstances, such as material 
acquisitions or changes in market conditions, the Committee 
retains the ability to adjust or amend performance measures 
and targets to ensure that they are relevant and to ensure 
they still incentivise whilst minimising excessive risk 
exposure.
BASE SALARY 
Our objective is to provide a competitive base salary reflective 
of the skills and experience of the relevant individual. 
These are reviewed annually or on a significant change of 
responsibilities or change in market practice or a change in 
the size or complexity of the business. The Remuneration 
Committee also takes into account external market data and 
pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group and 
industry when considering increases to base salary levels. 
There are no performance criteria associated with receiving 
this benefit.

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
159
Remuneration Committee Report
ANNUAL CASH BONUS
To incentivise the delivery of annual financial, strategic and 
safety objectives, executive directors and senior management 
may participate in the annual bonus scheme. The 
Remuneration Committee sets performance measures and 
targets at the start of the financial year, or later if appropriate, 
and based on the performance, bonuses are paid in cash 
shortly after the completion of the audit of the annual results.
The executives’ annual bonus arrangements are focused 
on the achievement of the Company’s short- and medium-
term financial objectives, with financial measures selected 
to closely align the performance of the executive directors 
with the strategy of the business and with shareholder value 
creation. Where non-financial objectives are set, these are 
chosen to support the delivery of the longer-term strategic 
milestones and which link to those KPIs of most relevance to 
each director’s individual responsibilities.
For executive directors, the maximum opportunity is 
125% of salary. This level of incentive opportunity reflects 
the Committee’s desire to retain a high proportion of 
remuneration on variable pay (which is not pensionable).
Financial measures will normally determine the majority or 
all of the bonus opportunity and the balance may be based 
on non-financial, strategic, personal and/or ESG-related 
objectives. Where possible, a graduated scale of targets 
is normally set for financial measures, with no pay-out for 
performance below a threshold level of performance.
Any payment is discretionary and will be subject to the 
achievement of stretching performance targets and annual 
bonus may be reduced or eliminated if safety performance or 
accident records deteriorate or reach unacceptable levels.
PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN
In conjunction with the acquisition of Nordkalk in August 
2021, a Performance Share Plan was proposed to drive 
performance of the Group and delivery of the Group’s long-
term objectives, aid retention of key personnel and align 
directors’ interests with those of shareholders.
The PSP, together with any other share incentive plan(s), is 
limited to no more than 10% of the issued ordinary share 
capital of the Company over a ten-calendar year period.
The initial awards under the Performance Share Plan 
(referend to henceforth as PSP) were made to the executive 
directors and certain senior management, with the 
allocations determined by the Remuneration Committee. The 
PSP is subject to meeting EPS growth and TSR criteria, with 
the first vesting attained following the financial year ended 31 
December 2023.
The EPS measure was based on growth in underlying EPS 
over the performance period. The target range was a sliding 
scale set at the time of award, taking account of internal and 
external forecasts, to encourage continuous improvement 
and incentivise the delivery of stretch performance.
The TSR measure takes the total return received by the 
Group’s Shareholders in terms of share price growth 
over a three-year period and compares it with the total 
returns received by shareholders in companies within a 
predetermined and appropriate comparator group. The 
Remuneration Committee’s intention is to reward only TSR 
performance which outperforms the comparator group.
Subsequent awards may be granted by the Remuneration 
Committee within six weeks following the Company’s 
announcement of its financial results for any annual or 
six month period. The Remuneration Committee may also 
grant awards at any other time when it considers there to 
be exceptional circumstances which justify the granting of 
awards (for example, in the case of recruitment).
An employee may not receive such subsequent awards in 
any financial year in respect of Ordinary Shares having a 
market value in excess of 150% of their annual base salary in 
that financial year.
As a general rule, an award will lapse upon a participant’s 
termination of employment within the Group, with certain 
exceptions permissible solely at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee (death, injury, ill-health, redundancy 
etc).
The Performance Share Plan awards were approved by 
Shareholders at a general meeting of the Company on 2 
August 2021.
NEW OPTION PLAN
In connection with the CRH Lime Acquisitions, on 4 January 
2024 the Company adopted the New Option Plan (to be 
known as the ‘SigmaRoc plc Share Option Plan 2023’) in 
order to incentivise the executives and senior management 
of the Group and align their interests with those of 
Shareholders.
Key terms of the New Option Plan are as follows:
	- Administration and eligibility: The Remuneration 
Committee administers the plan. Any Group employee, 
including executive directors, can participate at the 
Committee's discretion, with additional eligibility criteria 
for tax-qualified options;
	- Operation and terms: The plan will operate only once, 
granting options conditional on Admission (being 
admission of the enlarged Group to trading on AIM on 
4 January 2024) as a one-off in connection with the 
proposals. It's not expected that future grants will be 
made under this plan unless deemed exceptional by the 
Remuneration Committee. No payment is required for the 
grant of these options, which are not transferable except 
upon death or with Remuneration Committee consent;
	- Grant details: New options have been granted for a total 
of 56,373,757 Ordinary Shares, representing 5.1% of the 
Company’s issued share capital upon grant. The final 
amount granted under the New Option Plan is higher than 
what was published in the Admission Document, however 
executive director allocations have not changed, as the 
Admission Document figure had not taken into account 
the change in the placing price and resultant increase in 
Ordinary Shares. The exercise price is set at 60 pence per 
share, and options vest on the third anniversary of the 
date of grant being 4 January 2027;
	- Plan limits: The plan operates within the Company's 
existing 10% dilution limits over a ten-year period, 
including new issue, treasury or market-purchased 
Ordinary Shares;
	- Timing of grants: New options were granted on 4 January 
2024, with no further grants planned unless under 
exceptional circumstances;
	- Corporate events and leaving employment: Provisions 
detail how options are affected by corporate changes 
or employment termination, allowing for early vesting or 
adjustments in certain scenarios;
	- Malus and clawback: The Remuneration Committee 
may apply these provisions for material misstatements 
of financial results, errors, misconduct, corporate failure, 
or reputational damage, affecting unexercised options or 
requiring repayment of shares received;
	- Participants’ rights and shares: New options don't confer 
shareholder rights until exercised, and shares allotted will 
rank equally with existing shares except for prior record 
date rights; and
	- Amendments and termination: The plan can be amended 
by the Remuneration Committee with participant and 
shareholder consent under certain conditions, ensuring 
no adverse changes to participant terms without majority 
consent and maintaining compliance with the employees' 
share scheme definition under the Companies Act 2006.
PENSION 
Pensions are provided to aid recruitment and retention by 
allowing the executive directors to make provision for long-
term retirement benefits. These are comparable with similar 
roles in similar companies. Executive directors are currently 
entitled to receive 10 per cent of their base salary with a 
cap of £40,000 per financial year. There are no performance 
criteria associated with receiving this benefit. 
OTHER BENEFITS 
The Group also provides competitive and cost-effective 
benefits that may include private medical insurance, 
car allowance, employee benefits insurance and the 
reimbursement of certain travel costs. There are no 
performance criteria associated with receiving these benefits.
All our UK employees, over 500, have been offered both 
private medical insurance and group life assurance. Our 
benefits provider commented that the uptake of this offering 
from our employees was unprecedented, with many adding 
family members. 
SigmaRoc has also engaged MUFG Corporate Markets to set 
up a share incentive plan for all UK employees, an offering 
we already have in the Channel Islands. Under the terms of 
the SIP, each eligible employee can contribute from salary to 
purchase Ordinary Shares. We are continuing to investigate 
share plans for our European operations.
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Non-executive directors each receive a market rate basic fee, 
subject to time commitment requirements, for holding the 
office of non-executive director which is set by the Board as 
a whole.
Non-executive directors no longer participate in any incentive 
scheme, share scheme or pension arrangement (except for 
minimum statutory requirements), but may be eligible to 
receive benefits such as the use of secretarial support, travel 
costs or other benefits that may be appropriate. 
Service agreements / letters of appointment of Directors 
and loss of office
Each of the directors has a service agreement or letter of 
appointment with the Company as follows: 
DIRECTOR 
Date joined 
Notice 
Director 
Notice 
Company 
DAVID BARRETT 
22 August 2016
12 months
12 months
MAX VERMORKEN 
22 August 2016
12 months
12 months
JAN VAN BEEK
13 May 2024
6 months
6 months
TIM HALL 
18 April 2019
6 months
6 months
SIMON CHISHOLM 
20 April 2020
6 months
6 months
JACQUES EMSENS 
20 April 2020
6 months
6 months
AXELLE HENRY
26 April 2022
6 months
6 months
PETER JOHNSON
13 April 2024
6 months
6 months
FRANCESCA MEDDA
13 April 2024
6 months
6 months
When it comes to payments and loss of office, the Board will 
always look to act in the shareholders’ interest.
NOTICE PERIODS AND PAYMENTS IN LIEU OF NOTICE
The maximum notice period for executive directors is 12 
months, however the Committee retains the right to terminate 
an executive director’s service agreement by making a 
payment in lieu of notice. The payment will include salary, 
cost of benefits and loss of pension provision for the notice 
period (or the unexpired portion of it).
Annual bonus
The payment of a bonus for the year in which the executive 
director leaves is determined by the Remuneration 
Committee, taking into consideration their contribution up 
to the leaving date and normal pro-rating for time in service 
during the year.
Other payments
In appropriate circumstances, other payments may also 
be made, such as in respect of accrued holiday and 
outplacement and legal fees. 
RECRUITMENT POLICY
The Remuneration Committee will seek to ensure that when 
appointing a new executive director, their remuneration 
arrangements are in the best interests of the Company, and 
not more than is appropriate. The Committee will determine 
a new executive director’s remuneration package in line with 
the policy set out above, however discretionary awards may 
be made in appropriate circumstances, such as:  
	- An interim appointment to fill a role on a short-term basis;

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
161
Remuneration Committee Report
	- Provide relocation, travel and subsistence payments;
	- Reflect remuneration arrangements provided by a previous 
employer; and
	- Reimbursement of costs incurred as a consequence of 
resigning from their previous employment.
EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS FOR EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTORS
The Company recognises that its executive directors may 
be invited to become non-executive directors of other 
companies. Such non-executive duties can broaden a 
director’s experience and knowledge which can benefit 
SigmaRoc. Subject to approval by the Board, executive 
directors are allowed to accept non-executive appointments, 
provided that these appointments are not likely to lead to 
conflicts of interest, and the Committee will consider its 
approach to the treatment of any fees received by executive 
directors in respect of non-executive roles as they arise.
CONSIDERATION OF SHAREHOLDERS’ VIEWS
The Committee is committed to an ongoing dialogue 
with shareholders and welcomes feedback on directors’ 
remuneration. The Committee seeks to engage directly 
with major shareholders and their representative bodies 
on changes to the policy. The Committee will also 
consider shareholder feedback received in relation to the 
remuneration-related resolution to be put forward at this 
year’s AGM. This, together with any additional feedback 
received from time to time (including any updates to 
shareholders’ remuneration guidelines), is then considered as 
part of the Committee’s annual review of remuneration policy 
and its implementation.
In its 2021 review of executive remuneration the Committee 
conducted a comprehensive consultation exercise which 
elicited feedback from the Company’s largest shareholders. 
The Committee was very grateful for the views received. The 
feedback, which was largely positive, was used constructively 
to shape our remuneration arrangements.
CONSIDERATION OF EMPLOYMENT CONDITIONS 
ACROSS THE GROUP
The Committee closely monitors the pay and conditions 
of the wider workforce, and the design of the directors’ 
remuneration policy is informed by the policy for employees 
across the Group.
While employees are not formally consulted on the design 
of the directors’ remuneration policy, the Board will receive 
views through our designated workforce representative on a 
variety of areas including pay.
DIFFERENCES IN PAY POLICY FOR EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTORS COMPARED TO EMPLOYEES
As for the executive directors, general practice across the 
Group is to recruit employees at competitive market levels 
of remuneration, incentives and benefits to attract and retain 
employees, accounting for national and regional talent 
pools. When considering salary increases for directors, 
the Committee considers salary increases and pay and 
employment conditions across the wider workforce. The 
pension contribution for executive directors is consistent 
with that for the general workforce. Senior employees can 
earn annual bonuses for delivering exceptional performance, 
with corporate performance measures aligned to those set 
for the executive directors. All UK based employees, including 
the executive directors, have the opportunity to participate in 
the tax-approved share incentive plans.
There are some differences in the structure of the 
remuneration policy for the executive directors compared 
to that for other employees within the organisation, which 
the Committee believes are necessary to reflect the differing 
levels of seniority and responsibility. At senior levels, 
remuneration is increasingly long-term, and ‘at risk’ with an 
increased emphasis on performance-related pay and share- 
based remuneration. This ensures the remuneration of the 
executives is aligned with both the long-term performance of 
the Company and the interests of Shareholders.
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
The remuneration of the executive directors for the year ended 31 December 2024 was as shown in the table below:
31 December 2024
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Directors’ fees
£'000
Bonus
£'000
Taxable benefits
£'000
Pension benefits
£'000
Total
£'000
DAVID BARRETT 
390
488
-
40
918
MAX VERMORKEN
550
688
-
40
1,278
GARTH PALMER
390
488
-
40
918
1,330
1,663
-
120
3,114
The remuneration of the executive directors for the year ended 31 December 2023 was as shown in the table below:
31 December 2023
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Directors’ fees
£'000
Bonus
£'000
Taxable benefits
£'000
Pension benefits
£'000
Total
£'000
DAVID BARRETT 
375
469
15
22
881
MAX VERMORKEN
475
594
15
48
1,132
GARTH PALMER
375
469
15
33
892
1,225
1,532
45
103
2,905
Options were issued to the Executive Directors on 4 January 2024 and the fair value has been recognised in the accounts in 
accordance with IFRS 2. For further information please refer to note 29.  
In 2024, the first tranche of LTIP’s granted in 2021 vested and the fair value has been recognised in the accounts in accordance 
with IFRS 2. None of these options have been exercised. For further information please refer to note 29.  
Reflecting the strong financial performance of the Group 
in a challenging year, the earnings outcome for the year 
was ahead of the maximum EPS target of 7.8p. As a result, 
the EPS measure was achieved in full. Based on a bonus 
opportunity of 125% of base salary, and a 50% weighting 
against the EPS condition, performance against this measure 
delivered a bonus outcome of 62.5% of base salary.
CORPORATE OBJECTIVES  
(50% OF THE TOTAL BONUS)
The remaining 50% of the overall bonus pertained to 
corporate objectives, and this year was focused on 
acquisition and integration of the CRH Lime Acquisitions 
plus improvement in the Group’s carbon emission intensity. 
Specific targets and their relative weighting were set as 
follows:
TYPE
Description
Weight
SYNERGIES
Communication to market of a 
minimum of €30m of identified & 
verified synergies
12.5%
M&A
Acquisition & integration of CRH Deal 2
12.5%
M&A
Acquisition & integration of CRH Deal 3
12.5%
ESG
YoY improvement in carbon emission 
intensity
12.5%
At publication of the FY23 results, the Group confirmed 
it had identified and verified a minimum of €30 million in 
synergies to be delivered during or before FY27. The Group 
then guided that figure up to €35 million in September when 
it published its interim FY24 results and then as part of these 
Accounts, and following completion of CRH Deal 3, the Group 
has confirmed it has identified a minimum of €35 million in 
verified synergies.
The Group completed the acquisition of CRH Deal 2 on 27 
March 2024 and CRH Deal 3 on 2 September 2024 and both 
businesses were successfully integrated into the Group 
thereafter, as demonstrated by the Group’s strong financial 
performance for the year.
In terms of ESG, the Group reported a YoY improvement of 
8% and 46% from the 2021 baseline in its carbon emission 
intensity.
The 50% of the overall bonus pertaining to corporate 
objectives was therefore achieved in full in 2024.
Overall, the bonus outcome for the year, taking into account 
financial performance and the delivery of corporate 
objectives, was 100% of the maximum.
The overall bonus for the year in service as a director was as 
follows:
David Barrett – 125% of base salary
Max Vermorken – 125% of base salary
Garth Palmer – 125% of base salary
The Remuneration Committee believes these outcomes 
fairly reflect the performance of the business over the 2024 
financial year.
ANNUAL BONUS FOR 2024
The annual bonus opportunity for each executive director was 125% of base salary (pro-rated for service). The 2024 annual 
bonus was based on the achievement of stretching underlying EPS targets for 50% with the remaining 50% based on corporate 
objectives.
Underlying EPS (50% of the total bonus)
THRESHOLD LEVEL OF 
UNDERLYING EPS
Maximum level of underlying EPS
Actual level of underlying EPS
Bonus earned (percentage of max)
6.2p
7.8p
8.35p
100.0%

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
163
Remuneration Committee Report
PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN
The PSP was granted under the PSP in October 2021, with 
awards vesting subject to a performance condition based on 
underlying EPS growth for the year ending 31 December 2023 
and TSR over a three-year period relative to the AIM 100 index.
In September 2024, the Remuneration Committee met to 
consider the performance of the executive management team 
in relation to the performance conditions set within the PSP.
The Committee concluded that the management team 
delivered above expected performance in relation to the 
EPS performance condition as defined in the PSP, reaching 
8.12p for the year 2023. As a result of this performance, the 
Remuneration Committee considered the EPS performance 
condition of the PSP as satisfied for the year ended 31 
December 2023.
The Committee further concluded that the management 
team delivered above expected performance in relation to the 
TSR performance condition as defined in the PSP, whereby 
SigmaRoc’s TSR for the 3 year period from 31 August 2021 to 
31 August 2024 was down 13%, whereas the AIM100 index 
over the same period was down 43%.
Consequently, Part I awards vested on 31 August 2024, with 
Part II to vest on 31 August 2025 and Part III on 31 August 
2026.
No PSP awards were granted in 2024.
SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN
During 2024, the SIP trustee purchased (using the cash 
contributions made by employees) a total of 77,258 Ordinary 
Shares at an average price of 67.28 pence per share. 
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
Beneficial interests of directors, their families and trusts in Ordinary Shares of the Company at 31 December 2024 were:
Ordinary Shares
Vested options
Unvested options 
Ordinary Shares 
as % of salary
Holding guideline 
met?
DAVID BARRETT
3,940,234
7,201,494
8,817,875
429%
Yes
MAX VERMORKEN
1,037,561
15,547,869
19,841,323
81%
Yes
GARTH PALMER 
829,666
7,245,874
-
90%
Yes
TIM HALL
442,282
750,000
-
n/a
n/a
SIMON CHISHOLM
-
-
-
n/a
n/a
JACQUES EMSENS
-
-
-
n/a
n/a
AXELLE HENRY
-
-
-
n/a
n/a
PETER JOHNSON
110,062
-
-
n/a
n/a
FRANCESCA MEDDA
-
-
-
n/a
n/a
In 2022 the Committee introduced a minimum shareholding guideline for executive directors, whereby they are expected to build 
and maintain a shareholding equivalent to 75% of their base salary. Current holdings of Ordinary Shares by the executive directors 
represent cash investments made by them into the Company and no Ordinary Shares that they currently hold have been granted 
to them by the Company in connection with their employment. When that changes the Committee will reassess the minimum 
shareholding guideline and revise accordingly.
CEO REMUNERATION
The total remuneration figures, including annual bonus and vested PSP awards (shown as a percentage of the maximum that 
could have been achieved) for the CEO for each of the last five financial years are shown in the table below.
YEAR
CEO
CEO total remuneration 
£’000
Annual bonus pay-out against 
maximum opportunity %
PSP vesting rates %
2024
Max Vermorken
1,278
100.0
33%
2023
Max Vermorken
1,132
100.0
n/a
2022
Max Vermorken
1,148
100.0
n/a
2021
Max Vermorken
1,223
100.0
n/a
2020
Max Vermorken
938
177.0
n/a
1 Entitled to 100% but voluntarily offered to reduce due to COVID pandemic while achieving Group targets set prior to COVID pandemic. 
IMPLEMENTATION OF POLICY IN 2025
Base salaries
Current base salaries for executive directors were established 
as part of the Committee review in 2021.
The Committee carefully considered base salaries for 
executive directors during 2024 and has proposed the 
following changes to be effective in 2025:
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Base Salary 2024 
£'000
Base Salary 2024 
£'000
DAVID BARRETT
390
495
MAX VERMORKEN
550
675
GARTH PALMER1
390
n/a
JAN VAN BEEK2
n/a
400
1 Resigned on 31 December 2024
2 Appointed to the Board on 1 January 2025
The Committee also undertook a review of salaries across 
the broader Group toward the end of 2024 to ensure they 
remain commensurate, particularly given recent global 
inflationary trends and resulting cost of living pressures. 
Inflation rates by country, across multiple reference dates, 
were compared to recent and proposed changes to Group 
workforce salaries and wages. While severity of, and 
responses to, cost-of-living increases varied by country 
across the Group, the Committee was satisfied that the 
changes implemented to date, and where applicable, those 
that were proposed, were fair and reasonable.
Non-Executive Directors’ Fees 
The basic fee for the non-executive directors for 2024 was 
£70,000 and a change to £75,000 for 2025 is proposed. The 
senior independent non-executive director will receive an 
increment of £10,000. Non-executive directors that chair a 
committee will receive an additional fee of £5,000 for each 
committee chaired.
Annual bonus
For 2025, the executive directors will have the opportunity 
to earn a bonus of up to 150% of their base salary. The 
bonus will be subject to stretching performance conditions 
based on underlying EBITDA, free cash flow generation and 
delivered synergies combined (75%) and corporate objectives 
(25%). The performance targets contain confidential 
information and so are not disclosed on a prospective 
basis. The Committee propose to disclose the targets, and 
performance against them, retrospectively as was the case 
in 2024.
PSP AWARDS
The Committee does not expect to grant any further awards 
under the PSP in 2025.
PROPOSED POLICY CHANGE COMMENCING 2025
In an ongoing effort to ensure that the executive 
compensation supports our strategy of delivering long-term 
sustainable performance that benefits all of our stakeholders, 
the remuneration committee has conducted a compensation 
review of the Company’s senior management. The specific 
areas for consideration were the total compensation of the 
Chief Executive, Executive Chairman and the Chief Financial 
Officer.
For comparative purposes, companies considered were the 
constituents of the FTSE 250 Construction and Materials 
segment, which is consistent with the companies considered 
in the 2021 Committee review.
Full details will be drafted and circulated in anticipation of 
approval at the upcoming AGM on 1 May 2025.
This report was approved by the Board on 14 March 2025.
Simon Chisholm
Nordkalk site in Pargas, Finland

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
165
The Nomination Committee keeps the 
leadership of the Group under review and 
ensures the Board can govern effectively now 
and in the future. 
KEY ACTIVITIES CARRIED OUT IN 2024 
During the year the Nomination Committee concluded its 
search for potential independent non-executive director 
candidates to be appointed to the Board to bolster the 
Company’s corporate governance. The Nomination Committee 
also assessed potential candidates for the CFO succession.
COMMITTEE DUTIES 
The duties of the Nomination Committee are as follows: 
	- To be responsible for identifying and nominating for the 
approval of the Board, candidates to fill Board vacancies 
as and when they arise; 
	- Evaluate the balance of skills, knowledge and experience 
on the Board; 
	- Keep up to date and fully informed about strategic issues 
and commercial changes affecting the Group and the 
market in which it operates; 
	- Give full consideration to succession planning for both 
executive and non-executive directors and other senior 
management in the course of its work, taking into account 
the challenges and opportunities facing the Company 
and what skills and expertise are therefore needed on the 
Board in the future; 
	- Regularly review the structure, size and composition 
(including the skills, knowledge and experience) required 
of the Board compared to its current position and make 
recommendations to the Board with regard to any 
changes; 
	- Keep under review the leadership needs of the 
organisation, both executive and non- executive, with a 
view to ensuring the continued ability of the organisation 
to compete effectively in the marketplace; and
	- The Nomination Committee shall make recommendations 
to the Board as regards plans for succession for both 
executive and non-executive directors. 
Nomination 
Committee 
Report
CHAIR STATEMENT 
"It is a pleasure to be the 
Chairman of the Nomination 
Committee in a business that 
is exponentially growing. I 
look forward to supporting 
the Group in ensuring that we 
have the best executive and 
senior management teams in 
place that suit the strategy, 
business model and culture of 
SigmaRoc." 
This report was approved by the Board on 14 March 2025.
Peter Johnson 
Independent Non-Executive Director
Peter Johnson 
Independent  
Non-Executive 
Director
Poundfield precast concrete products
Board Members
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
Nomination Committee Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors Report
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Independent Auditor’s Report  
  to the Members of SigmaRoc plc
Definitions

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
167
The Directors recognise the importance of 
sound corporate governance. As a Company 
whose shares are traded on AIM, the Board 
has decided to comply with the QCA Code. In 
addition, the Directors have adopted a code 
of conduct for dealings in the shares of the 
Company by directors and employees and 
are committed to maintaining the highest 
standards of corporate governance. 
Simon Chisholm, in his capacity as Senior Independent 
Director, has assumed responsibility for ensuring that 
the Company has appropriate corporate governance 
standards in place and that these requirements are 
followed and applied within the Company as a whole.
The corporate governance arrangements that the Board has 
adopted are designed to ensure that the Company delivers 
long term value to its Shareholders and that Shareholders 
have the opportunity to express their views and expectations 
for the Company in a manner that encourages open dialogue 
with the Board.
The Board recognises that its decisions regarding strategy 
and risk will impact the corporate culture of the Company 
as a whole and that this will impact the performance of 
the Company. The Board is very aware that the tone and 
culture set by the Board will greatly impact all aspects of the 
Company as a whole and the way that employees behave. A 
large part of the Company’s activities are centred upon what 
needs to be an open and respectful dialogue with employees, 
customers and other stakeholders. Therefore, the importance 
of sound ethical values and behaviours is crucial to the 
ability of the Company successfully to achieve its corporate 
objectives. The Board places great importance on this aspect 
of corporate life and seeks to ensure that this flows through 
all that the Company does. 
The key governance related matters that occurred during the 
financial year ended 31 December 2024 were:
1. Appointing two new independent NEDs to the Board.
2. Updating Board committee structures in line with best 
practice.
3. Succession planning for Group CFO.
4. Adoption of Bullying & Harassment, Board Diversity and 
Freedom of Association policies.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
The QCA Code sets out 10 principles that should be applied. 
These are listed below together with a short explanation of 
how the Company applies each of the principles: 
Corporate 
Governance 
Report
Nordkalk site in Tytyri, Finland
Board Members
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
Nomination Committee Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors Report
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Independent Auditor’s Report  
  to the Members of SigmaRoc plc
Definitions

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
169
PRINCIPLE ONE
Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-
term value for shareholders
Strategy and purpose: The Company invests in and acquires 
businesses in the lime and minerals sector. The principal 
activity of the Group is the production of lime and minerals 
products. The Group’s aim is to create value for shareholders 
through the successful execution of its strategy in the lime 
and minerals sector. 
Lime and limestone are key resources in the transition to 
a more sustainable economy. New applications for lime 
and limestone products as part of a drive for sustainability 
include the production and recycling of lithium batteries, 
the decarbonisation of construction including through 
substitution of cementitious material and new building 
materials, and environmental applications including lake 
liming, air pollution and direct air capture.
Business model: The Group’s business plan is to acquire 
high quality and well managed quarried materials assets 
in the lime and minerals sector, providing the Group with a 
strong operating platform, diversified income streams and 
stable cash flows in order to grow the Group and execute 
on its strategy further. The Group is run as a commercially 
minded business, seeking to return an increase on 
investment capital to shareholders.
SigmaRoc seeks to create value by purchasing assets in 
fragmented markets and extracting efficiencies through 
active management and by forming the assets into larger 
groups. It seeks to de-risk its investments through the 
selection of projects with strong asset backing. The Group 
seeks to implement operational efficiencies that improve 
safety, enhance productivity, increase profitability and 
ultimately create value for shareholders.
PRINCIPLE TWO 
Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and 
expectations
Shareholder dialogue: The Company remains committed to 
listening and communicating openly with its shareholders to 
ensure that its strategy, business model and performance 
are clearly understood. Understanding what analysts and 
investors think about the Company, and in turn, helping these 
audiences understand the Company’s business, is a key part 
of driving the business forward and the Company actively 
seeks dialogue with the market. The Company does so via 
investor roadshows, attending investor conferences, hosting 
capital markets days and through regular reporting.  
Private Shareholders: The AGM is the main forum for 
dialogue between retail shareholders and the Company. 
The Directors routinely attend the AGM and are available 
to answer questions raised by shareholders. The results 
of the AGM are subsequently published on the Company’s 
corporate website. In addition, the Company has engaged 
with Investor Meet Company, a technology platform 
that allows presentations and Q&A between Company 
management and private investors. Regular updates have 
been made on this platform throughout the year. Other ad 
hoc presentations to private investors have been made in 
the year.
Institutional Shareholders: The Company actively seeks to 
build relationships with institutional shareholders through 
calls, presentations and visits. Shareholder relations are 
managed primarily by the CEO and the Head of Investor 
Relations, but the Executive Chairman and Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director are also available 
to meet with major shareholders to discuss issues of 
importance. The Directors and Investor Relations team 
completed over 200 presentations with investors in 2024.
PRINCIPLE THREE 
Take into account wider stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their implications for long-term success
Engagement: Engaging with stakeholders strengthens 
relationships and helps make better business decisions to 
deliver on commitments. The Company is regularly updated 
on wider stakeholder engagement feedback to stay abreast 
of stakeholder insights into the issues that matter most to 
them and the Group’s business, and to enable the Board to 
understand and consider these issues in decision-making. 
With shareholders, suppliers and customers, employees 
are one of the most important stakeholder groups and 
employees’ engagement surveys and feedback are closely 
monitored.
Employees, contractors and suppliers: The Group has 
established a safe and healthy work environment, which 
complies with the relevant occupational health & safety 
laws. The Group ensures that the workforce is provided 
with sufficient training to develop the appropriate skills and 
knowledge to complete the tasks requested of them.
For the sake of occupational health & safety, all contractors 
and sub-contractors are treated in exactly the same manner 
as employees.
Communities: The Group has supported and given back to 
the community by participating in a selection of projects in 
recent years. Further details of the Group’s environmental, 
social and governance related initiatives for the year are 
detailed in the ESG and Stakeholder Reports included in 
these Accounts. 
Modern slavery: As part of our mission to “do the right 
thing” we oppose modern slavery in all its forms and work to 
prevent it by any means that we can. We expect anyone who 
has any suspicions of modern slavery in our business or our 
supply chain to raise their concerns without delay.
PRINCIPLE FOUR 
Risk management, embed effective risk management, 
considering both opportunities and threats, throughout the 
organisation
Risk register: To assist the Board with effectively managing 
risk across the Group, the Company has established a risk 
register which is reviewed periodically.
Internal control: The Company has an established 
framework of internal control, the effectiveness of which 
is regularly reviewed by executive management, the Audit 
Committee and the Board, in light of an ongoing assessment 
of significant risks facing the Company and the Group.
The Company recognises that maintaining sound controls 
and discipline is critical to managing the downside risks to its 
business plan.
The Board has ultimate responsibility for the Group’s system 
of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness. The 
Audit Committee assists the Board in discharging its duties 
regarding the financial statements, accounting policies and 
the maintenance of proper internal business, and operational 
and financial controls.
The Board presently considers that the internal controls in 
place are appropriate for the size, complexity and risk profile 
of the Group.  
PRINCIPLE FIVE 
Maintain the board as a well-functioning, balanced team led 
by the chair
Board composition: The Board comprises the Executive 
Chairman, two Executive Directors, and six Non-Executive 
Directors, all of whom are deemed independent. The Board 
considers, after careful review, that the Independent Non-
Executive Directors bring an independent judgement to bear.
The biographies and details of committee membership of 
the members of the Board can be found on the Company’s 
website: sigmaroc.com/investors/board
The Board is satisfied that it has a suitable balance between 
independence and knowledge of the Group and its operations 
to discharge its duties and responsibilities effectively. The 
Board receives periodic updates from the management 
team. All Directors are encouraged to use their independent 
judgement and to challenge all matters, whether strategic, 
operational or financial. Membership of the Board, its 
activities, performance and composition are subject to 
periodic review.
Conflicts of interest: The Company has effective procedures 
in place to monitor and deal with conflicts of interest. The 
Board is aware of the other commitments and interests of its 
directors, and changes to these commitments and interests 
are reported to, and, where appropriate, agreed with, the rest 
of the Board.
Formal quarterly meetings and meetings
DIRECTOR
Attended
Eligible to attend
MAX VERMORKEN
4
4
DAVID BARRETT
4
4
GARTH PALMER
4
4
SIMON CHISHOLM
4
4
JACQUES EMSENS
4
4
TIM HALL
3
4
AXELLE HENRY
4
4
PETER JOHNSON
3
3
FRANCESCA MEDDA
2
3
PRINCIPLE SIX 
Ensure that between them the directors have the necessary 
up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities
Suitability: The Board guides and monitors the business 
and affairs of the Company on behalf of the shareholders by 
whom they are elected and to whom they are accountable. 
The Board is satisfied that given its size and stage of 
development, between the Directors, it has an effective and 
appropriate balance of skills and experience across technical, 
commercial and financial disciplines.
The Company complies with the QCA Code and full 
biographical details of the Directors and their skills and 
experience can be found on the Company’s website:  
sigmaroc.com/investors/board
Appointment, removal and re-election: The Nominations 
Committee makes decisions regarding the appointment 
and removal of Directors, and there is a formal, rigorous and 
transparent procedure for appointments.
Independent advice: All Directors are able to take 
independent professional advice in the furtherance of their 
duties, if necessary, at the Company’s expense. In addition, 
the Directors have direct access to the advice and services of 
the Company Secretary and Chief Financial Officer.
PRINCIPLE SEVEN 
Evaluate board performance based on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking continuous improvement
Appraisal: The Chairman assesses the individual contributions 
of each member of the Board to ensure that their contribution 
is relevant and effective; they are committed; and where 
relevant, they have maintained their independence.
An evaluation of the Board will be carried out annually and on 
a three-yearly cycle. The evaluations may be facilitated by an 
independent evaluator.
The Remuneration Committee will compare the performance 
of the Board with the requirements of its charter, the 
Company vision and KPIs.
Succession: Succession planning is considered by the 
Board as a whole. The Board will annually review and make 
recommendations relating to talent management and 
succession planning for the Board and the CEO.
PRINCIPLE EIGHT 
Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values 
and behaviours
Code of conduct: The Board has adopted a code of conduct 
which provides a framework for ethical decision-making and 
actions across the Group. The code of conduct reiterates 
the Group’s commitment to integrity and fair dealing in 
its business affairs and its duty of care to all employees, 
contractors and stakeholders.
Each Board member’s adherence to the Group’s code of 
conduct is assessed as part of the annual Board review and 
appraisal.
Anti-corruption and bribery: The Board has adopted an anti-
corruption and bribery policy to further ensure honest and 
ethical conduct of employees. The Company also provides 
Corporate Governance Report

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
171
periodic training to employees to ensure they are aware of 
their responsibilities in relation to bribery and corruption.
The Company has a zero-tolerance approach to bribery and 
corruption. The Company’s General Counsel is responsible 
for monitoring compliance with and maintaining the anti-
corruption and bribery policy.
Other policies: The Board has adopted further policies to 
promote the values of the Group and encourage honest and 
ethical conduct of employees. These policies are available on 
the Company’s website: sigmaroc.com/investors/policies
PRINCIPLE NINE 
Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for 
purpose and support good decision-making by the board
Board programme: The Board is responsible for approving 
the Company strategy and policies, for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group, and is the ultimate decision-making 
body of the Company in all matters except those that are 
reserved for specific shareholder approval.
The Board meets formally at least four times each year 
in accordance with its scheduled meeting calendar and 
maintains regular dialogue between Board members, in 
particular between the CEO, the Chairman and the non-
executive Board members. The Board also meets informally 
once per month to receive updates from the CEO and CFO 
with regard to financial and operational performance.
The Board and its Committees receive appropriate and timely 
information prior to each meeting, with a formal agenda 
being produced for each meeting, and Board and Committee 
papers distributed several days before meetings take place.
Roles and responsibilities: There is a clear division of 
responsibility at the head of the Company between the 
Chairman and the CEO.
The Board is supported by the Audit, Remuneration, AIM and 
MAR Compliance, ESG and Nominations committees. Each 
committee has access to such resources, information, and 
advice as it deems necessary, at the cost of the Company, to 
enable the committee to discharge its duties.
As the Group grows and develops the Board will periodically 
review its corporate governance framework to ensure it 
remains appropriate for the size, complexity and risk profile 
of the Group.
PRINCIPLE TEN 
Communicate how the Company is governed and is 
performing by maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and 
other relevant stakeholders
Communication: The Company attaches great importance 
to providing shareholders with clear and transparent 
information on the Company's activities, strategy and 
financial position through the Annual Report and Accounts, 
full-year and half-year announcements, the Annual General 
Meeting (AGM) and one-to-one meetings with large existing 
or potential new shareholders.
The Company announces significant developments via 
various outlets including the London Stock Exchange’s 
Regulatory News Service (RNS).
The Company makes its policies and the terms of reference 
for its committees available on its website.
The Board receives regular updates on the views of 
shareholders through briefings and reports from the CEO 
and the Company’s brokers. The Company communicates 
with institutional investors frequently through briefings 
with management. In addition, analysts’ notes and brokers’ 
briefings are reviewed to achieve a wide understanding of 
investors’ views.
Corporate Governance Report
CDH bluestone workshop 
in Soignies, Belgium

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
173
The Directors present their report, together 
with the audited Financial Statements, for the 
year ended 31 December 2024. 
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 
The principal activity of the Company is to make investments 
and/or acquire businesses and assets in the lime and 
minerals sectors. The principal activity of the Group is the 
production of lime and minerals products.
BOARD COMPOSITION AND HEAD OFFICE
The Board comprised of three Executive Directors and six 
Non-Executive Directors at year end. The Corporate Head 
Office of the Company is in London, UK.
RISK MANAGEMENT
The Board is responsible for the Group’s risk management 
and continues to develop policies and procedures that reflect 
the nature and scale of the Group’s business. Further details 
of the key areas of risk to the business identified by the 
Group are included on pages 68 to 73.
Details of the Group’s financial risk management policies are 
set out in Note 3 to the Financial Statements.
RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS 
For the year to 31 December 2024, the Group’s underlying 
profit before tax was £117.6 million (2023: £65.8 million) 
while total profit before tax was £44.5 million (2023: £23.2 
million) and underlying profit after tax was £98.1 million 
(2023: £58.8 million) while total profit after tax was £28.6 
million (2023: £16.7 million). Recognising the Group’s 
strategy and current position on its journey, the Directors are 
not proposing to adopt a dividend policy yet, however, this will 
be reviewed once the Group’s Covenant Leverage is below 
1.5x.
STATED CAPITAL 
Details of the Company’s shares in issue are set out in Note 
28 to the Financial Statements. 
DIRECTORS 
The following Directors served during the year: 
DIRECTOR
Position
DAVID BARRETT
Chairman
MAX VERMORKEN
Chief Executive Officer
GARTH PALMER 
Chief Financial Officer  
(Resigned December 2024)
TIM HALL
Independent Non-Executive Director
SIMON CHISHOLM
Independent Non-Executive Director
JACQUES EMSENS
Independent Non-Executive Director
AXELLE HENRY
Independent Non-Executive Director
PETER JOHNSON
Independent Non-Executive Director  
(Joined April 2024)
FRANCESCA MEDDA
Independent Non-Executive Director  
(Joined April 2024)
Directors 
Report
DIRECTORS & DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
The Directors who served during the year ended 31 December 2024 are shown below and had, at that time, the following beneficial 
interests in the shares of the Company:
31 DECEMBER 2024
31 DECEMBER 2023
Ordinary Shares
Vested Options
Ordinary Shares
Vested Options 
MAX VERMORKEN
1,037,561
15,547,869
827,034
11,807,349
DAVID BARRETT
3,940,234
7,201,494
3,434,180 
5,638,674 
GARTH PALMER 
829,666
7,245,874
671,776 
3,326,014 
TIM HALL
442,282
750,000
400,176 
750,000 
SIMON CHISHOLM
- 
- 
- 
- 
JACQUES EMSENS
-
-
-
-
AXELLE HENRY
-
-
-
-
PETER JOHNSON 
110,062
-
-
-
FRANCESCA MEDDA
-
-
-
-
Further details on options can be found in Note 29 to the Financial Statements.
Details on the remuneration of the Directors can be found in Note 10 to the Financial Statements.
David Barrett and board members on site visit in Germany
Board Members
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
Nomination Committee Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors Report
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Independent Auditor’s Report  
  to the Members of SigmaRoc plc
Definitions

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
175
Directors Report
SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDINGS 
The Company is aware that, as at 14 March 2025, other than 
the Directors, the interests of Shareholders holding three 
per cent or more of the issued share capital of the Company 
were as shown in the table below:
SHAREHOLDER 
Shares held
Percentage of 
holdings
FMR
111,485,453
10.0%
CAPITAL RESEARCH GLOBAL 
INVESTORS
89,188,362
8.0%
CONVERSANT CAPITAL
65,947,368
5.9%
INVESCO
49,369,862
4.4%
BGF
46,105,973
4.1%
RETTIG GROUP
44,229,181
4.0%
JANUS HENDERSON
44,140,337
4.0%
SLATER INVESTMENTS
37,630,812
3.4%
POLAR CAPITAL
33,788,173
3.0%
INHERITANCE TAX
Shares in AIM quoted trading companies or a holding 
company of a trading group may, after a 2-year holding 
period, qualify for Business Property Relief for United 
Kingdom inheritance tax purposes, subject to the detailed 
conditions for the relief. From 6 April 2026, this will be capped 
at £1 million and assets over £1 million will be subject to 50% 
relief. However, it is recommended shareholders get their 
own tax advice. 
Investors should note that Business Property Relief would 
cease to be available if the Company’s shares were to 
become listed on an HMRC designated stock exchange, for 
example, the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange.
EMPLOYEES 
By being responsible for their own businesses, that are 
aligned with the overall Group’s strategy, employees are fully 
aware of their impact and contribution as they are inherently 
responsible for their own success. The Group and each 
business are committed to employing the best they can, not 
only in skills and competence but also in their softer skills, 
regardless of who they are or where they have come from. 
Once engaged, each employee is nurtured and developed 
locally with opportunities within each business and platform 
offered openly.  
POLITICAL CONTRIBUTION
The Group did not make any contributions to political parties 
during either the current or the previous year.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 
The AGM will be held at The Chesterfield Mayfair Hotel, 35 
Charles Street, London W1J 5EB on 1 May 2025 at 3:00 
pm. The formal notice convening the AGM, together with 
explanatory notes on the resolutions contained therein, 
is included in the separate circular accompanying this 
document and is available on the Company’s website at 
sigmaroc.com.  
VIABILITY STATEMENT 
The Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over a 
period to December 2029. This is the same period over which 
financial projections were prepared for the Group’s strategic 
financial plan. In making their assessment the Directors have 
considered the Group’s current position and the potential 
impact of the principal risks and uncertainties set out on 
pages 68 to 73 on its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity. They also stress-tested their analysis 
by running several credible scenarios and considered the 
availability of mitigating actions. Based on this assessment, 
the Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due over the period to 31 March 
2026. In making this statement, the Directors have assumed 
that financing remains available and that mitigating actions 
are effective. 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY
Environmental 
SigmaRoc undertakes its activities in a manner that 
minimises or eliminates negative environmental impacts and 
maximises positive impacts of an environmental nature.
Health and safety
SigmaRoc operates a comprehensive health and safety 
programme to ensure the wellness and security of its 
employees. The control and eventual elimination of all work-
related hazards require a dedicated team effort involving the 
active participation of all employees. A comprehensive health 
and safety programme is the primary means for delivering 
best practices in health and safety management. This 
programme is regularly updated to incorporate employee 
suggestions, lessons learned from past incidents and new 
guidelines related to new projects, with the aim of identifying 
areas for further improvement of health and safety 
management. This results in continuous improvement of 
the health and safety programme. Employee involvement is 
regarded as fundamental in recognising and reporting unsafe 
conditions and avoiding events that may result in injuries and 
accidents. 
Internal controls
Group’s control environment for any shortfalls during the 
year. Since the Group was established, the Directors are 
satisfied that, given the current size and activities of the 
Group, adequate internal controls have been implemented. 
Whilst they are aware that no system can provide 
absolute assurance against material misstatement or 
loss, considering the current activity and proposed future 
development of the Group, continuing reviews of internal 
controls will be undertaken to ensure that they are adequate 
and effective.
Further details on corporate governance can be found in the 
Corporate Governance Report on page 166.
Going concern
The Group meets its day-to-day working capital and other 
funding requirements through cash and banking facilities, 
which were renewed in November 2023 and further 
optimised in February 2025. More information can be found 
on page 197. 
The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future and, therefore, continue to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements. Further details on their assumptions 
and their conclusion thereon are included in the statement 
on going concern included in Note 2.3 to the Financial 
Statements.
Directors’ and officers’ indemnity insurance
The Company has made qualifying third-party indemnity 
provisions for the benefit of its Directors and officers. These 
were made during the year and remain in force at the date of 
this Annual Report.
EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
Events after the reporting period are set out in Note 38 to the 
Financial Statements.
POLICY AND PRACTICE ON PAYMENT OF CREDITORS
The Group agrees on terms and conditions for its business 
transactions with suppliers. Payment is then made in 
accordance with these terms, subject to the terms and 
conditions being met by the supplier. As at 31 December 
2024, the Company had an average of 43 days (2023: 53 
days) of purchases outstanding in trade payables and the 
Group had an average of 43 days (2023: 62 days).
FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Details of future developments for the Group are disclosed 
in the Chairman’s Statement on page 14 and the CEO’s 
Strategic Report on page 16.
PROVISION OF INFORMATION TO AUDITOR
So far as each of the Directors is aware at the time this report 
is approved:
	- There is no relevant audit information of which the Group's 
auditor is unaware; and
	- The Directors have taken all steps that they ought to have 
taken to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the auditor is aware of 
that information.
AUDITOR
PKF Littlejohn LLP has signified its willingness to continue in 
office as auditor.
This report was approved by the Board on 14 March 2025.
Jan van Beek

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
177
The Directors are responsible for preparing the 
Annual Report and the Financial Statements in 
accordance with applicable laws and regulations, 
including the AIM Rules for Companies.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have elected 
to prepare the Group and Company Financial Statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards 
(UK-adopted IAS). Under company law the Directors must not 
approve the Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
Company, and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In 
preparing these Financial Statements, the Directors are required to:
	- Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 
consistently;
	- Make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable 
and prudent; 
	- State whether applicable UK-adopted IAS have been followed, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements; and
	- Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will continue 
in business.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and 
enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Group and Company, and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website, sigmaroc.com. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of the Financial Statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 
The Company is compliant with AIM Rule 26 regarding the 
Company’s website.
The Directors confirm that they have complied with the above 
requirements in preparing the Financial Statements.
Statement 
of Directors’ 
Responsibilities
Fels site in Munchehof, Germany
Board Members
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
Nomination Committee Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors Report
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Independent Auditor’s Report  
  to the Members of SigmaRoc plc
Definitions

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
179
Independent 
Auditor’s 
Report to the 
Members of 
SigmaRoc plc
OPINION  
We have audited the financial statements of SigmaRoc 
plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for 
the year ended 31 December 2024 which comprise the 
Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Financial Position, the Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity, the Company Statement of Changes 
in Equity, the Consolidated and Company Statements of 
Cash Flows and notes to the financial statements, including 
significant accounting policies. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in their preparation is 
applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting 
standards and as regards the Company financial statements, 
as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006. 
In our opinion: 
	- The financial statements give a true and fair view of the 
state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 
December 2024 and of the Group’s profit for the year then 
ended; 
	- The Group financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards;
	- The Company financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards and as applied in accordance with 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and
	- The financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006.
BASIS FOR OPINION 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements section of our report. We are 
independent of the Group and Company in accordance with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled 
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.  
CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that 
the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. 
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s 
and Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included:  
	- Obtaining the directors’ going concern assessment and 
evaluating the appropriateness of this assessment; 
	- Obtaining cashflow forecasts covering at least a 
twelve-month period from the approval of the financial 
statements, ascertaining the key inputs and assumptions 
in the preparation of this forecast/budget and assessing 
the reasonableness of such assumptions;  
	- Comparing previous forecasts to actual performance to 
assess management’s forecasting accuracy;  
	- Agreeing the key inputs to the forecasts and/or budgets to 
the underlying supporting documentation; 
	- Agreeing the year-end cash balances to the opening 
working capital position within the forecasts and/or 
budgets; 
	- Testing the mathematical accuracy of the forecasts 
including stress testing the key inputs and assumptions; 
and 
	- Reviewing of external market factors affecting the Group 
and the Company and their future economic viability, 
such as the energy transition, and ensuring they are 
appropriately reflected in management’s forecasts.  
The risks that we considered most likely to affect the 
financial resources or ability to continue operations over the 
going concern assessment period were: 
	- The ability of the Group and Company to comply with debt 
covenants;
	- Rising inflation impacting expenditures, cost of sales and 
operating cashflows; and
	- The failure to achieve forecasted revenue growth.
We considered these risks through a review of the application 
of reasonably foreseeable downside scenarios. We found the 
going concern disclosure in note 2.3 to be appropriate and 
give a reasonable description of the assessment of going 
concern supported by the underlying cashflow forecasts 
reviewed as part of our work in this area.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt 
on the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors 
with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.
OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY  
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application 
of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, 
helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, 
timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and to 
evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually and in 
aggregate, on the financial statements as a whole.
Fels quarry in Kaltes Tal, Germany
Board Members
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
Nomination Committee Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors Report
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of SigmaRoc plc
Definitions

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
181
In determining performance materiality, we considered the 
following factors:
	- The number and quantum of identified misstatements in 
the prior year audit;
	- Management’s attitude to correcting misstatements 
identified;
	- Our cumulative knowledge of the Group and Company and 
their environment, including industry specific trends;
	- The consistency in the level of judgement required in key 
accounting estimates; 
	- The stability in key management personnel; and 
	- The level of centralisation in the Group’s financial reporting 
controls and processes.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately 
low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected 
and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. 
Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining 
the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our 
testing of account balances, classes of transactions and 
disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes.
We calculated the allocated component performance 
materiality based upon the significance of the component to 
the overall Group based on revenue. Thereafter, we set the 
appropriate performance materiality for each component 
with reference to the allocated component performance 
materiality and performed a reasonableness check between 
the aggregate component performance materiality and the 
maximum aggregate component performance materiality. 
The range of materiality allocated across components where 
a was between £4.14 million and £0.69 million. 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report 
to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
£490,000 (2023: £290,000) as well as misstatements below 
those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for 
qualitative reasons.
OUR APPROACH TO THE AUDIT
In designing our audit, we determined materiality, as 
above, and assessed the risk of material misstatement in 
the financial statements. In particular, we looked at areas 
involving significant accounting estimates and judgements 
by the directors and considered future events that are 
inherently uncertain. We note that the Group has made 
acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings and has performed 
a purchase price allocation (“PPA”) during the year. All 
PPA’s have either been finalised or are in final draft form 
and consequently for all the current year acquisitions, the 
goodwill asset has been adjusted in the current year and fair 
value adjustments have been processed where applicable 
to separately identifiable assets. This area is inherently 
complicated and requires a significant amount of judgement 
by management. We also addressed the risk of management 
override of internal controls, including evaluating whether 
there was evidence of bias by management that represented 
a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 
Of the 23 full scope components, the most significant 
components (based their contribution to Group revenues) 
were based in Germany, England and Wales, Finland, and 
Poland. The components in locations other than the United 
Kingdom, Guernsey, Jersey and Ireland were audited by firms 
outside of the PKF network operating under our instruction.  
The remaining components were performed in London, 
conducted by PKF Littlejohn LLP using a team with specific 
experience of auditing mining companies and publicly listed 
entities. We interacted regularly with the component audit 
teams during all stages of the audit and we were responsible 
for the scope and direction of the audit process. This, in 
conjunction with additional procedures performed, gave 
us appropriate evidence for our opinion on the Group and 
Company financial statements.
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at £9.9m (2023: £5.8m), determined with reference to a benchmark 
of Group revenue of which it represents 1% (2023: 1%). We considered revenue to be the most relevant key performance indicator 
of the Group as it is a significant driver of profit or loss for the year. The percentage applied to the benchmark has been selected to 
bring into scope all significant classes of transactions, account balances and disclosures relevant for the shareholders, and also 
to ensure that matters that would have a significant impact on the results were appropriately considered. Performance materiality 
for the Group financial statements was sett at £6.9m (2023: £4.06m), determined as 70% (2023: 70%) of materiality for the Group 
financial statements as a whole.
Materiality for the Company financial statements as a whole was set at £4.9m (2023: £3.3m), determined with reference to a 
benchmark of Company net assets of which it represents 1% (2023: 1%). The Company operates primarily as a holding company 
which holds the main debt facility for the Group and as such, we consider net assets as the key metric. The percentage applied 
to the benchmark has been selected to bring into scope all significant classes of transactions, account balances and disclosures 
relevant for the shareholders, and also to ensure that matters that would have a significant impact on the results were appropriately 
considered. Performance materiality for the Company financial statements was set at £3.4m (2023: £2.3m), determined as 70% 
(2023: 70%) of materiality for the Company financial statements as a whole.
We determined that of the 85 subsidiaries of the Group there were 41 components where we set the scope of work to be performed 
at the component level. 23 components were subject to a full scope audit and 4 were subject to specific audit procedures. For the 
remaining components, we performed a limited scope analytical review together with substantive testing, as appropriate, on Group 
audit risk areas applicable to those components based on their relative size, risks in the business and our knowledge of the entity 
appropriate to respond to the risk of material misstatement.
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members  
of SigmaRoc plc
Group Benchmark Total revenue £'million 998 (2023: 580) 
Group Materiality for the financial statements as a whole £'million 9.9 (2023:5.8) 
Group Performance materiality £'million, 6.9 (2023: 4.06) 
Group Triviality £'million 0.49 (2023: 0.29) 
Company Benchmark: Net assets £'million 537 (2023: 337)
Company Materiality for the financial statements as a whole £'million 4.9 (2023: 3.3) 
Company Performance materiality £'million, 3.4 (2023: £ 2.3)
Company Triviality £'million 0.25 (2023:0.12) 
GROUP
COMPANY
 Belgium
 Czech Republic
 England and Wales
 Finland
 Germany
 Ireland
 Jersey
 Poland
 Sweden
 Turkey

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
183
OTHER INFORMATION  
The other information comprises the information included 
in the annual report, other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible 
for the other information contained within the annual report. 
Our opinion on the Group and Company financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our 
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears 
to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are 
required to determine whether this gives rise to a material 
misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we 
are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard. 
OPINIONS ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED BY THE 
COMPANIES ACT 2006  
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of 
the audit: 
	- The information given in the strategic report and the 
directors’ report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements; and 
	- The strategic report and the directors’ report have 
been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements. 
MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT BY 
EXCEPTION   
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the 
Group and the Company and their environment obtained 
in the course of the audit, we have not identified material 
misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report. 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters 
in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:  
	- Adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or 
	- The Company financial statements are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns; or 
	- Certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by 
law are not made; or 
	- We have not received all the information and explanations 
we require for our audit. 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS   
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the Group and Company financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error. 
In preparing the Group and Company financial statements, 
the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the Group and Company to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, 
and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements. 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures 
in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect 
material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including 
fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below: 
	- We obtained an understanding of the Group and Company 
and the sector in which they operate to identify laws and 
regulations that could reasonably be expected to have 
a direct effect on the financial statements. We obtained 
our understanding in this regard through discussions 
with management, review of accident logbooks, and 
application of cumulative audit knowledge and experience 
of the quarrying sector.
	- We determined the principal laws and regulations relevant 
to the Group and Company in this regard to be those 
arising from the:  
	- Companies Act 2006; 
	- UK-adopted international accounting standards; 
Quoted Companies Alliance Code;
	- Local laws and regulations including environmental in 
the jurisdictions of the subsidiary entities; AIM Rules 
for Companies; 
	- Health and safety laws; and Anti-bribery and anti-
money laundering regulations; 
	- We designed our audit procedures to ensure the audit 
team considered whether there were any indications 
of non-compliance by the Group and Company with 
those laws and regulations; 
	- These procedures included, but were not limited to: 
Making enquiries of management; Reviewing board 
meeting minutes;
	- Reviewing Regulatory News Service announcements;
KEY AUDIT MATTERS 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 
KEY AUDIT MATTER
How our scope addressed this matter
Valuation and Allocation of Investments in subsidiary undertakings  
(Company) (Note 18)
The Company carries an “Investment in subsidiary undertakings” balance of £1 billion 
(2023: £567.3 million) in its Statement of Financial Position. There is a risk that the 
carrying value of the investments is greater than the recoverable amount and is 
therefore impaired.
We have assessed this to be a key audit matter as the estimated recoverable amount 
of investments is subjective due to inherent uncertainties involved in forecasting 
and discounting future cashflows, and thereby overstating the carrying value of 
investments.
Our work in this area included: 
	- Obtaining and reviewing the impairment models and assessment for 
each cash generating unit (“CGU”);
	- Considering the existence of impairment indicators per IAS 36 
Impairment of Assets;
	- For all key assumptions and inputs to the impairment models; 
	- Discussing their basis with management; 
	- Agreeing to supporting evidence and where possible, 
agreeing to third party data; and
	- Recalculating the discount rate used; 
	- Reviewing the value of the net investment in subsidiaries against the 
supporting underlying assets;
	- Assessing the historical forecasting accuracy, by comparing 
previously forecast cash flows to actual results achieved;
	- Performing a sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions noted 
above; and
	- Reviewing the associated disclosures in the financial statements and 
assessing the appropriateness of such disclosures.
Valuation and Allocation of Goodwill (Note 17)
The Group carries a balance of £446.9 million (2023: £170.3 million) in goodwill 
relating to the acquisition of its subsidiaries. In accordance with IAS 36 Impairment 
of Assets, goodwill is not amortised; however, an impairment review should be 
undertaken annually, or more frequently, should events or changes in circumstances 
indicate a potential impairment. 
Goodwill is allocated to groups of cash generating units according to the level at which 
management monitors the operating segments. As such, the impairment reviews are 
performed in conjunction with the respective investment reviews.
We have assessed this to be a key audit matter given that the estimated recoverable 
amount of goodwill is subjective, including the estimates and judgements when 
calculating the recoverable amount, and as such there is a risk that the carrying value 
of goodwill may be overstated.
Our work in this area included: 
	- Using our valuation team, who are part of our audit team, to review 
the Purchase Price Allocation “PPA” prepared by a third party engaged 
by management. The work included reviewing the PPA and assessing 
the key assumptions and inputs used to allocate the goodwill value to 
other intangible assets;
	- Obtaining the impairment models and assessment for each 
subsidiary and reviewing the models for reasonableness;
	- Assessing the mathematical accuracy of the models;
	- For all key assumptions and inputs to the impairment models: 
	- Discussing their appropriateness with management; 
	- Agreeing them to supporting evidence and where possible, 
to third party data; and 
	- Evaluating and recalculating the discount rate used; 
	- Assessing the historical forecasting accuracy, by comparing 
previously forecasted cash flows to actual results achieved;
	- Performing a sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions and inputs 
noted above; 
	- Considering the existence of impairment indicators per IAS 36; and
	- Reviewing the associated disclosures in the financial statements and 
assessing the appropriateness of such disclosures. 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members  
of SigmaRoc plc

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
185
	- Ensuring adherence to the terms within the 
exploration permits, including environmental 
conditions; and
	- Reviewing legal and regulatory correspondence and 
reviewing legal and professional fees; 
	- We also identified the risks of material misstatement of 
the financial statements due to fraud. We considered, 
in addition to the non-rebuttable presumption of a risk 
of fraud arising from management override of controls, 
that the potential for management bias was identified 
in relation to the valuation of goodwill and investments 
(noted in the Key audit matters section of our report) as 
well as the valuation of the defined benefit obligations, 
including the key actuarial assumptions applied. We 
addressed this by challenging the assumptions and 
judgements made by management when auditing that 
significant accounting estimate and ensuring that there 
were adequate disclosures included in the respective 
notes including the disclosures within critical accounting 
estimates; 
	- We addressed the risk of fraud arising from management 
override of controls by performing audit procedures 
which included, but were not limited to: testing of journals; 
reviewing accounting estimates for evidence of bias; 
and evaluating the business rationale of any significant 
transactions that are unusual or outside the normal 
course of business; and
	- As part of the Group audit, we have communicated with 
component auditors the fraud risks associated with 
the Group and the need for the component auditors to 
address the risk of fraud in their testing. To ensure that 
this has been completed, we have reviewed component 
auditor working papers in this area and obtained 
responses to our Group instructions from the component 
auditors.
Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is 
a risk that we will not detect all irregularities, including 
those leading to a material misstatement in the financial 
statements or non-compliance with regulation. This risk 
increases the more that compliance with a law or regulation 
is removed from the events and transactions reflected in 
the financial statements, as we will be less likely to become 
aware of instances of non-compliance. The risk is also 
greater regarding irregularities occurring due to fraud rather 
than error, as fraud involves intentional concealment, forgery, 
collusion, omission or misrepresentation. 
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements is located on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our 
auditor’s report.  
USE OF OUR REPORT  
This report is made solely to the Company members, as 
a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so 
that we might state to the Company members those matters 
we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, 
we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone, other 
than the Company and the Company members as a body, 
for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have 
formed.   
Zahir Khaki  
Senior Statutory Auditor
For and on behalf of 
PKF Littlejohn LLP
Statutory Auditor 
15 Westferry Circus
Canary Wharf
London E14 4HD
14 March 2025
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members  
of SigmaRoc plc
	
CCP concrete 
blocks, Llay, Wales

SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
187
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
‘2018 
REGULATIONS’
the Companies (Directors' Report) and 
Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy 
and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 
that came into force on 1 April 2019
‘4I PRINCIPLES’
the Group’s four core operating 
principles, being Invest, Improve, 
Integrate and Innovate
‘ACCOUNTS’ OR 
‘ANNUAL REPORT’
the consolidated financial statements 
of the Group for the year ended 
31 December 2024 together with 
the Chairman’s Statement, CEO’s 
Strategic Report, Directors’ Report and 
additional reports contained therein
‘ADMISSION’
the re-admission of Ordinary Shares 
to trading on AIM on 4 January 2024 
in connection with the CRH Lime 
Acquisitions
‘AGM’
an annual general meeting of the 
Company
‘AIM’
AIM Market of the London Stock 
Exchange
‘ALLEN’ OR ‘ALLEN 
CONCRETE’
Topcrete Limited and its subsidiary 
undertakings, including Allen 
(Concrete) Limited
‘AQUALUNG’
Aqualung Carbon Capture AS
‘ARCELORMITTAL’
ArcelorMittal Global Holdings S.L.R.
‘ARTICLES’
the Company’s Articles of Association
‘B-MIX’
B-Mix Beton NV
‘BETONS’
Betons du Hainaut et de la Sambre
‘BLUESTONE’
Belgian Blue Limestone local to the 
Hainaut region
‘BNPP’
BNP Paribas
‘BOARD’ OR 
‘DIRECTORS’
the board directors of the Company, 
being the existing Directors (whose 
names are set out on page 144 of this 
document)
‘BOW TIE’
visual tool to keep an overview of risk 
management practices
‘BPS’
basis points, whereby one basis point 
is equivalent to 0.01%
‘BUXTON’ OR 
‘BUXTON LIME’
Buxton Lime Limited, the Group’s UK 
lime operations
‘BUXTON’ OR 
‘BUXTON LIME’
Buxton Lime Limited, the Group’s UK 
lime operations
‘CAPEX’
capital expenditure on property, 
plant and equipment to maintain and 
preserve the operational efficiency 
of existing assets, to ensure they are 
kept in good working condition and 
can continue to generate the expected 
level of revenue and profits for the 
Group
‘CARRIERES DU 
HAINAUT’ OR ‘CDH’
CDH Développement SA and its 
subsidiary undertakings, including 
Carrières du Hainaut SCA
‘CCP’ OR 
‘CHESHIRE 
CONCRETE 
PRODUCTS’
CCP Building Products Limited and its 
subsidiary undertakings
‘CCS’
carbon capture utilisation or 
sequestration
‘CDB’
Carrières du Boulonnais which is part 
of Groupe Boulonnais
‘CEO’
Chief Executive Officer of the 
Company occupied by Max Vermorken
‘CENTRAL EUROPE’ 
OR ‘CENTRAL 
EUROPE REGION’
the Central Europe region of the Group 
including German, Czechia, Baltic and 
Polish entities
‘CFO’
Chief Financial Officer of the Company, 
occupied by Garth Palmer until 31 
December 2024 and thereafter by Jan 
van Beek
‘CLOGRENNANE’
Clogrennane Lime Limited, the Group’s 
Irish lime operations
‘CO2’
carbon dioxide
‘CO2E
carbon dioxide emitted
‘COMPANY’ OR 
‘SIGMAROC’
SigmaRoc plc
‘CORONAVIRUS’, 
‘COVID’ OR 
‘COVID-19’
coronavirus (COVID-19) infectious 
disease and its pandemic outbreak
‘COVENANT 
LEVERAGE’ OR 
‘ADJUSTED 
LEVERAGE RATIO’
the comparison of net debt to underlying 
EBITDA for the last twelve months 
adjusted for pre-acquisition earnings of 
subsidiaries acquired during the year
Definitions
‘CRH’
CRH plc (NYSE: CRH) (LSE: CRH) 
an international group of diversified 
building materials businesses 
headquartered in Dublin, Ireland
‘CRH DEAL 1’
the acquisition by the Company 
of CRH’s German (Fels), Czechia 
(Vitosov) and Irish (Clogrennane) lime 
and industrial limestone businesses, 
which was approved by Shareholders 
at a general meeting of the Company 
on 11 December 2023 and was 
completed on 4 January 2024
‘CRH DEAL 2’
the acquisition by the Company of 
CRH’s UK lime operations completed 
on 27 March 2024
‘CRH DEAL 3’
the acquisition by the Company 
of CRH’s Polish lime operations 
completed on 2 September 2024
‘CRH LIME 
ACQUISITIONS’
the acquisition by the Company of 
the CRH European lime and industrial 
limestone assets, structured as 
three separate and independent 
transactions, being CRH Deal 1, CRH 
Deal 2 and CRH Deal 3
‘CUVELIER’
Philippe Cuvelier S.A
‘DIMENSION 
STONE’  
the Group’s dimension stone 
operations based in Belgium 
consisting of CDH
‘DUO GROUP’
Duo Group, a market leading company 
that provides the aggregate, recycling 
and material handling industries with 
processing solutions
‘EBITDA’*
earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation
‘ECO2’
embodied CO2
‘EMS’
environmental management system
‘EPD’
environmental product declaration
‘EPS’
earnings per share
‘ESG’
environment, social and governance
‘EUETS’
European Union Emissions Trading 
System
‘EURIBOR’
the Euro Interbank Offered Rate is an 
overnight interbank rate comprised of 
the average interest rates from a panel 
of large European banks that are used 
for lending to one another in euros
‘EUROS’, ‘EUR’ OR 
‘€”
the currency unit of the European 
Monetary Union
‘FCF’ OR ‘FREE 
CASH FLOW’
net cash flows from operating 
activities adjusted for CapEx, net 
interest paid, net non-underlying 
expenses paid and payments through 
working capital that relate to pre-
acquisition accruals or purchase price 
adjustments
‘FELS’
Fels Holding GmbH, including its fully 
owned (direct or indirect) subsidiaries 
Fels-Werke GmbH, Fels Netz GmbH 
and Fels Vertriebs and Service GmbH 
& Co KG
‘FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS’
the consolidated income statement, 
consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, statements 
of financial position, consolidated 
statement of changes in equity, 
Company statement of changes in 
equity, cash flow statements and the 
accompanying notes to the financial 
statements
‘FOELFACH’
Foelfach Stone Limited
‘GDUH’ OR 
‘GRANULATS DU 
HAINAUT’
Granulats du Hainaut SA
‘GGBS’
ground-granulated blast-furnace slag
‘GHG’
greenhouse gas
‘GOIJENS’
Gripeco BV and its 100% owned 
subsidiaries Wegenbouw Goijens 
NV, Goijens Recycling NV and G&G 
Bentonpompen BV, a Belgian group of 
companies acquired by the Group in 
2023 and which supplies ready-mixed 
concrete and pumping solutions in the 
north east of Belgium
‘GREENBLOC’
the Group’s cement free ultra-low 
carbon precast product range
‘GROUP’
the Company and its subsidiary 
undertakings
GROUP EXCO 
MEMBER 
(IMPROVE)
Group ExCo Member (IMPROVE) 
occupied by Charles Trigg
GROUP EXCO 
MEMBER 
(INNOVATE)
Group ExCo Member (INNOVATE) 
occupied by Fons Vermorken
‘GROUPE 
BOULONNAIS’
Groupe Carrières du Boulonnais
‘GROUP REVENUE’
consolidated revenue of the Group for 
the year ended 31 December 2023

SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
SIGMAROC 
189
STRATEGY
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
‘GROWTH 
INVESTMENT’
capital investment to acquire or 
upgrade assets that enable the Group 
to expand its operations or improve its 
efficiency to generate future earnings 
growth
‘HARRIES’
GDH (Holdings) Limited and its 
subsidiary undertakings including 
Gerald D. Harries & Sons Limited
‘HSEQ’
health, safety, environment and quality
‘H&S’
health & safety
‘IAS’
International Accounting Standards
‘IASB’
International Accounting Standards 
Board
‘IFRS’
International Financial Reporting 
Standards
‘IFRSIC’
IFRS Interpretations Committee
‘IOSH’
Institution of Occupational Safety and 
Health
‘ISO’
International Organisation for 
Standardisation
‘ISO 14001’
international standard that specifies 
requirements for an effective 
EMS, provides a framework that 
an organisation can follow, rather 
than establishing environmental 
performance requirements
‘ISO 45001’
standard for management systems 
of occupational health and safety 
focused on reduction of occupational 
injuries and diseases, including 
promoting and protecting physical and 
mental health
‘JQG’, ‘JOHNSTON’ 
OR ‘JOHNSTON 
QUARRY GROUP’
Johnston Quarry Group Limited, 
Guiting Quarry Limited and their 
subsidiary undertakings
‘JV’
joint venture
‘KGE’
kilogram equivalent
‘KWH’
kilowatt-hour
‘LA BELONGA’
La Belonga S.A.
‘LFL’
like-for-like comparative prepared on 
a pro-forma basis adjusted for impact 
of any acquisitions or non-recurring 
events
‘LTIFR’
lost time injury frequency rate
‘LTIP’ OR ‘LONG 
TERM INCENTIVE 
PLAN’
the initial awards made under the PSP 
in October 2021 to executive directors 
and certain senior management
‘M&A’
mergers & acquisitions
‘MARSHALLS’
Marshalls plc, the UK’s leading hard 
landscaping and building materials 
supplier
‘MEVO’
Material Evolution Inc
‘NED’
Non-Executive Director
‘NEBOSH’
the National Examination Board in 
Occupational Safety and Health
‘NET MARGIN’
EBITDA margin adjusted for impact of 
inflationary cost pass-throughs, such 
as energy, materials, and distribution
‘NEW OPTION 
PLAN’
the new option plan known as the 
SigmaRoc plc Share Option Plan 
2023 approved by Shareholders on 11 
December 2023 and adopted by the 
Company in connection with the CRH 
Lime Acquisitions
‘NORDKALK’
the Nordkalk group, consisting of 
Nordkalk Oy Ab and its subsidiary 
undertakings
‘NORDICS’ OR 
‘NORDICS REGION’
the Nordics region of the Group 
comprising of the Scandinavian 
entities
‘NOX’
nitrogen oxides
‘ORDINARY 
SHARES’
the ordinary shares of 1 penny each in 
the capital of the Company
‘OPEX’
operating expenditure
‘PERC’
Pan European Reserves & Resources 
Reporting Committee, where possible 
we follow PERC guidelines when 
reporting Reserves and Resources
‘PFA’
pulverised fuel ash
‘PH’
scale used to specify acidity or 
alkalinity
‘PKF’
PKF Littlejohn LLP
‘POUNDFIELD’ 
OR ‘POUNDFIELD 
PRODUCTS’
Poundfield Products (Group) Limited 
and its subsidiary undertakings, 
including Poundfield Products Limited
‘PPA’
purchase price allocation
‘PPG’ 
the Group’s precast concrete products 
operations covering the UK market 
including Allen, Poundfield and CCP  
‘PPT’
percentage points
‘PRO-FORMA’
financial information presented on a 
like-for-like basis adjusting for impact 
of any acquisitions and non-recurring 
events
‘PSP’ OR 
‘PERFORMANCE 
SHARE PLAN’
performance based share incentive 
plan
‘PUCCINI BLUE’
a version of Bluestone created through 
special cutting, polishing and honing 
techniques developed by the Group
‘QCA CODE’
Quoted Companies Alliance’s 
Corporate Governance Code
‘RCF’
revolving credit facility
‘RESERVES’
mineral that has a high level of 
geological knowledge and confidence, 
is economically mineable, and includes 
modifying factors such as having 
permits and regulatory approvals in 
place
‘RESOURCES’
mineral that has a level of geological 
knowledge and confidence and that 
there are reasonable prospects for 
eventual economic extraction
‘RETAINING’
Retaining Holdings Limited and its 
wholly owned subsidiaries including 
Retaining (UK) Limited and Geocast 
Ltd
‘RIGHTCAST’
Rightcast Limited
‘RMI’
repair, maintenance and improvement
‘RNS’
Regulatory News Service
‘ROIC’
return on invested capital (profit 
after tax / average invested capital), 
a measure of the profitability and 
value-creating potential of companies 
relative to the amount of capital 
invested by shareholders and other 
debtholders
‘RONEZ’
Ronez Limited and its subsidiary 
undertakings
‘SANTANDER’
Santander plc
‘SASB’
sustainability accounting standards 
board
‘SBTI’
Science Based Targets initiative
‘SECR’
streamlined energy and carbon 
reporting
‘SHAREHOLDER’
a holder of Ordinary Shares
‘SIGMAGSY’
SigmaGsy Limited
‘SIP’
share incentive plan
‘SOX’
sulphur oxides
‘SPPI’
the contractual cash flows of an asset 
that give rise to payments on specified 
dates that are solely payments of 
principal and interest
‘STERLING’, ‘GBP’ 
OR ‘£”
pound sterling currency of the UK and 
Channel Islands
‘ST INVESTICIJA’ 
ST Investicija UAB
‘TCFD’
task force on climate-related financial 
disclosures 
‘TCO₂E’
tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent
‘TIFR’
total incident frequency rate
‘TSR’
total shareholder returns
‘UK’
United Kingdom
‘UK IAS’
UK-adopted international accounting 
standards, which includes IAS, IFRS, 
IFRSIC, and subsequent amendments 
to those standards and related 
interpretations, plus future standards 
and related interpretations issued or 
adopted by the IASB
‘UK & IRELAND’ 
OR ‘UK & IRELAND 
REGION’
the UK & Ireland region of the Group 
including the UK, Irish and the Jersey 
and Guernsey entities
‘UNDERLYING’*
underlying results are stated before 
acquisition related expenses, certain 
finance costs, redundancy and 
reorganisation costs, impairments, 
amortisation of acquisition intangibles 
and share option expense. References 
to an underlying profit measure 
throughout this Annual Report are 
defined on this basis
‘USA’
United States of America
‘VITOSOV’
Vapenka Vitošov s.r.o.
‘WESTERN 
EUROPE’ OR 
‘WESTERN EUROPE 
REGION’
the Western Europe region of the 
Group including Belgian, French, and 
Spanish entities
‘YOY’
year-on-year
* these measures are not defined by UK IAS and therefore may not be 
directly comparable to similar measures adopted by other companies. 
These alternative performance measures should be considered in 
addition to and are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, 
UK IAS measures but provide useful information on the performance of 
the Group and underlying trends.

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
191
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF  
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
Year ended 31 December 2024
Restated1 - Year ended 31 December 2023
CONTINUED OPERATIONS
Note
Underlying 
£’000
Non-underlying² 
(Note 11) 
£’000
Total 
£’000
Underlying 
£’000
Non- 
underlying² 
(Note 11) 
£’000
Total 
£’000
REVENUE3
7
962,506
-
962,506
541,651
-
541,651
COST OF SALES
8
(720,023)
(13,911)
(733,934)
(409,800)
(8,296)
(418,096)
GROSS PROFIT
242,483
(13,911)
228,572
131,851
(8,296)
123,555
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
8
(81,854)
(63,770)
(145,624)
(53,474)
(34,165)
(87,639)
PROFIT FROM OPERATIONS
160,629
(77,681)
82,948
78,377
(42,461)
35,916
NET FINANCE (EXPENSE) /
INCOME
12
(44,233)
(8,586)
(52,819)
(14,274)
(1,528)
(15,802)
OTHER NET GAINS / (LOSSES)
13
1,169
13,191
14,360
1,694
1,411
3,105
PROFIT / (LOSS) BEFORE TAX
117,565
(73,076)
44,489
65,797
(42,578)
23,219
TAX EXPENSE
15
(20,990)
4,458
(16,531)
(11,560)
1,149
(10,411)
PROFIT / (LOSS) FROM 
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
96,575
(68,618)
27,958
54,237
(41,429)
12,808
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
PROFIT / (LOSS) FROM 
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
14
1,574
(895)
678
4,548
(638)
3,910
PROFIT / (LOSS) 
98,149
(69,513)
28,636
58,785
(42,067)
16,718
PROFIT / (LOSS)  
ATTRIBUTABLE TO:
OWNERS OF THE PARENT - 
CONTINUING
91,195
(68,618)
22,578
51,053
(41,429)
9,624
OWNERS OF THE PARENT – 
DISCONTINUED
14
1,574
(895)
678
4,548
(638)
3,910
NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
31
5,380
-
5,380
3,184
-
3,184
98,149
(69,513)
28,636
58,785
(42,067)
16,718
CONTINUING BASIC EARNINGS 
PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE 
TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT 
(EXPRESSED IN PENCE PER 
SHARE) 4
32
8.21
(6.17)
2.04
7.46
(6.05)
1.41
CONTINUING DILUTED 
EARNINGS PER SHARE 
ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS 
OF THE PARENT (EXPRESSED 
IN PENCE PER SHARE) 4
32
7.62
(5.73)
1.89
7.15
(5.80)
1.35
1 Consistent with IFRS5, the prior period Income Statement and associated notes have been restated for the disposal of BMix, Goijens and option to sell Betons. 
The sale of BMix and Goijens completed 13 December 2024 and the sale of Betons is expected to complete in 2025. These entities are disclosed as a discontinued 
operation and Betons is classified as held for sale on the Group Balance Sheet. The prior period balance sheet disclosures are not restated.
2 Non-underlying items represent acquisition related expenses, restructuring costs, certain finance costs, share option expense and amortisation of acquired 
intangibles. See Note 11 for more information.
3 Full year 2024 Revenue for the Group for continuing and discontinued operations is £997,614k. Revenue has been split out for discontinued operations under 
IFRS 5 requirements.
4 Underlying basic earnings per share for 2024 continuing and discontinued operations is 8.35p and total including non-underlying is 2.10p. Underlying Diluted 
earnings per share for continuing and discontinued operations is 7.75p and total including non-underlying is 1.94p. 
Note
Year ended 
31 December 2024 
£’000
Year ended 
31 December 2023 
£’000
PROFIT / (LOSS) FOR THE YEAR
28,636
16,718
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
ITEMS THAT WILL OR MAY BE RECLASSIFIED TO PROFIT OR LOSS:
FX TRANSLATION RESERVE
(610)
(3,223)
CASH FLOW HEDGES – EFFECTIVE PORTION OF CHANGES IN FAIR VALUE
(1,121)
(5,468)
REMEASUREMENT OF THE NET DEFINED BENEFITS LIABILITY
(108)
(38)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX
(1,839)
(8,729)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
26,797
7,989
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO:
OWNERS OF THE PARENT – CONTINUING
22,298
1,016
OWNERS OF THE PARENT – DISCONTINUED
672
3,903
NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
3,827
3,070
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE PERIOD
26,797
7,989
The Notes on pages 196 - 240 form part of these Financial Statements.
The Notes on pages 196 - 240 form part of these Financial Statements.

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
193
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024	
 COMPANY NUMBER: 05204176
Consolidated
Company
Note
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
16
1,238,945
572,562
649
166
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
17
463,500
188,048
92
-
AVAILABLE FOR SALE ASSETS
250
250
250
250
INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS
18
-
-
1,096,530
567,305
INVESTMENT IN EQUITY-ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATE
19
531
605
-
-
INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURES
19
6,212
6,448
411
412
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL ASSET
33
9
1,369
-
-
OTHER RECEIVABLES
20
13,724
3,398
11,289
-
DEFERRED TAX ASSET
15
331
38
-
-
1,723,502
772,718
1,109,221
568,133
CURRENT ASSETS
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
20
158,205
99,034
16,408
5,332
INVENTORIES
21
127,682
84,309
-
-
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
22
131,356
55,872
25,363
7,925
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL ASSET
33
505
3,328
-
-
417,748
242,543
41,771
13,257
DISPOSAL GROUP CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE
14
7,172
-
-
-
TOTAL ASSETS
2,148,422
1,015,261
1,150,992
581,390
CURRENT LIABILITIES
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
23
284,046
158,199
22,801
34,082
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
33
1,343
3,926
-
1,253
PROVISIONS
25
14,886
8,489
-
-
BORROWINGS
24
64,788
37,504
49,853
29,543
CURRENT TAX PAYABLE
15
11,309
3,844
-
-
376,372
211,962
72,654
64,878
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
BORROWINGS
24
577,044
200,792
535,387
174,090
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT LIABILITIES
1,418
1,305
-
-
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
15
196,288
72,219
-
-
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
18
1,167
-
-
PROVISIONS
25
87,041
4,724
-
-
OTHER PAYABLES
23
155,030
8,208
5,692
5,260
1,016,839
288,415
541,079
179,350
DISPOSAL GROUP CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE
14
1,543
-
-
-
TOTAL LIABILITIES
1,394,754
500,377
613,733
244,228
NET ASSETS
753,668
514,884
537,259
337,162
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT
SHARE CAPITAL
28
11,149
6,939
11,149
6,939
SHARE PREMIUM
28
191,458
-
191,458
-
SHARE OPTION RESERVE
29
18,410
11,482
18,410
11,482
OTHER RESERVES
30
(30)
629
600
600
RETAINED EARNINGS
503,779
481,691
315,642
318,141
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT
724,766
500,741
537,259
337,162
NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST 
31
28,902
14,143
-
-
TOTAL EQUITY
753,668
514,884
537,259
337,162
The Company has elected to take the exemption under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 from presenting the Company’s Income Statement 
and Statement of Comprehensive Income.
The loss for the Company for the year ended 31 December 2024 was £2.5 million (year ended 31 December 2023: loss of £42.9 million).
The Financial Statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 14 March 2025 were signed on its behalf by:
Jan van Beek 
Chief Financial Officer
The Notes on pages 196 - 240 form part of these Financial Statements.
The Notes on pages 196 - 240 form part of these Financial Statements.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
Note
Share 
capital 
£’000
Share 
premium 
£’000
Share 
option 
reserve 
£’000
Other 
reserves 
£’000
Retained 
earnings 
£’000
Total 
£’000
Non-
controlling 
interest £’000
Total 
£’000
BALANCE AS AT 1 JANUARY 
2023
6,383
400,022
7,483
10,261
33,969
458,118
11,732
469,850
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
-
-
-
-
13,534
13,534
3,184
16,718
CURRENCY TRANSLATION 
DIFFERENCES
-
-
-
(3,109)
-
(3,109)
(114)
(3,223)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME
-
-
-
(5,506)
-
(5,506)
-
(5,506)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME FOR THE PERIOD
-
-
-
(8,615)
13,534
4,919
3,070
7,989
CONTRIBUTIONS BY AND 
DISTRIBUTIONS TO OWNERS
ACQUIRED VIA ACQUISITION
-
-
-
-
-
-
616
616
ISSUE OF SHARE CAPITAL
28
556
29,444
-
-
-
30,000
-
30,000
ISSUE COSTS
-
(782)
-
-
-
(782)
-
(782)
SHARE BASED PAYMENTS
-
-
4,002
-
-
4,002
-
4,002
EXERCISE OF SHARE OPTIONS
-
-
(3)
-
3
-
-
-
DIVIDENDS
-
-
-
-
-
-
(1,275)
(1,275)
OTHER EQUITY ADJUSTMENTS
-
(428,684)
-
(1,017)
434,185
4,484
-
4,484
TOTAL CONTRIBUTIONS  
BY AND DISTRIBUTIONS  
TO OWNERS
556
(400,022)
3,999
(1,017)
434,188
37,704
(659)
37,045
BALANCE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 
2023
6,939
-
11,482
629
481,691
500,741
14,143
514,884
BALANCE AS AT 1  
JANUARY 2024
6,939
-
11,482
629
481,691
500,741
14,143
514,884
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
-
-
-
-
23,256
23,256
5,380
28,636
CURRENCY TRANSLATION 
DIFFERENCES
-
-
-
943
-
943
(1,553)
(610)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME
-
-
-
(1,229)
-
(1,229)
-
(1,229)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME FOR THE PERIOD
-
-
-
(286)
23,256
22,970
3,827
26,797
CONTRIBUTIONS BY AND 
DISTRIBUTIONS TO OWNERS
ACQUIRED VIA ACQUISITION
-
-
-
-
-
-
13,833
13,833
ISSUE OF SHARE CAPITAL
28
4,210
195,790
-
-
-
200,000
-
200,000
ISSUE COSTS
28
-
(4,332)
-
-
-
(4,332)
-
(4,332)
SHARE BASED PAYMENTS
-
-
6,942
-
-
6,942
-
6,942
EXERCISE OF SHARE OPTIONS
-
-
(14)
-
14
-
-
-
DIVIDENDS
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3,053)
(3,053)
OTHER EQUITY ADJUSTMENTS
28
-
-
-
(373)
(1,182)
(1,555)
152
(1,403)
TOTAL CONTRIBUTIONS 
BY AND DISTRIBUTIONS  
TO OWNERS
4,210
191,458
6,928
(373)
(1,168)
201,055
10,932
211,987
BALANCE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 
2024
11,149
191,458
18,410
(30)
503,779
724,766
28,902
753,668

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
195
The Notes on pages 196 - 240 form part of these Financial Statements.
The Notes on pages 196 - 240 form part of these Financial Statements.
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES  
IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
Note
Share 
capital 
 £’000
Share 
premium 
£’000
Share 
option 
reserve 
£’000
Other 
reserves 
£’000
Retained 
earnings 
£’000
Total 
£’000
BALANCE AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
6,383
400,022
7,483
1,362
(68,368)
346,882
PROFIT / (LOSS)
-
-
-
-
(42,940)
(42,940)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR 
THE PERIOD
-
-
-
-
(42,940)
(42,940)
CONTRIBUTIONS BY AND 
DISTRIBUTIONS TO OWNERS
ISSUE OF SHARE CAPITAL
556
29,444
-
-
-
30,000
ISSUE COSTS
-
(782)
-
-
-
(782)
SHARE BASED PAYMENTS
-
-
4,002
-
-
4,002
EXERCISE OF SHARE OPTIONS
-
-
(3)
-
3
-
OTHER EQUITY ADJUSTMENTS
-
(428,684)
-
(762)
429,446
-
TOTAL CONTRIBUTIONS BY AND 
DISTRIBUTIONS TO OWNERS
556
(400,022)
3,999
(762)
429,449
33,220
BALANCE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
6,939
-
11,482
600
318,141
337,162
BALANCE AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024
6,939
-
11,482
600
318,141
337,162
PROFIT / (LOSS)
-
-
-
-
(2,513)
(2,513)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR 
THE PERIOD
-
-
-
-
(2,513)
(2,513)
CONTRIBUTIONS BY AND 
DISTRIBUTIONS TO OWNERS
ISSUE OF SHARE CAPITAL
4,210
195,790
-
-
-
200,000
ISSUE COSTS
28
-
(4,332)
-
-
-
(4,332)
SHARE BASED PAYMENTS
-
-
6,942
-
-
6,942
EXERCISE OF SHARE OPTIONS
-
-
(14)
-
14
-
OTHER EQUITY ADJUSTMENTS
-
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL CONTRIBUTIONS BY AND 
DISTRIBUTIONS TO OWNERS
4,210
191,458
6,928
-
14
202,610
BALANCE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
11,149
191,458
18,410
600
315,642
537,259
Consolidated
Company
Note
Year ended 31 
December 2024 
£’000
Year ended 31 
December 2023 
£’000
Year ended 31 
December 2024 
£’000
Year ended 31 
December 2023 
£’000
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
PROFIT / (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
27,958
16,718
(2,499)
(42,941)
PROFIT / (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
678
-
-
-
ADJUSTMENTS FOR:
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION – CONTINUING OPERATIONS
16 17
72,062
39,434
156
109
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
3,001
SHARE OPTION EXPENSE
6,930
4,001
6,930
4,001
FAIR VALUE MOVEMENT ON EBT SHARES
13
(4,937)
-
(4,937)
-
GAIN ON SALE OF INVESTMENTS
13
(8,298)
-
(12,110)
-
LOSS/(GAIN) ON SALE OF PP&E
(317)
(3,032)
-
-
NET FINANCE COSTS
52,819
15,865
(466)
8,703
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
15
16,531
11,279
-
-
SHARE OF EARNINGS FROM JOINT VENTURES
(316)
(596)
-
-
NON-CASH ITEMS
44
(869)
(9,291)
(2,120)
INCREASE IN TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
(25,827)
(8,613)
(11,656)
(2,132)
(INCREASE)/DECREASE IN INVENTORIES
(10,278)
(13,159)
-
-
INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
3,664
14,637
(8,087)
19,888
DECREASE IN PROVISIONS
8,541
934
-
-
INCOME TAX PAID
(25,231)
(11,194)
-
-
NET CASH INFLOWS / (OUTFLOWS) FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
117,024
65,405
(41,960)
(14,492)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
PURCHASE OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT  
16 
(71,559)
(40,190)
(630)
(18)
SALE OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
8,117
5,890
-
-
PURCHASE OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS 
17
(3,458)
(2,857)
(100)
-
PURCHASE OF AVAILABLE FOR SALE ASSETS
-
(250)
-
(250)
INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURE
-
(411)
-
(411)
PROCEEDS OF SALE OF SUBSIDIARY
30,388
1,822
30,388
-
ACQUISITION OF BUSINESSES (NET OF CASH ACQUIRED)
34
(548,614)
(30,169)
(204,380)
(6,760)
DIVIDENDS RECEIVED
-
-
2,524
-
FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
(1,346)
1,607
(1,254)
1,253
INTEREST RECEIVED
1,842
1,271
14,610
201
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
(584,630)
(63,287)
(158,842)
(5,985)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
PROCEEDS FROM SHARE ISSUE
200,000
30,000
200,000
30,000
COST OF SHARE ISSUE 
(4,332)
(782)
(4,332)
(782)
PROCEEDS FROM BORROWINGS
765,604
5,064
752,013
-
COST OF BORROWINGS
(14,858)
-
(14,858)
-
REPAYMENT OF BORROWINGS
(344,280)
(32,050)
(333,629)
(20,055)
LOANS GRANTED
(9,000)
-
(9,000)
-
NET LOANS WITH SUBSIDIARIES
-
-
(332,243)
26,432
INTEREST PAID
(42,194)
(14,553)
(40,651)
(12,148)
DIVIDENDS PAID TO NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
(3,053)
(1,275)
-
-
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES
547,887
(13,596)
217,300
23,447
NET INCREASE / (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
80,281
(11,478)
16,498
2,970
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
55,872
68,623
7,925
5,055
EXCHANGE (LOSSES) / GAINS ON CASH
(3,854)
(1,273)
940
(100)
CASH HELD BY DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
14
(943)
-
-
-
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
22
131,356
55,872
25,363
7,925
Major non-cash transactions
During the year ended 31 December 2024, there were share based payments of £4.6 million.
Notes: i. Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations include £4.2 million operating cash inflow, £2.0 million investing cash outflows, £0.3 million 
financing cash flows, net movement in cash & cash equivalents £2.5 million. Cash at the beginning of the period was £3.6 million. See Note 14.

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
197
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. General Information
The principal activity of SigmaRoc is to make investments 
and/or acquire projects in the quarried materials sector, and 
the principal activity of the Group is the production of lime 
and limestone, high-quality aggregates and supply of value-
added industrial and construction materials. The Company’s 
shares are admitted to trading on AIM and it is incorporated 
and domiciled in the United Kingdom. 
The address of its registered office is 6 Heddon Street, 
London, W1B 4BT.
2. Accounting Policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation 
of these Financial Statements are set out below (‘Accounting 
Policies’ or ‘Policies’). These Policies have been consistently 
applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated.
2.1. Basis of Preparing the Financial Statements
The Group and Company Financial Statements have been 
prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006. The consolidated financial statements 
have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as 
modified by the revaluation of property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets; financial assets and financial liabilities 
at fair value through profit or loss; derivatives held for hedge 
accounting classified as financial assets at fair value through 
other comprehensive income, and defined benefit pension 
plans for which the plan assets are measured at fair value.
The Financial Statements are presented in UK Pounds 
Sterling rounded to the nearest thousand.
The preparation of Financial Statements in conformity 
with UK IASs requires the use of certain critical accounting 
estimates. It also requires management to exercise its 
judgement in the process of applying the Group’s Accounting 
Policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or 
complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are 
significant to the Financial Information are disclosed in  
Note 4.
BMix, Goijens and Betons, in accordance with IFRS 5, is 
disclosed separately as a discontinued operation. The prior 
year income statement is restated to show discontinued 
operations, whilst the comparative balance sheet and cash 
flow remains unaltered.
a) Changes in Accounting Policy
i) New standards and amendments adopted by the Group
The IASB issued various amendments and revisions to 
UK IAS and IFRSIC interpretations which include IAS 1 – 
Non-current liabilities with covenants, IAS 7 – Statement 
of cash flows, IFRS 16 – Leases and IFRS 7 – Supplier 
finance arrangements. The amendments and revisions were 
applicable for the period ended 31 December 2024 but did 
not result in any material changes to the financial statements 
of the Group or Company.
ii) New standards, amendments and interpretations in issue 
but not yet effective or not early adopted
Standards, amendments and interpretations that are not yet 
effective and have not been early adopted are as follows:
STANDARD 
Impact on initial application
Effective date
IAS 21
The effects of changes in 
foreign exchange rates
1 January 2025
IFRS 7
Classification and 
measurement of Financial 
Instruments
1 January 2026
IFRS 9 
Classification and 
measurement of Financial 
Instruments
1 January 2026
IFRS 18
Presentation of disclosures in 
Financial Statements
1 January 2027
IFRS 19
Subsidiaries without Public 
Accountability: Disclosures
1 January 2027
The Group and Company are evaluating the impact of the 
new and amended standards above which are not expected 
to have a material impact on the Group or Company’s results 
or shareholders’ funds.
2.2. Basis of Consolidation
a) Subsidiaries
The Consolidated Financial Statements consolidate the 
Financial Statements of the Company and the accounts of all 
of its subsidiary undertakings for all periods presented.
Subsidiaries are entities over which the Group has control. 
The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, 
or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the 
entity and could affect those returns through its power over 
the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date 
on which control is transferred to the Group. On consolidation 
all inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised 
gains and losses on transactions between group companies 
are eliminated. They are deconsolidated from the date that 
control ceases.
The Group applies the acquisition method of accounting 
to account for business combinations. The Consideration 
transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair 
values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to 
the former owners of the acquiree, and the equity interests 
issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes 
the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a 
contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in 
a business combination are measured initially at their fair 
values at the acquisition date.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred unless 
they result from the issuance of shares, in which case they are 
offset against the premium on those shares within equity.
Notes to the Financial Statements
Deferred consideration is recognised at its fair value at the 
acquisition date as part of the total consideration transferred 
for the business combination. The fair value of deferred 
consideration is determined considering the probability of 
payment and the time value of money. Changes in the fair 
value of deferred consideration are recognised in profit or 
loss as they occur.
In the event of a loss of control of a subsidiary, the assets 
and liabilities of the former subsidiary are derecognised 
from the consolidated statement of financial position. Any 
investment retained in the former subsidiary is recognised 
at its fair value at the date when control is lost, and any 
resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss.
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost less 
impairment. 
Where considered appropriate, adjustments are made to the 
financial information of subsidiaries to bring the accounting 
policies used into line with those used by other members 
of the Group. All intercompany transactions and balances 
between Group enterprises are eliminated on consolidation.
CDH, Stone, and GduH use Belgian GAAP rules to prepare 
and report their financial statements. The Group reports 
using UK IAS standards and in order to comply with the 
Group’s reporting standards, management of CDH, Stone and 
GduH, processed several adjustments to ensure the financial 
information included at a Group level complies with UK IAS. 
CDH, Stone and GduH will continue to prepare their company 
financial statements in line with the Belgian GAAP rules. 
Nordkalk entities, Fels and Vitosov use local GAAP rules to 
prepare and report their financial statements. The Group 
reports using UK IAS standards and in order to comply with 
the Group’s reporting standards, management of Nordkalk, 
Fels and Vitosov processed several adjustments to ensure 
the financial information included at a Group level complies 
with UK IAS. Nordkalk, Fels and Vitosov will continue to 
prepare their company financial statements in line with the 
local GAAP rules. 
The Group recognises any non-controlling interest at the non-
controlling interest’s proportionate share of the recognised 
amounts of acquiree’s identifiable net assets.
b) Associates
Associates are entities over which the Group has significant 
influence but not control over the financial and operating 
policies. Investments in associates are accounted for using 
the equity method of accounting and are initially recognised 
at cost. The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition 
profits or losses is recognised in profit or loss, and its share 
of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognised 
in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-
acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying 
amount of the investment.
Accounting policies of equity–accounted investees have 
been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with 
the policies adopted by the Group.
c) Joint Arrangement
A joint arrangement is an arrangement in which two or 
more parties have joint control. A joint venture is a joint 
arrangement in which the parties that share joint control 
have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Joint 
arrangements are accounted for using the equity method of 
accounting and are initially recognised at cost. The Group’s 
share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is 
recognised in profit or loss.  
2.3. Going Concern
The Financial Statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis which the directors consider to be appropriate 
for the following reasons.
The Group meets its day-to-day working capital and other 
funding requirements through operating cash generation 
and its Debt Facilities. The Debt Facilities comprise of a €600 
million committed term facility, €150 million revolving credit 
facility and a further €100 million uncommitted accordion 
which matures on 21 November 2028. The Group has met all 
covenants on its Debt Facilities. 
The Group has prepared cash flow forecasts for a period of 
more than 12 months which anticipate a continuous upward 
trend of profitability and cash generation. As the Group has 
a strong focus on operational gearing, it can remain flexible 
during economically disruptive events which can have a 
negative effect on cash flow.
At 31 December 2024, the Group had cash of £131.4 million 
from its continuing operations (2023: £55.9 million) and had 
undrawn banking facilities under the Debt Facility of £95 
million (2023: £173 million), and at the date of this report 
has similar levels of liquidity which is expected to provide 
sufficient funds for the Group to discharge its liabilities as 
and when they fall due and ensure covenants are met.
Based on the above, the directors believe that it remains 
appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a Going 
Concern basis.
2.4. Segment Reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with 
the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-
maker. The chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible 
for allocating resources and assessing performance of the 
operating segments, has been identified as the Board of 
Directors that makes strategic decisions.
2.5. Foreign Currencies
d) Functional and Presentation Currency
Items included in the Financial Statements are measured 
using the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which the entity operates (the ‘functional currency’). The 
Financial Statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, 
rounded to the nearest £000’s, which is the Company’s 
functional currency.
e) Transactions and Balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the 
functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing 
at the dates of the transactions or valuation where such 
items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses 
resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from 
the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
recognised in the Income Statement. Foreign exchange 
gains and losses that relate to borrowings and cash and 
cash equivalents are presented in the Income Statement 

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
199
within ‘finance income or costs’. An exception to this is when 
the borrowings exchange differences arise on monetary 
items that form part of the reporting entity’s net investment 
in a foreign operation, in the consolidated financial 
statements the exchange gain or loss will be shown in other 
comprehensive income. All other foreign exchange gains and 
losses are presented in the Income Statement within ‘Other 
net gains/(losses)’.
Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets 
and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through 
profit or loss are recognised in profit or loss as part of 
the fair value gain or loss. Translation differences on non-
monetary financial assets measured at fair value, such as 
equities classified as available for sale, are included in other 
comprehensive income.
f) Group companies
The results and financial position of all the Group entities 
(none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary 
economy) that have a functional currency different from the 
presentation currency are translated into the presentation 
currency as follows:
	- Assets and liabilities for each period end date presented 
are translated at the period-end closing rate;
	- Income and expenses for each Income Statement are 
translated at average exchange rates (unless this average 
is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect 
of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which 
case income and expenses are translated at the dates of 
the transactions); and
	- All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other 
comprehensive income.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition 
of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the 
foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange 
differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive 
income. On consolidation, exchange differences arising from 
the translation of the net investment in foreign entities, and 
of monetary items receivable from foreign subsidiaries for 
which settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur in the 
foreseeable future, are taken to other comprehensive income. 
When a foreign operation is sold, such exchange differences 
are recognised in the Income Statement as part of the gain or 
loss on sale.
2.6. Intangible Assets
The Group measures goodwill as the fair value of the 
purchase consideration transferred including the recognised 
amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, less 
the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed, all measured as of the acquisition date. If the 
total of consideration transferred, non-controlling interest 
recognised and previously held interest measured at fair 
value is less than the fair value of the net assets of the 
subsidiary acquired, in the case of a bargain purchase, the 
difference is recognised directly in the Income Statement.
As reported within the CEO’s strategic report, a PPA was 
carried out to assess the fair value of the assets acquired in 
Bjorka Minerals, ST Investcija and the CRH Lime Acquisitions 
as at the completion date. As a result of this exercise, 
goodwill in Bjorka Minerals decreased from £10.6 million 
to £6.6 million with the corresponding movement being 
land and minerals and land and buildings. Goodwill in ST 
Investcija decreased from £3.6 million to £1.8 million with the 
corresponding movement being land and minerals. Goodwill 
in CRH Lime Acquisitions decreased from £406.1 million 
to £296 million with the corresponding movement being 
land and buildings, land and mineral reserves and plant and 
machinery. The current accounting policies regarding the 
subsequent treatment of intangible assets will apply to fair 
value uplift attributable to the PPA.
Amortisation is provided on intangible assets to write off 
the cost less estimated residual value of each asset over its 
expected useful economic life on a straight-line basis at the 
following annual rates:
GOODWILL
0%
CUSTOMER RELATIONS
7% – 12.5%
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
10% – 12%
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
10% – 20%
BRANDING
5% – 10%
OTHER INTANGIBLES
10% – 20%
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in 
a business combination is allocated to each of the entities, 
or group of entities, that are expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination. Goodwill is monitored at a 
Group level.
Goodwill is not amortised however impairment reviews 
are undertaken annually, or more frequently if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. 
Forecast cash flows for each operating segment have been 
discounted at rates of 9.90 per cent to 10.34 per cent (2023: 
discounted at rates of 9.30 per cent to 12.24 per cent); which 
was calculated based on market participants’ cost of capital 
and adjusted to reflect factors specific to each operating 
segment. When the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the 
recoverable amount (the higher of value in use and fair value 
less costs), an impairment is recognised immediately as an 
expense and is not subsequently reversed.
Other intangibles consist of capitalised development costs 
for assets produced that assist in the operations of the 
Group and earn revenue. Impairment reviews are performed 
annually. Where the benefit of the intangible ceases or 
has been superseded, these are written off to the Income 
Statement.
2.7. Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, plus any PPA 
uplift, less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated 
impairment losses. Subsequent costs are included in the 
asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, 
as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic 
benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and 
the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying 
amount of the replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs 
and maintenance are charged to the Income Statement during 
the financial period in which they are incurred.
Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment 
to write off the cost less estimated residual value of each 
asset over its expected useful economic life on a straight-line 
basis at the following annual rates:
OFFICE EQUIPMENT
12.5% – 50%
LAND AND BUILDINGS
0% – 10%
PLANT AND MACHINERY
4% – 33%
FURNITURE AND VEHICLES
7.5% – 33.3%
CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS
0%
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and 
adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its 
recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater 
than its estimated recoverable amount.
Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing 
the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised 
within ‘Other net gains/(losses)’ in the Income Statement.
2.8. Land, Mineral Rights and Restoration Costs
Land, quarry development costs, which include directly 
attributable construction overheads and mineral rights 
are recorded at cost plus any PPA uplift. Land and quarry 
development are depreciated and amortised, respectively, 
using the units of production method, based on estimated 
recoverable tonnage. 
Where the Group has a legal or constructive obligation for 
restoration of a site the expected costs of restoring this 
site is provided for on a discounted basis. The initial cost of 
creating this provision is capitalised within property, plant 
and equipment and depreciated over the life of the site.  The 
provisions are discounted to their present value at a rate 
which reflects the time value of money and risks specific 
to the liability. Changes in the measurement of a previously 
capitalised provision are accordingly added or deducted from 
the value of the asset.  
The depletion of mineral rights and depreciation of 
restoration costs are expensed by reference to the quarry 
activity during the period and remaining estimated amounts 
of mineral to be recovered over the expected life of the 
operation.
The process of removing overburden and other mine waste 
materials to access mineral deposits is referred to as 
stripping.
There are two types of stripping activity:
	- Development stripping is the initial overburden removal 
during the development phase to obtain access to a 
mineral deposit that will be commercially produced.
	- Production stripping relates to overburden removal 
during the normal course of production activities and 
commences after the first saleable minerals have been 
extracted from the component.
Development stripping costs are capitalised as a 
development stripping asset when:
	- It is probable that future economic benefits associated 
with the asset will flow to the entity; and
	- The costs can be measured reliably.
Production stripping can give rise to two benefits, the 
extraction of ore in the current period and improved access 
to the ore body component in future periods. To the extent 
that the benefit is the extraction of ore stripping costs are 
recognised as an inventory cost. To the extent that the 
benefit is improved access to future ore, stripping costs are 
recognised as a production stripping asset if the following 
criteria are met:
	- It is probable that the future economic benefit (improved 
access to ore) will flow to the entity;
	- The component of the ore body for which access has 
been improved can be identified; and
	- The costs relating to the stripping activity can be 
measured reliably.
The development and production stripping assets are 
depreciated in accordance with units of production based 
on the proven and probable reserves of the relevant 
components. Stripping assets are classified as other 
minerals assets in property, plant and equipment.
2.9. Financial Assets
Classification
The Group’s financial assets consist of loans and receivables. 
The classification depends on the purpose for which the 
financial assets were acquired. Management determines the 
classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.
(i) Financial Assets at Fair Value through Profit or Loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are 
financial assets held for trading. A financial asset is 
classified in this category if acquired principally for the 
purpose of selling in the short term. Derivatives are also 
categorised as held for trading unless they are designated 
as hedges.
Assets in this category are classified as current assets if 
expected to be settled within 12 months; otherwise, they are 
classified as non-current.  
(ii) Financial Assets at Fair Value through other 
comprehensive income
A financial asset is classified and subsequently measured 
at fair value through other comprehensive income if it 
meets the SPPI criterion and is managed in a business 
model in which assets are held both for sale and to collect 
contractual cash flows, or if an investment in an equity 
instrument is elected to be measured at fair value through 
other comprehensive income. Derivatives eligible for hedge 
accounting are classified as financial assets at fair value 
through other comprehensive income.
Notes to the Financial Statements

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
201
(iii) Loans and Receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets 
with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in 
an active market. They are included in current assets, except 
for maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet 
date. These are classified as non-current assets. The Group’s 
loans and receivables comprise trade and other receivables 
and cash and cash equivalents at the year-end.
Recognition and Measurement
Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised 
on the trade date – the date on which the Group commits 
to purchasing or selling the asset. Financial assets carried 
at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognised at 
fair value, and transaction costs are expensed in the Income 
Statement. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights 
to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or have been 
transferred, and the Group has transferred substantially all of 
the risks and rewards of ownership. 
Loans and receivables are subsequently carried at amortised 
cost using the effective interest method.
Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of 
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are 
presented in the Income Statement within “Other (Losses)/
Gains” in the period in which they arise.
Derivative Financial Instruments 
The majority of the Group’s strategic hedging programme 
is delivered using executory contracts to forward purchase 
exchange contracts or commodities for our own use. 
The Group uses financial instruments to manage financial 
risks associated with the Group’s underlying business 
activities and the financing of those activities. The Group 
does not undertake any trading in financial instruments. 
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently remeasured in future periods at fair value. The 
gain or loss on remeasurement is recognised immediately 
in profit or loss, unless a derivative financial instrument is 
designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a 
recognised asset or liability. In this instance the effective 
part of any gain or loss is recognised in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income and in the revaluation 
reserve. 
Amounts recorded in the revaluation reserve are 
subsequently reclassified to the consolidated income 
statement when the expense for the hedged transaction is 
actually recognised. To qualify for hedge accounting, the 
hedging relationship must meet several conditions with 
respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge 
effectiveness and reliability of measurement.
At inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents 
the economic relationship between hedging instruments and 
hedged items, including whether changes in the cash flows 
of the hedging instruments are expected to offset changes 
in the cash flows of hedged items. The Group documents its 
risk management objective and strategy for undertaking its 
hedge transactions. 
The fair values of various derivative instruments used for 
hedging purposes are disclosed in Note 33. Movements on 
the revaluation reserve in shareholders’ equity are shown in 
Note 30. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified 
as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of 
the hedged item is more than 12 months, and as a current 
asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item 
is less than 12 months. Trading derivatives are classified as a 
current asset or liability.
Impairment of Financial Assets
The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period 
whether there is the need to recognise loss allowances 
for expected credit losses on financial assets. These are 
measured at amortised cost. The Group measures loss 
allowances at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit 
losses, except for bank balances for which credit risk has 
not increased significantly since initial recognition, which are 
measured as 12-month expected credit loss. 
The loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s 
carrying amount and the present value of estimated future 
cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been 
incurred), discounted at the financial asset’s original effective 
interest rate.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss 
decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an 
event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such 
as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal 
of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised 
in the Income Statement.
2.10. Inventories
Inventories are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently 
at the lower of cost and net realisable value, which is the 
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, 
less applicable variable selling expenses. Cost comprises 
all costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs 
incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location 
and condition. In the case of manufactured inventories and 
work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share of 
overheads based on normal operating capacity.
Weighted average cost is used to determine the cost of 
ordinarily interchangeable items.
2.11. Trade Receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value 
and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less provision for impairment. 
Trade receivables are amounts due from third parties in the 
ordinary course of business. If collection is expected in one 
year or less, they are classified as current assets. If not, they 
are presented as non-current assets.
Trade receivables – factoring
The carrying amounts of the trade receivables excludes 
receivables which are subject to a factoring arrangement. 
Under this arrangement, the Group has transferred the 
relevant receivables to the factor in exchange for cash 
without recourse. Therefore, it doesn’t recognise the 
transferred assets in their entirety in its balance sheet.
The value of factored receivables at each year end are as 
follows:
 
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
TOTAL FACTORING 
6,039
5,927
2.12. Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand 
and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
2.13. Share Capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs 
directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are 
shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
2.14. Reserves
Share Premium – the reserve for shares issued above the 
nominal value. This also includes the cost of share issues 
that occurred during the year.
Retained Earnings – the retained earnings reserve includes 
all current and prior periods retained profit and losses.
Share Option Reserve – represents share options awarded by 
the Company.
Other Reserves comprise the following:
Capital Redemption Reserve – the amount equivalent to the 
nominal value of shares redeemed by the Group. 
Foreign Currency Translation Reserve – represents the 
translation differences arising from translating the financial 
statement items from functional currency to presentational 
currency.
Deferred Shares – are shares that effectively do not have any 
rights or entitlements.
Capital Reserve – represents cash that can be used for future 
expenses or to offset any capital losses. 
Revaluation Reserve – represents the changes of values in 
certain assets and includes derivative instruments used for 
cash-flow hedging.
2.15. Financial Liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as 
financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans 
and borrowings, payables, or as derivatives designated as 
hedging instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate. 
All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, 
in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of 
directly attributable transaction costs. The Group’s financial 
liabilities include trade and other payables and loans. 
Subsequent measurement 
The measurement of financial liabilities depends on their 
classification, as described following: 
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include 
financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities 
designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through 
profit or loss. Financial liabilities are classified as held for 
trading if they are incurred for the purpose of repurchasing 
in the near term. This category also includes derivative 
financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not 
designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships as 
defined by IFRS 9. Separated embedded derivatives are also 
classified as held for trading unless they are designated as 
effective hedging instruments. Gains or losses on liabilities 
held for trading are recognised in the statement of profit or 
loss and other comprehensive income.
Trade and other payables 
After initial recognition, trade and other payables are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR 
method. Gains and losses are recognised in the statement 
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income when 
the liabilities are derecognised, as well as through the EIR 
amortisation process. Amortised cost is calculated by taking 
into account any discount or premium on acquisition and 
fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. 
The EIR amortisation is included as finance costs in the 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. 
Bank and Other Borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts and other 
loans are recognised initially at fair value less attributable 
transaction costs. All borrowings are subsequently stated 
at amortised cost with the difference between initial net 
proceeds and redemption value recognised in the Income 
Statement over the period to redemption on an effective 
interest basis.
Derecognition 
A financial liability is derecognised when the associated 
obligation is discharged or cancelled or expires. When an 
existing financial liability is replaced by another from the 
same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms 
of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an 
exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of 
the original liability and the recognition of a new liability. The 
difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognised in 
profit or loss and other comprehensive income. 
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under 
the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. 
Financial liabilities included in trade and other payables 
are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently at 
amortised cost.
2.16. Trade Payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services 
that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business 
from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current 
liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they 
are presented as non-current liabilities. 
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.
Notes to the Financial Statements

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
203
2.17. Provisions
The Group provides for the costs of restoring a site where a 
legal or constructive obligation exists. The estimated future 
costs for known restoration requirements are determined on 
a site-by-site basis and are calculated based on the present 
value of estimated future costs. 
The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate 
of the consideration required to settle the present obligation 
at the end of the reporting period, considering the risks and 
uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When a provision is 
measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present 
obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those 
cash flows (where the effect of the time value of money is 
material). The increase in provisions due to the passage of 
time is included in the Consolidated Income Statement.
2.18. Taxation
Tax is recognised in the Income Statement, except to 
the extent that it relates to items recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the 
tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or 
directly in equity, respectively. 
Deferred tax is recognised using the liability method in 
respect of temporary differences arising from differences 
between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the 
consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax 
bases used in the computation of taxable profit. However, 
deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise 
from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred tax is not 
accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset 
or liability in a transaction other than a business combination 
that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting 
nor taxable profit or loss. 
In principle, deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all 
taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets 
(including those arising from investments in subsidiaries), 
are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised.
Deferred income tax assets are recognised on deductible 
temporary differences arising from investments in 
subsidiaries only to the extent that it is probable the 
temporary difference will reverse in the future and there is 
sufficient taxable profit available against which the temporary 
difference can be used.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences arising on investments in except where the Group 
is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and 
it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a 
legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and 
liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation 
authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable 
entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on 
a net basis.
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates (and laws) that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the statement 
of financial position date and are expected to apply to the 
period when the deferred tax asset is realised, or the deferred 
tax liability is settled. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.
2.19. Non-underlying Items
Non-underlying items are a non-UK IAS measure, but the 
Group have disclosed these separately in the financial 
statements, where it is necessary to do so to provide further 
understanding of the financial performance of the Group.  
They are items that are not expected to be recurring or do not 
relate to the ongoing operations of the Group’s business and 
non-cash items which distort the underlying performance of 
the business.
2.20. Revenue Recognition
Group revenue arises from the sale of goods and contracting 
services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the 
consideration received or receivable and represents amounts 
receivable for goods or services supplied in course of 
ordinary business, stated net of discounts, returns and value 
added taxes. The Group recognises revenue in accordance 
with IFRS 15, identifying performance obligations within its 
contracts with customers, determining the transaction price 
applicable to each of these performance obligations and 
selecting an appropriate method for the timing of revenue 
recognition, reflecting the substance of the performance 
obligation at either a point in time or over time.
Sale of goods
Most of the Group’s revenue is derived from the sale of 
physical goods to customers. Depending on whether the 
goods are delivered to or collected by the customer, the 
contract contains either one performance obligation which 
is satisfied at the point of collection, or two performance 
obligations which are satisfied simultaneously at the point 
of delivery. The performance obligation of products sold are 
transferred according to the specific terms that have been 
formally agreed with the customer, generally upon delivery 
when the bill of lading is signed as evidence that they have 
accepted the product delivered to them.
The transaction price for this revenue is the amount which can 
be invoiced to the customer once the performance obligations 
are fulfilled, reduced to reflect provisions recognised for 
returns, trade discounts and rebates. The Group does not 
routinely offer discounts or volume rebates, but where it does 
the variable element of revenue is based on the most likely 
amount of consideration that the Group believes it will receive. 
This value excludes items collected on behalf of third parties, 
such as sales and value added taxes.
For all sales of goods, revenue is recognised at a point in 
time, being the point that the goods are transferred to the 
customer.
Contracting services
The majority of contracting services revenue arises from 
contract surfacing work, which typically comprises short-
term contracts with a performance obligation to supply and 
lay product. Other contracting services revenue can contain 
more than one performance obligation dependent on the 
nature of the contract.
The transaction price is calculated as consideration specified 
by the contract, adjusted to reflect provisions recognised 
for returns, remedial work arising in the normal course of 
business, trade discounts and rebates.
Where the contract provides for elements of variable 
consideration, these values are included in the calculation 
of the transaction price only to the extent that it is ‘highly 
probable’ that a significant reversal in the amount of 
cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the 
uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is 
resolved. Where the transaction price is allocated between 
multiple performance obligations on other contracts, this 
typically reflects the allocation of value to each performance 
obligation agreed with the end customer, unless this does not 
reflect the economic substance of the transaction.
Performance obligations for contracting services are 
satisfied over time. Revenue is therefore recognised over 
time on an output basis, being volume of product laid for 
contract surfacing. As the performance obligations relating 
to contracting revenues have an expected duration less than 
12 months, the Group has taken the practical expedient on 
the performance obligations disclosures. 
2.21. Finance Income
Interest income is recognised using the effective interest 
method.
2.22. Employee Benefits – Defined contribution plans
The Group maintains defined contribution plans for which 
the Group pays fixed contributions to publicly or privately 
administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, 
contractual or voluntary basis and will have no legal or 
constructive obligation to pay further amounts. The Group’s 
contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to the 
Income Statement in the period to which the contributions 
relate.
2.23. Employee Benefits – Defined benefit plans
The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit plans 
is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the 
amount of the future benefit that employees have earned in 
the current and prior periods, discounting the amount and 
deducting the fair value of any plan assets. 
Defined benefit obligations are calculated annually by a 
qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. 
When the calculation results in a potential asset for the 
Group, the recognised asset is limited to the present value of 
economic benefits available in the form of any future refunds 
from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the 
plan. To calculate the present value of economic benefits, 
consideration is given to any applicable minimum funding 
requirements. 
Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability, which 
comprise actuarial gains and losses, the return on plan 
assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling 
(if any, excluding interest), are recognised immediately in 
other comprehensive income. The Group determines the net 
interest expense (income) for the net defined benefit liability 
(asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to 
measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the 
annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), 
taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit 
liability (asset) during the period as a result of contributions 
and benefit payments. Net interest expense relating to 
defined benefit plans are recognised in profit or loss in net 
financial items. 
When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is 
curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to past 
service or the gain or loss on the curtailment is recognised 
immediately in the profit or loss. The Group recognises gains 
and losses on the settlement of a defined benefit plan when 
the settlement occurs. 
2.24. Share Based Payments
The Group operates a number of equity-settled, share-
based schemes, under which the entity receives services 
from employees or third-party suppliers as consideration 
for equity instruments (options and warrants) of the Group. 
The fair value of the third-party suppliers’ services received 
in exchange for the grant of the options is recognised as an 
expense in the Consolidated Income Statement or charged to 
equity depending on the nature of the service provided. The 
value of the employee services received is expensed in the 
Income Statement and its value is determined by reference to 
the fair value of the options granted:
	- Including any market performance conditions;
	- Excluding the impact of any service and non-market 
performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability 
or sales growth targets, or remaining an employee of the 
entity over a specified period); and
	- Including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (for 
example, the requirement for employees to save).
Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions 
about the number of options that are expected to vest. The 
total expense or charge is recognised over the vesting period, 
which is the period over which all specified vesting conditions 
are to be satisfied. At the end of each reporting period, the 
entity revises its estimates of the number of options that are 
expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. 
It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, 
if any, in the Income Statement or equity as appropriate, with 
a corresponding adjustment to a separate reserve in equity.
When the options are exercised, the Company issues new 
shares. The proceeds received, net of any directly attributable 
transaction costs, are credited to share capital (nominal value) 
and share premium when the options are exercised.
2.25. Discontinued Operations
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s 
business, the operations and cash flows of which can be 
clearly distinguished from the rest of the Group and which:
	- Represents a separate major line of business or 
geographic area of operations;
	- Is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a 
Notes to the Financial Statements

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
205
separate major line of business or geographic area of 
operations; or
	- Is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to re-sale.
Classification as a discontinued operation occurs at the 
earlier of disposal or when the operation meets the criteria 
to be classified as held-for-sale. The Group operates several 
business units which are constantly reviewed to ensure 
profitability. 
On 13 December 2024, the Group sold BMix, Goijens with an 
option to sell Betons. As a result, these businesses have been 
classed as a discontinued operation.
2.26. Leases
The Group leases certain plant and equipment. Leases of 
plant and equipment where the Group has substantially all 
the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as Right-of-
use assets and lease liability under IFRS 16.  	
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, comprising 
the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any 
lease prepayments, plus initial direct costs, less any lease 
incentives received. Right-of-use assets are depreciated 
using the straight-line method from the start of the lease 
to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the right-of-use 
asset or the end of the lease term. 
Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and 
finance charges. The corresponding rental obligations, net 
of finance charges, are included in long-term and short-term 
borrowings and are measured at the present value of future 
lease payments, discounted at the Group’s incremental 
borrowing rate and adjusted for time value of money. The 
interest element of the finance cost is charged to the Income 
Statement over the lease period to produce a constant periodic 
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each 
period. The lease liabilities are shown in Note 24.
The Group elects to apply the exemptions, permitted by IFRS 
16, for lease assets and liabilities regarding short-term and 
low-value leases. Charges recognised in the consolidated 
income statement in respect of these leases are not 
significant to the Group.
3. Financial Risk Management
3.1. Financial Risk Factors
The Group and Company’s activities expose it to a variety of 
financial risks: market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The 
Group and Company’s overall risk management programme 
focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and 
seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group and 
Company’s financial performance.
Risk management is carried out by the UK based management 
team under policies approved by the Board of Directors.
a) Market Risk
The Group is exposed to market risk, primarily relating 
to interest rate, foreign exchange and commodity prices. 
The Group has not sensitised the figures for fluctuations 
in interest rates, foreign exchange or commodity prices 
as the Directors are of the opinion that these fluctuations 
would not have a significant impact on the Financial 
Statements at the present time. The Group has a strong 
focus on operational gearing, allowing it to be flexible during 
economically disruptive events however the Directors will 
continue to assess the effect of movements in market risks 
on the Group’s financial operations and initiate suitable risk 
management measures where necessary.
The Group has assessed the impact of the Interest Rate 
Benchmark Reform and confirms that it is not materially 
affected by the transition away from interbank offered rates 
(IBORs) or any other benchmark interest rate changes. The 
Group’s Debt Facility is designated in EURs and therefore 
subject to interest based on the EURIBOR rate. 
The Group will continue to monitor regulatory developments and 
market practices related to benchmark interest rate transitions 
to ensure compliance with any future requirements.
b) Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a 
customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails 
to meet its contractual obligations, and arises from cash 
and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and, 
principally, from the Group’s receivables from customers.
Management monitors the exposure to credit risk on an 
ongoing basis and have credit insurance at a number of the 
Group’s subsidiaries. The Nordkalk and Fel’s entities don’t 
hold credit insurance as they have a stable customer base 
with minimal credit losses. No credit limits were exceeded 
during the period, and management does not expect any 
losses from non-performance by these counterparties.
Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the 
maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit 
risk at the reporting date was:
 
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
TRADE AND OTHER 
RECEIVABLES
171,929
102,432
CASH AND CASH 
EQUIVALENTS
131,356
55,872
303,285
158,304
Credit risk associated with cash balances is managed and 
limited by transacting with financial institutions with high-
quality credit ratings.
Trade and other receivables 
The Group’s exposure to credit risk stems mainly from 
the individual characteristics of each customer. However, 
management also considers the factors that could influence 
the credit risk of its customer base, including the default risk 
of the industry and country in which customers operate.
The Group has established a credit policy under which each 
new customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness, 
before the Group’s standard payment and delivery terms and 
conditions are offered to the customer. The Group’s review 
includes external ratings, when available, and in some cases 
bank references.
Most of the Group’s customers have been trading with the 
Group for years, and no major credit losses have occurred 
with these customers. Credit risk is monitored by grouping 
customers according to their credit characteristics, including 
whether they are individuals or legal entities and whether they 
are wholesale, retail or end-user customers, as well as by 
geographic location, industry and the existence of previous 
financial difficulties.
The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other 
receivables by reportable segment, was: 
 
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
UK & IRELAND
43,619
20,350
WESTERN EUROPE
19,043
23,554
NORDICS
48,978
38,276
CENTRAL EUROPE
42,646
20,252
CORPORATE
17,643
-
171,929
102,432
Impairment
At the reporting date the ageing of the trade receivables that 
were not impaired, were as follows:
 
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
TOTAL TRADE 
RECEIVABLES
135,410
85,033
NOT OVERDUE
105,795
66,536
OVERDUE 1 – 30 DAYS
18,905
15,286
OVERDUE 31 – 60 DAYS
6,064
1,646
OVERDUE 61 – 90 DAYS
1,433
495
MORE THAN 90 DAYS
5,321
1,573
IMPAIRMENT LOSS 
RECOGNISED
(2,107)
(503)
Provisions for impairment of trade and other receivables 
are calculated on a lifetime expected loss model in line with 
the simplified approach available under IFRS 9 for Trade 
Receivables. The key inputs in determining the level of 
provision are the historical level of bad debts experienced by 
the Group and ageing of outstanding amounts. Movements 
during the year were as follows:
 
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
AT 1 JANUARY 
713
382
AMOUNTS ARISING 
FROM BUSINESS 
COMBINATIONS
1,107
-
CHARGED TO THE 
CONSOLIDATED INCOME 
STATEMENT DURING 
THE YEAR
102
177
MOVEMENT IN 
PROVISION
185
154
2,107
713
Derivatives
Subsidiary currency risks are hedged by the parent or 
ultimate parent acting as counterparty in currency forward 
deals. External currency hedging is performed by finance 
and treasury functions as appropriate. In such deals, the 
counterparty is a bank or financial institution with a rating at 
least Baa3 from Moody’s rating agency. A comparable credit 
rating from a reputable credit rating agency is acceptable. 
Exceptions may be granted on an individual basis in rare 
cases where a bank is chosen for geographical reasons but 
does not fulfil the stipulated rating criteria.
Items hedged against are CO2 emission rights, forecast energy 
consumption, loans in foreign currency and forecast earnings. 
c) Currency Risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk to the extent that there 
is a mismatch between the currencies in which sales and 
purchases are denominated and the respective functional 
currencies of Group companies. The functional currencies 
of Group companies are primarily the Pound, the Euro, the 
Polish Zloty (PLN), the Czech Koruna (CZK) and the Swedish 
Krona (SEK). The currencies in which these transactions are 
primarily denominated are GBP, CZK, EUR, PLN, and SEK. 
Additional exposures may arise from purchase of fuel in USD.
At any point in time, the Group hedges on average 60 to 
100 per cent of its estimated foreign currency exposure in 
respect of forecast sales and purchases over the following 
12-18 months. The Group uses forward exchange contracts 
to hedge its currency risk, with a maturity of up to 12 months 
from the reporting date.
Borrowings are, with a few exceptions, denominated in the 
subsidiaries’ domestic currencies.
In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies, the Group’s policy is to 
ensure that its net exposure remains at an acceptable level 
by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates when 
necessary to address short-term imbalances.
Exposure to currency risk
Currency risk sensitivity to a +/- 10 per cent change in the 
exchange rate is shown for the net currency position per 
currency. The summary of quantitative data relating to the 
Group’s exposure to currency risk as reported to the Group 
management is as follows:
Notes to the Financial Statements

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
207
Notes to the Financial Statements
2024
GBP THOUSAND
USD
SEK
NOK
NET EXPOSURE
(430)
24,524
(3,988)
HEDGED
7,693
(18,022)
2,967
NET EXPOSURE
7,263
6,503
(1,021)
SENSITIVITY 
ANALYSIS (+/- 10%)
726
650
(102)
GBP THOUSAND
PLN
EUR
CZK
NET EXPOSURE
1,297
27,960
9,642
HEDGED
1,159
-
-
NET EXPOSURE
2,456
27,960
9,642
SENSITIVITY 
ANALYSIS (+/- 10%)
245
2,796
964
d) Liquidity Risk
The Group’s continued future operations depend on the ability 
to raise sufficient working capital through the issue of equity 
share capital or debt. The Directors are reasonably confident 
that adequate funding will be forthcoming with which to 
finance operations owing to the continued support of the 
lenders and a history of successful capital raises. Controls 
over expenditure are carefully managed. 
2024 
CONTRACTUAL 
CASH FLOWS
1-12 
months 
£’000
1-2 years 
£’000
2-5 years 
£’000
More 
than 5 
years 
£’000
NON-DERIVATIVE 
FINANCIAL 
LIABILITIES
LOANS
54,568
121,588
415,328
-
TRADE PAYABLES
285,476
160
70,622
84,248
340,044
121,748
485,950
84,248
FUTURE 
FORECAST 
FINANCE 
CHARGES
1,924
1,824
4,791
10,469
341,968
123,572
490,741
94,717
DERIVATIVE 
FINANCIAL 
LIABILITIES
FORWARD 
EXCHANGE 
CONTRACTS USED 
FOR HEDGING
264
-
-
-
ELECTRICITY 
HEDGES 
1,079
-
-
-
1,343
-
-
-
The outflows disclosed in the above tables represent the 
contractual discounted and undiscounted cash flows relating 
to derivative financial liabilities held for risk management 
purposed and which are not usually closed out before 
contractual maturity. The only discounted cash flows in the 
above table is the deferred consideration owing on the CRH 
Lime Acquisitions. 
The interest payments on the variable interest rate loans in 
the table above reflect market forward interest rates at the 
reporting date and these amounts may change in line with 
changes in market interest rates. The future cash flows from 
derivative instruments may differ from the amount in the 
above table as interest rates and exchange rates change. 
Except for these financial liabilities, it is not expected that 
the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur 
significantly earlier or at significantly different amounts. 
3.2. Capital Risk Management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to 
safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
to enable the Group to continue its construction material 
investment activities, and to maintain an optimal capital 
structure to reduce the cost of capital.
To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may 
adjust the issue of shares or sell assets to reduce debts.
Under the Group’s New Debt Facilities, which has a carrying 
amount of £584.7 million (2023: 203.6 million), the Group is 
subject to covenants which are tested monthly and certified 
quarterly. These covenants are:
	- Group interest cover ratio set at a minimum of 3.5 times 
EBITDA while the Bridge Loan remains outstanding and 
then 4.0 times thereafter; and
	- A maximum adjusted leverage ratio, which is the ratio 
of total net debt, including further borrowings such as 
deferred consideration, to adjusted EBITDA, of 3.95x in 
2024.
As of 31 December 2024, the Group comfortably complied 
with its bank facility covenants under the terms of the debt 
facility agreement.
There are no indications that the Group would have 
difficulties complying with the covenants in the future.
The Group defines capital based on the total equity of the 
Company. The Group monitors its level of cash resources 
available against future planned operational activities and 
the Company may issue new shares in order to raise further 
funds from time to time.
The gearing ratio on 31 December 2024 is as follows:
Consolidated
 
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
TOTAL BORROWINGS (NOTE 24)
641,832
238,296
LESS: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS FROM 
CONTINUING OPERATIONS (NOTE 22)
(131,356)
(55,872)
NET DEBT
510,476
182,424
TOTAL EQUITY
754,468
514,884
TOTAL CAPITAL
1,264,944
697,308
GEARING RATIO
0.40
0.26
4. Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of the Financial Statements, in conformity 
with UK IASs, requires management to make estimates, 
assumptions and judgements that affect the reported 
amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities at the date of the Financial Statements 
and the reported amount of expenses during the year. Actual 
results may vary from the estimates used to produce these 
Financial Statements. 
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are 
based on historical experience and other factors, including 
expectations of future events that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances. 
Significant items subject to such estimates, assumptions 
and judgements include, but are not limited to:
a) Land and Mineral Reserves
The determination of fair values of land and mineral 
reserves are carried out by appropriately qualified persons 
in accordance with the Appraisal and Valuation standards 
published by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors. 
To determine the reserves, management will engage an 
independent volume and tonnage assessment, which 
involves a topographic survey of the quarry working, 
conducted in 3 dimensions for the date of the assessment 
using a computer aided design (CAD) system and a series of 
theoretical computer-generated models, taking into account 
geotechnical and hydrogeological factors, as well as ensuring 
that there is a practical extraction plan so that all the rock can 
be recovered. This produces a removal of overburden model 
and removal of mineral model. 
Following this, the volume of reserves is calculated and 
converted to tonnes by multiplying the volume by the density 
of the mineral. This process is based upon factors such as 
estimates of commodity prices and geological assumptions 
and judgements. Additional estimates include future capital 
requirements and production costs. 
The PPAs included the revaluation of land and minerals 
based on the estimated remaining reserves within St John’s, 
Les Vardes, Aberdo, Carrières du Hainaut, Harries, Nordkalk, 
JQG, Fels, Vitosov and Clogrennane. These are then valued 
based on the estimated remaining life of the mines and the 
net present value for the price per tonnage.
b) Estimated Impairment of Goodwill
Goodwill arising on business combinations is not amortised 
but is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, or more 
frequently if there are indications that the goodwill may be 
impaired. Goodwill is allocated to groups of cash generating 
units according to the level at which management monitor 
that goodwill, which is at the level of operating segments.
Where the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable 
amount (being the greater of fair value less costs and value-
in-use), an impairment loss is recognised by writing down 
goodwill to its recoverable amount. When an impairment is 
recognised as an expense, it is not subsequently reversed.
To assess the value-in-use, the net cash flow forecasts are 
extrapolated using long-term growth rates to determine 
the terminal value. These net cash flow forecasts reflect 
volumes, sales prices, cost of sales and administration costs 
assumptions in addition to other cash flow movements. 
Future cash flows, including the terminal value, are discounted 
to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate takes 
into account the current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the certain risks for which the future 
cash flow estimates have not been adjusted. The future cash 
flow estimates exclude net cash movement attributable to 
financing activities and income tax. 
The impairment test process requires management to make 
significant judgements and estimates regarding the valuation 
models, discount rates used, and future cash flows projected 
to be generated by the operating segment to which goodwill 
has been allocated. Further information on the impairment 
assessment and key assumptions used is detailed in note 17.
The PPA assessments provide a reduction to the goodwill for 
each operating segment via the fair value assessment of the 
assets acquired in new entities as at the completion date. 
Goodwill has a carrying value of £446.9 million as at 31 
December 2024 (31 December 2023: £169.7 million). 
Management has concluded that an impairment charge was 
not necessary to the carrying value of goodwill for the period 
ended 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: £nil). See 
Note 2.6 to the Financial Statements.
c) Restoration Provision
The Group’s provision for restoration costs is an accounting 
estimate and has a carrying value at 31 December 2024 of 
£50 million (31 December 2023: £7.9 million) and relate to 
the removal of the plant and equipment held at quarries in 
the UK & Ireland, Central Europe and Nordics. 
The cost of removal is a judgement determined by 
management for the removal and disposal of the machinery 
at the point at which the reserves are no longer available for 
business use. Management judgements are based on a site-
by-site basis on the evaluation of available information such as 
prior experience and current laws and regulations. There are 
a number of uncertainties which may impact management’s 
judgements including change in governments, laws and 
regulations, unknown factors and changes in technology.
The restoration provision is a commitment to restore the 
site to a safe and secure environment. These provisions are 
reviewed annually.   

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
209
Notes to the Financial Statements
d) Recognition of deferred tax assets
Uncertainty exists related to the availability of future taxable 
profit against which tax losses carried forward can be used, 
however deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax 
losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits 
will be available against which the losses can be utilised. 
Significant management judgement is required to determine 
the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, 
based on the likely timing and level of future taxable 
profits, together with future tax planning strategies. Further 
information on income taxes is disclosed in Note 15.
e) Fair value of financial instruments
The fair values of financial instruments that cannot be 
determined based on quoted market prices and rates are 
established using different valuation techniques. The Group 
uses judgement to select methods and make assumptions 
that are mainly based on market conditions existing at the 
end of the reporting period. Factors regarding valuation 
techniques and their assumptions could affect the reported 
fair values. Further information on fair value of financial 
instruments is disclosed in note 33. 
5. Dividends
No dividend has been declared or paid by the Company 
during the year ended 31 December 2024 (2023: nil).
6. Segment Information
Management has determined the operating segments based 
on reports reviewed by the Board of Directors that are used 
to make strategic decisions. During the periods presented 
the Group has four geographical regions, UK & Ireland 
which comprises of UK Lime, UK Stone, Irish Lime and UK 
Products; Western Europe which comprises of Belgian Stone 
and Belgian Products; Central Europe which comprises of 
German Lime, Czech Lime, Polish Lime, Polish Stone and 
Development and Nordics with comprises of Nordic Lime and 
Nordic Stone. Activities in the UK & Ireland, Western Europe, 
Central Europe and Nordics regions relate to the production 
of minerals and sale of materials, products and services.
31 December 2024
UK & Ireland 
£’000
Western 
Europe 
£’000
Nordics 
£’000
Central 
Europe 
£’000
Corporate 
£’000
Total 
£’000
REVENUE (CONTINUED OPERATIONS)
232,370
62,475
264,269
403,170
222
962,506
DEPRECIATION & AMORTISATION
16,561
6,625
17,945
30,699
232
72,062
NET FINANCE (EXPENSE)/INCOME
1,327
265
638
2,463
48,126
52,819
UNDERLYING PROFIT FROM OPERATIONS PER 
REPORTABLE SEGMENT
42,119
8,628
39,886
84,099
(14,103)
160,629
ADDITIONS TO NON-CURRENT ASSETS
180,512
(967)
(34,854)
802,452
7,258
954,402
REPORTABLE SEGMENT NON-CURRENT ASSETS
370,233
120,500
387,595
839,059
10,172
1,727,558
REPORTABLE SEGMENT ASSETS
457,921
152,473
506,111
985,065
46,852
2,148,422
REPORTABLE SEGMENT LIABILITIES
109,220
68,803
103,652
494,096
618,978
1,394,750
Segment information has been provided on continued operations for income statement items. Discontinued operations assets and 
liabilities are included in the Western Europe region. For further information on discontinued operations, please refer to note 14.
31 December 2023
UK & Ireland 
£’000
Western 
Europe 
£’000
Nordics 
£’000
Central 
Europe 
£’000
Corporate 
£’000
Total 
£’000
REVENUE (CONTINUING OPERATIONS)
142,293
59,570
266,194
73,382
212
541,651
DEPRECIATION & AMORTISATION
10,373
4,392
18,368
4,514
193
37,840
NET FINANCE (EXPENSE)/INCOME
374
112
125
155
15,036
15,802
UNDERLYING PROFIT FROM OPERATIONS PER 
REPORTABLE SEGMENT
23,919
11,780
35,278
19,233
(11,833)
78,377
ADDITIONS TO NON-CURRENT ASSETS
12,757
20,375
4,236
1,211
486
39,065
REPORTABLE SEGMENT NON-CURRENT ASSETS
189,721
121,467
422,449
36,606
2,476
772,718
REPORTABLE SEGMENT ASSETS
235,894
157,524
546,735
62,778
12,329
1,015,261
REPORTABLE SEGMENT LIABILITIES
46,594
42,174
151,073
19,687
240,849
500,377
7. Revenue
Consolidated
CONTINUED OPERATIONS
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
HIGH-GRADE MINERALS
683,417
209,651
AGGREGATES AND STONE
115,004
138,168
VALUE-ADD PRODUCTS
164,085
193,832
962,506
541,651
The revenue figures above relate to continuing operations, including discontinued operations, total revenue for 2024 was £997.6 
million and 2023 was £580.3 million.
In prior years revenue was disclosed by upstream products, value added products and value-added services and now 
management has concluded that revenue is to be disclosed, high-grade minerals, aggregates and stone and value add products, 
to provide better clarity for the end user and align the way the Group refers to revenue throughout the annual report. 
High-grade minerals revenue relates to the sale of minerals to be used for industrial purposes and includes limestone powder, 
quicklime, ground calcium carbonate and aggregates. These revenues are recognised at a point in time as the product is 
transferred to the customer, except for contracting and similar services where revenue is recognised over time.
Aggregates and stone revenue relates to construction aggregates and other non high-grade mineral products. These revenues are 
recognised in the same way as high-grade mineral revenues.
Value added products is the sale of finished goods that have undertaken a manufacturing process within each of the subsidiaries. 
These revenues are recognised in the same way as high-grade mineral revenues.
The Group contracting services revenue for the year ended 31 December 2024 was £26.4 million (2023: £27 million). Refer to note 
2.20 for further information on contracting services.
8. Expenses by Nature
Consolidated
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
COST OF SALES
CHANGES IN INVENTORIES OF FINISHED GOODS AND WORK IN PROGRESS
12,074
9,210
RAW MATERIALS & PRODUCTION
315,048
172,831
DISTRIBUTION & SELLING EXPENSES
90,571
40,724
EMPLOYEES & CONTRACTORS
183,987
118,951
MAINTENANCE EXPENSE
39,274
23,870
PLANT HIRE EXPENSE
6,632
6,466
DEPRECIATION & AMORTISATION EXPENSE
72,062
37,840
OTHER COSTS OF SALE
14,286
8,204
TOTAL COST OF SALES
733,934
418,096
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
OPERATIONAL ADMIN EXPENSES
102,077
48,724
CORPORATE ADMIN EXPENSES
43,547
38,915
TOTAL ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
145,624
87,639

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
211
Notes to the Financial Statements
Corporate administrative expenses include £17 million (2023: £36.6 million) of non-underlying expenses. Refer to Note 11 for more 
information.
Restructuring costs of £25 million are included throughout the cost of sales and administrative expenses. Refer to Note 11 for 
more information:
During the year the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Company’s auditors and 
its associates:
Consolidated
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
FEES PAYABLE TO THE COMPANY’S AUDITOR AND ITS ASSOCIATES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE COMPANY AND 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
484
533
FEES PAID OR PAYABLE TO THE COMPANY’S AUDITOR AND ITS ASSOCIATES FOR REPORTING 
ACCOUNTANT SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE READMISSION OF THE COMPANY TRADING ON AIM
-
600
484
1,133
9. Employee Benefits Expense
Consolidated
Company
STAFF COSTS (EXCLUDING DIRECTORS)
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
SALARIES AND WAGES
148,525
94,227
4,678
4,265
POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
1,726
401
128
81
SOCIAL SECURITY CONTRIBUTIONS AND SIMILAR TAXES
12,188
3,852
1,005
1,051
OTHER EMPLOYMENT COSTS
10,966
7,099
-
-
SHARE BASED PAYMENTS
4,555
3
425
3
177,960
105,582
6,236
5,400
Consolidated
Company
AVERAGE NUMBER OF FTE EMPLOYEES BY FUNCTION
31 December 2024 
#
31 December 2023 
#
31 December 2024 
#
31 December 2023 
#
MANAGEMENT
116
68
8
7
OPERATIONS
2,527
1,655
-
-
ADMINISTRATION
508
370
8
5
3,151
2,093
16
12
10. Directors’ Remuneration
For the period ended 31 December 2024
Directors’ fees 
£’000
Bonus 
£’000
Taxable benefits 
£’000
Pension benefits 
£’000
Total 
£’000
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
DAVID BARRETT
390
488
-
40
918
GARTH PALMER1 
390
488
-
40
918
MAX VERMORKEN
550
688
-
40
1,278
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
TIMOTHY HALL 
70
-
-
-
70
SIMON CHISHOLM 
70
-
-
7
77
JACQUES EMSENS
70
-
-
-
70
AXELLE HENRY
70
-
-
-
70
PETER JOHNSON2
50
-
-
-
50
FRANCESCA MEDDA2
50
-
-
-
50
1,710
1,664
-
127
3,501
 
For the period ended 31 December 2023
Directors’ fees 
£’000
Bonus 
£’000
Taxable benefits 
£’000
Pension benefits 
£’000
Total 
£’000
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
DAVID BARRETT
375 
469
15
22
881
GARTH PALMER 
375
469
15
33
892
MAX VERMORKEN
475
594
15
48
1,132
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
TIMOTHY HALL 
50
-
-
-
50
SIMON CHISHOLM 
50
-
-
5
55
JACQUES EMSENS
50
-
-
-
50
AXELLE HENRY
50
-
-
-
50
1,425
1,532
45
108
3,110
1 Resigned on 31 December 2024
2 Appointed on 12 April 2024
The bonuses earned in the year by the Directors reflect the performance of the business, were based on industry standard criteria 
taking into account external market data, were recommended by the Remuneration Committee and approved by the Board.

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
213
Notes to the Financial Statements
11. Non-underlying Items
Consolidated
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
ACQUISITION RELATED EXPENSES 
16,832
25,907
AMORTISATION AND REMEASUREMENT OF 
ACQUIRED ASSETS
9,452
6,572
AMORTISATION OF FINANCE COSTS
5,864
1,085
RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES
24,999
3,691
SHARE OPTION EXPENSE
6,942
4,001
UNWINDING OF DISCOUNT ON DEFERRED 
CONSIDERATION
2,942
443
NET OTHER NON-UNDERLYING EXPENSES 
& GAINS 
2,482
368
69,513
42,067
Under IFRS 3 – Business Combinations, acquisition costs 
have been expensed as incurred. Additionally, the Group 
incurred additional costs associated with obtaining debt 
financing, including advisory fees to restructure.
Acquisition related expenses include exclusivity, advisor, 
consulting, legal fees, accounting fees, insurance and 
other direct costs relating to acquisitions. During the year 
the Group finalised the acquisition of CRH’s European 
lime and industrial limestone assets which comprises the 
vast majority of the costs incurred during the year. Deal 1 
completed on 4 January 2024, Deal 2 on 26 March 2024 and 
Deal 3 on 2 September 2024.
Amortisation and remeasurement of acquired assets are 
non-cash items which distort the underlying performance of 
the businesses acquired. Amortisation of acquired assets 
arise from certain fair value uplifts resulting from the PPA. 
Remeasurement of acquired assets arises from ensuring 
assets from acquisitions are depreciated in line with Group 
policy. These are net of the deferred tax liability unwind on 
the asset fair value uplift.
Restructuring expenses relate to the reorganisation and 
integration of recently acquired subsidiaries, including costs 
associated with site optimisation, transitional salary costs, 
redundancies, severance & recruitment fees, and costs 
associated with financial reporting and system migrations. 
Share option expense is the fair value of the LTIP’s issued in 
2021 and share options issued on 4 January 2024, refer to 
Note 29 more information.
Unwinding of discount on deferred consideration is a non-
cash adjustment relating to deferred consideration arising on 
acquisitions. 
Amortisation of finance costs is the amortisation of 
borrowing costs on the Syndicated Senior Credit Facility. 
These costs are amortised over a 5-year period.
Net other non-underlying expenses and gains include other 
advisory fees and other associated costs.
12. Net Finance Income/(Expense)
Consolidated
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
NET INTEREST EXPENSE
(44,370)
(14,759)
DIVIDENDS
357
423
OTHER FINANCE EXPENSE
(5,864)
(1,023)
UNWINDING OF DISCOUNT ON DEFERRED 
CONSIDERATION
(2,942)
(443)
(52,819)
(15,802)
13. Other Net Gains/(Losses)
Consolidated
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
GAIN/(LOSSES) ON DISPOSAL OF 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
317
3,032
OTHER GAIN/(LOSS)
388
83
GAIN/(LOSS) ON CALL OPTIONS 
-
(306)
GAIN ON DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARY (REFER 
TO NOTE 14)
9,804
-
SHARE OF EARNINGS FROM JOINT 
VENTURES
316
596
FAIR VALUE GAIN ON EBT SHARES
4,937
-
FOREX MOVEMENT
(1,402)
(300)
14,360
3,105
14. Discontinued Operations
In December 2024, the Group disposed of non-core Belgian 
and French concrete plants, BMix, Goijens and with the 
option to sell Betons. The disposal of BMix and Goijens 
completed in December with Betons due to close in 2025.
SALE OF SUBSIDIARY
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
TOTAL CONSIDERATION RECEIVED 
30,388
-
CARRYING AMOUNT OF NET ASSETS SOLD
(12,553)
-
REPAYMENT OF LOAN  
(8,031)
-
GAIN ON SALE 
9,804
-
Financial information relating to the discontinued operation 
for the period is set out below.
INCOME STATEMENT
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
REVENUE 
35,108
38,634
COST OF SALES
(29,706)
(31,276)
GROSS PROFIT
5,402
7,358
ADMINISTRATION 
(3,541)
(2,518)
OTHER EXPENSES
(580)
(62)
CORPORATIONS TAX
(603)
(868)
PROFIT FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATION
678
3,910
FX TRANSLATION RESERVE
(6)
(7)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FROM 
DISCONTINUED OPERATION
672
3,903
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE 
ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE 
PARENT (EXPRESSED IN PENCE PER SHARE)
0.06
0.57
CASH MOVEMENT
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
NET CASH OUTFLOW FROM OPERATING 
ACTIVITIES 
4,191
4,596
NET CASH INFLOW FROM INVESTING 
ACTIVITIES
(2,058)
(15,519)
NET CASH INFLOW FROM FINANCING 
ACTIVITIES
349
6,382
NET INCREASE / (DECREASE) IN CASH 
GENERATED BY THE SUBSIDIARY
2,482
(4,541)
BALANCE SHEET
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
NON-CURRENT ASSETS AS HELD FOR 
SALE
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
1,336
10,248
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
2,705
2,230
OTHER RECEIVABLES
16
16
4,057
12,494
CURRENT ASSETS AS HELD FOR SALE
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
1,804
9,755
INVENTORIES
367
1,170
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
944
3,594
3,115
14,519
TOTAL ASSETS
7,172
27,013
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES AS HELD  
FOR SALE
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY
-
16
-
16
CURRENT LIABILITIES AS HELD FOR SALE
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
1,433
7,381
CURRENT TAX PAYABLE
110
611
1,543
7,992
TOTAL LIABILITIES
1,543
8,008
NET ASSETS OF THE DISPOSAL GROUP
5,629
19,005

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
215
Notes to the Financial Statements
15. Taxation
Consolidated
TAX RECOGNISED IN CONSOLIDATED  
INCOME STATEMENT
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
CURRENT TAX
20,266
8,833
DEFERRED TAX
(3,735)
1,578
TOTAL TAX CHARGE IN THE INCOME 
STATEMENT
16,531
10,411
Consolidated
RECOGNISED WITHIN THE CONSOLIDATED 
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
DEFERRED TAX – RETIREMENT BENEFIT 
OBLIGATIONS
9
8
DEFERRED TAX – CASH FLOW HEDGES
195
1,379
TOTAL TAX RECOGNISED WITHIN 
THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
204
1,387
The differences between the total tax charge and the amount 
calculated by applying the standard UK corporation tax of 
23.52% (2022: 19%) to the profit before tax of the Group are 
as follows: 
Consolidated
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES  
BEFORE TAX
44,489
23,219
CURRENT TAX USING THE UK 
CORPORATION TAX RATE OF 25%  
(2023: 19.00%)
11,146
5,804
EFFECTS OF:
EXPENSES NOT DEDUCTIBLE
7,860
5,405
INCOME NOT TAXABLE
(6,179)
(2,228)
DEFERRED TAX NOT RECOGNISED
8,710
2,169
ADJUSTMENT TO TAX CHARGE IN RESPECT 
OF PRIOR PERIODS
(1,392)
784
EFFECT OF OVERSEAS TAX RATES
(3,639)
(1,238)
CHANGES IN TAX RATES
25
(192)
CHANGE TO TAX FOR DISCONTINUED 
OPERATIONS
-
(93)
TAX CHARGE
16,531
10,411
Legislation to increase the rate of corporation tax in the UK 
from 1 April 2023 was substantially enacted on 24 May 2021.  
On 20 June 2023, Finance (No.2) Act 2023 was substantively 
enacted in the UK, introducing a global minimum effective tax 
rate of 15%. The legislation implements a domestic top-up 
tax and a multinational top-up tax, effective for accounting 
periods starting on or after 31 December 2023. However, this 
legislation does not apply to the Group in the financial year 
beginning 1 January 2024 as its consolidated revenue does 
not meet the legislation requirements of being greater than 
€750m in two of the four preceding years. The Group will 
continue to monitor the legislation in future years.
DEFERRED TAX ASSET
Tax losses
£’000
Temporary 
timing 
differences 
£’000
Total 
£’000
AT 1 JANUARY 2024
14
24
38
RECLASSIFICATION
-
-
-
CHARGED DIRECTLY TO 
INCOME STATEMENT
-
293
293
AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
14
317
331
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY
Tax losses
£’000
Temporary 
timing 
differences 
£’000
Total 
£’000
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024 
(2,194)
74,413
72,219
DISPOSALS
-
(1,072)
(1,072)
ACQUISITION OF 
SUBSIDIARY
-
143,948
143,948
CHARGED/(CREDITED) 
DIRECTLY TO INCOME 
STATEMENT
1,907
(4,825)
(2,918)
AMOUNT CHARGED/
(CREDITED) TO OCI
-
(195)
(195)
AMOUNT CHARGED/
(CREDITED) TO EQUITY
-
(957)
(957)
EFFECT OF MOVEMENTS IN 
FOREIGN EXCHANGE
12
(14,749)
(14,737)
AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
(275)
196,563
196,288
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset to the extent that 
there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities.
Deferred tax assets in relation to losses of £3.5 million (2023: 
£3.6 million) and other temporary differences including 
corporate interest restriction of £11.7 million (2023: £6.1 
million) have not been recognised due to uncertainty over 
their recoverability.
16. Property, Plant and Equipment
Consolidated
Office 
Equipment 
£’000
Land and 
minerals 
£’000
Land and 
buildings 
£’000
Plant and 
machinery 
£’000
Vehicles 
£’000
Right of 
use 
£’000
Construction 
in progress 
£’000
Total 
£’000
COST
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
5,093
436,420
158,894
325,213
22,525
39,434
11,695
999,274
ACQUIRED THROUGH ACQUISITION
92
3,218
10,533
23,595
2,689
938
245
41,310
TRANSFER BETWEEN CLASSES/ 
REALLOCATION FROM INTANGIBLES
-
6,478
(78)
1,798
(214)
(154)
(1,479)
6,351
FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENT
-
406
-
-
-
2,507
-
2,913
ADDITIONS
206
5,849
3,072
15,416
3,388
2,211
10,048
40,190
DISPOSALS
-
(36)
(1,987)
(7,234)
(531)
(3,079)
-
(12,867)
FOREX
(73)
(3,705)
421
(2,849)
(215)
217
18
(6,186)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
5,318
448,630
170,855
355,939
27,642
42,074
20,527
1,070,985
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024
5,318
448,630
170,855
355,939
27,642
42,074
20,527
1,070,985
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
-
-
(157)
(908)
(50)
(428)
-
(1,543)
ACQUIRED THROUGH ACQUISITION
-
277,034
78,724
312,057
12,511
20,527
13,496
714,349
DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARY
(427)
-
(5,604)
(9,396)
(5,745)
(787)
-
(21,959)
TRANSFER BETWEEN CLASSES/ 
REALLOCATION FROM INTANGIBLES
-
(2,064)
(2,199)
6,341
743
49
(5,892)
(3,022)
FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENT
-
126,472
24,364
(365)
340
-
-
150,810
ADDITIONS
147
5,026
5,799
34,022
1,800
8,553
16,212
71,559
DISPOSALS
-
(2,171)
(4,991)
(1,569)
(732)
(2,127)
-
(11,590)
FOREX
(102)
(3,082)
(4,351)
(12,905)
153
(402)
(1,277)
(21,966)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
4,936
849,845
262,440
683,216
36,662
67,459
43,066
1,947,624
DEPRECIATION
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
4,440
79,901
81,382
239,308
17,337
22,446
-
444,814
TRANSFER BETWEEN CLASSES/ 
REALLOCATION FROM INTANGIBLES
13
1,737
-
276
-
428
-
2,454
ACQUIRED THROUGH ACQUISITION
45
762
6,772
20,285
1,723
-
-
29,587
CHARGE FOR THE YEAR
206
7,994
4,919
16,640
1,567
5,608
-
36,934
DISPOSALS
-
(27)
(1,718)
(5,240)
(217)
(2,736)
-
(9,938)
FOREX
(64)
(1,369)
(456)
(1,452)
67
(2,154)
-
(5,428)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
4,640
88,998
90,899
269,817
20,477
23,592
-
498,423
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024
4,640
88,998
90,899
269,817
20,477
23,592
-
498,423
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
-
-
(6)
(115)
(39)
(48)
-
(208)
ACQUIRED THROUGH ACQUISITION
-
44,717
18,942
105,849
5,645
841
-
175,994
DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARY
(206)
-
(1,106)
(6,794)
(4,398)
(645)
-
(13,149)
TRANSFER BETWEEN CLASSES/ 
REALLOCATION FROM INTANGIBLES
-
1,032
(1,687)
1,455
(204)
(136)
-
460
CHARGE FOR THE YEAR
173
18,841
8,256
31,703
2,839
7,644
-
69,456
DISPOSALS
-
-
-
(768)
(603)
(2,243)
-
(3,614)
FOREX
(129)
(277)
(1,961)
(14,756)
(1,177)
(383)
-
(18,683)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
4,478
153,311
113,337
386,391
22,540
28,622
-
708,679
NET BOOK VALUE
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023 
678
359,632
79,956
86,122
7,165
18,482
20,527
572,562
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
458
696,534
149,103
296,825
14,122
38,837
43,066
1,238,945
* Refer to note 17 for further information regarding the PPA fair value adjustment.

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
217
Notes to the Financial Statements
Right of use assets
Office 
Equipment 
£’000
Land and 
minerals 
£’000
Land and 
buildings 
£’000
Plant and 
machinery 
£’000
Vehicles 
£’000
Total 
£’000
COST
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
-
4,089
6,114
29,231
-
39,434
ACQUIRED THROUGH ACQUISITION
-
-
170
768
-
938
TRANSFER BETWEEN CLASSES
-
-
-
(154)
-
(154)
FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENT
-
-
2,507
-
-
2,507
ADDITIONS
-
525
12
1,662
12
2,211
DISPOSALS
-
-
(209)
(2,870)
-
(3,079)
FOREX
-
34
1
182
-
217
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
-
4,648
8,595
28,819
12
42,074
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024
-
4,648
8,595
28,819
12
42,074
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
-
-
-
(428)
-
(428)
ACQUIRED THROUGH ACQUISITION
955
711
17,046
1,742
73
20,527
TRANSFER BETWEEN CLASSES
-
-
-
-
49
49
DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARY
-
-
-
(787)
-
(787)
ADDITIONS
270
385
413
7,485
-
8,553
DISPOSALS
(179)
(28)
(406)
(1,514)
-
(2,127)
FOREX
(67)
(187)
(29)
(119)
-
(402)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
979
5,529
25,619
35,198
134
67,459
DEPRECIATION
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
-
749
2,384
19,313
-
22,446
ACQUIRED THROUGH ACQUISITION
-
-
4
424
-
428
CHARGE FOR THE YEAR
-
260
839
4,504
4
5,607
DISPOSALS
-
(288)
(146)
(2,302)
-
(2,736)
FOREX
-
10
1
(2,165)
-
(2,154)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
-
731
3,083
19,774
4
23,592
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024
-
731
3,083
19,774
4
23,592
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
-
-
-
(48)
-
(48)
ACQUIRED THROUGH ACQUISITION
544
-
162
135
-
841
TRANSFER BETWEEN CLASSES
-
-
-
(136)
-
(136)
DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARY
-
-
-
(645)
-
(645)
CHARGE FOR THE YEAR
257
184
1,949
5,234
20
7,644
DISPOSALS
(179)
-
(406)
(1,658)
-
(2,243)
FOREX
(27)
(76)
(11)
(269)
-
(383)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
595
839
4,777
22,387
24
28,622
NET BOOK VALUE
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
-
3,917
5,512
9,045
8
18,482
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
384
4,690
20,842
12,811
110
38,837
Company
Office 
Equipment 
£’000
Land and 
buildings 
£’000
Motor vehicles 
£’000
Right of use 
£’000
Total 
£’000
COST
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
259
-
-
222
481
ADDITIONS
6
-
-
12
18
DISPOSALS
-
-
-
-
-
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
265
-
-
234
499
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024
265
-
-
234
499
ADDITIONS
15
-
-
612
627
DISPOSALS
-
-
-
-
-
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
280
-
-
846
1,126
DEPRECIATION
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
100
-
-
124
224
CHARGE FOR THE YEAR
50
-
-
59
109
DISPOSALS
-
-
-
-
-
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
150
-
-
183
333
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024
150
-
-
183
333
CHARGE FOR THE YEAR
52
-
-
92
144
DISPOSALS
-
-
-
-
-
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
202
-
-
275
477
NET BOOK VALUE
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
115
-
-
51
166
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
78
-
-
571
649

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
219
Notes to the Financial Statements
17. Intangible Assets
Consolidated
Goodwill 
£’000
Customer 
Relations 
£’000
Intellectual 
property 
£’000
Research & 
Development 
£’000
Branding 
£’000
Other 
Intangibles 
£’000
Total 
£’000
COST
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
147,739
10,725
2,027
5,938
3,611
23,652
193,692
ADDITIONS
-
1,114
-
4
-
1,739
2,857
REALLOCATIONS
-
(77)
(2,027)
(122)
(401)
(6,490)
(9,117)
PROVISIONAL ADDITIONS THROUGH BUSINESS 
COMBINATION
23,685
-
-
-
-
-
23,685
FOREX
(1,087)
-
-
132
-
1,225
270
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
170,337
11,762
-
5,952
3,210
20,126
211,387
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024
170,337
11,762
-
5,952
3,210
20,126
211,387
ADDITIONS
-
-
100
-
-
3,358
3,458
REALLOCATIONS
-
-
-
-
-
2,064
2,064
ADDITIONS THROUGH BUSINESS COMBINATION
401,337
-
-
-
-
8,353
409,690
FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENTS – BJORKA MINERALS  
& ST INVESTICIJA 
(5,718)
-
-
-
-
-
(5,718)
FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENTS – CRH LIME 
ACQUISITIONS
(114,660)
(114,660)
DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARY
(3,836)
(2,085)
-
-
-
-
(5,921)
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
-
-
-
-
-
(3,030)
(3,030)
FOREX
(595)
(597)
-
(224)
-
(1,518)
(2,934)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
446,865
9,080
100
5,728
3,210
29,353
494,336
DEPRECIATION
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
-
2,424
1,726
5,454
533
14,445
24,582
CHARGE FOR THE YEAR
-
1,079
-
60
159
1,215
2,513
REALLOCATIONS
-
-
(1,726)
-
-
(1,735)
(3,461)
FOREX
-
-
-
132
-
(427)
(295)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
-
3,503
-
5,646
692
13,498
23,339
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024
-
3,503
-
5,646
692
13,498
23,339
CHARGE FOR THE YEAR
-
1,020
2
46
160
2,074
3,302
ACQUIRED THROUGH BUSINESS COMBINATION
-
-
-
-
-
5,246
5,246
DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARY
-
(449)
-
-
-
-
(449)
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
-
-
-
-
-
(326)
(326)
FOREX
-
(66)
-
(190)
-
(20)
(276)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
-
4,008
2
5,502
852
20,472
30,836
NET BOOK VALUE
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
170,337
8,259
-
306
2,518
6,628
188,048
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
446,865
5,072
98
226
2,358
8,881
463,500
An adjustment has been made to reflect the initial accounting 
for the CRH Lime Acquisitions by the Company, being the 
elimination of the investment in the CRH Lime Acquisitions 
against the non-monetary assets acquired and recognition 
of goodwill. In 2024, the Company determined the fair 
value of the net assets acquired pursuant to the CRH Lime 
Acquisitions, via a Purchase Price Allocation (‘PPA’) exercise.
	- For Fels, the PPA determined a decrease of £79.2 million 
of goodwill with the corresponding movement to uplift the 
value of Land and Minerals, Land and Buildings and Plant 
and Machinery, this is net off by a deferred tax liability on 
the PPA of £23.2 million; 
	- For Vitosov, the PPA determined a decrease of £26.5 
million of goodwill with the corresponding movement to 
uplift the value of Land and Minerals, Land and Buildings 
and Plant and Machinery, this is net off by a deferred tax 
liability on the PPA of £5.6 million; 
	- For Clogrennane, the PPA determined a decrease of £25.2 
million of goodwill with the corresponding movement to 
uplift the value of Land and Minerals, Land and Buildings 
and Plant and Machinery, this is net off by a deferred tax 
liability on the PPA of £3.1 million; 
	- For Buxton, the PPA determined a decrease of £13.3 
million of goodwill with the corresponding movement 
to uplift the value Land and Buildings and Plant and 
Machinery, this is net off by a deferred tax liability on the 
PPA of £3.3 million; 
	- For Nordkalk Wapno, the PPA determined a decrease of 
£6.7 million of goodwill with the corresponding movement 
to uplift the value of Land and Buildings and Plant and 
Machinery, this is net off by a deferred tax liability on the 
PPA of £1.3 million.
In 2024, PPA adjustments were made to acquisitions in 2023 
of Bjorka Minerals and ST Investicija during the measurement 
period. The Group didn’t include provisional adjustments for 
the reduction in goodwill in the year ended 31 December 2023 
and in 2024, an adjustment of £5.7 million was posted which 
hasn’t resulted in the restatement of 2023 figures as it is 
considered immaterial to the Group. 
As at 31 December 2023, the initial accounting for these 
assets was incomplete as they were pending completion of 
the PPA during the measurement period. The Group refrains 
from making internal provisional adjustments to goodwill 
given the subjectivity and difficulty in quantifying the potential 
uplifts. All PPA adjustments to goodwill are provided by 
an independent third party and are completed during the 
measurement period in line with IFRS 3.
The intangible asset classes are:
	- Goodwill is the excess of the consideration transferred 
and the acquisition date fair value of any previous equity 
interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the net 
identifiable assets;
	- Customer relations is the value attributed to the key 
customer lists and relationships;
	- Intellectual property is the patents owned by the Group;
	- Research and development is the acquisition of new technical 
knowledge and trying to improve existing processes or 
products or; developing new processes or products;
	- Branding is the value attributed to the established 
company brand; and
	- Other intangibles consist of capitalised development costs 
for assets produced that assist in the operations of the 
Group and incur revenue.
Amortisation of intangible assets is included in cost of sales 
on the Income Statement. Development costs have been 
capitalised in accordance with the requirements of IAS 38 
and are therefore not treated, for dividend purposes, as a 
realised loss.
Impairment tests for goodwill
Goodwill arising on business combinations is not amortised 
but is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, or more 
frequently if there are indications that the goodwill may be 
impaired. Goodwill is allocated to groups of cash generating 
units according to the level at which management monitor 
that goodwill, which is at the level of operating segments.
A total of twenty-one operating segments are considered to 
be Ronez, Topcrete, Poundfield, CCP, Rightcast, Retaining, 
Harries, Buxton and Johnston in the UK; Clogrennane in 
Ireland; CDH, Stone and GduH in Belgium; Betons in France; 
Fels in Germany; Vitosov in Czechia; Nordkalk Wapno and 
Nordkalk Poland in Poland and Nordkalk Finland, Nordkalk 
Sweden and Nordkalk Estonia in Northern Europe. The 
operating segments are then allocated to regions. 
The Goodwill allocated to each region is shown below:
31 DECEMBER 2024
UK & 
Ireland 
£’000
Western 
Europe 
£’000
Central 
Europe 
£’000
Nordics 
£’000
GOODWILL 
ALLOCATED TO 
REGION AT BALANCE 
SHEET DATE
138,913
14,808
210,678
82,466
DISCOUNT RATE 
APPLIED TO CASH 
FLOW PROJECTIONS
10.15%
10.34%
10.24%
9.90%
AVERAGE EBITDA 
MARGIN OVER 5 
YEARS
21.3%
25.8%
27.5%
28.8%
HEADROOM
289,310
82,263
177,346
438,626
LONG TERM 
GROWTH RATES
2%
2%
2%
2%
31 DECEMBER 2023
UK & 
Ireland 
£’000
Western 
Europe 
£’000
Nordics 
£’000
GOODWILL ALLOCATED TO 
REGION AT BALANCE SHEET DATE
53,621
23,200
93,516
DISCOUNT RATE APPLIED TO 
CASH FLOW PROJECTIONS
9.3%
12.24%
11.17%
AVERAGE EBITDA MARGIN OVER 
5 YEARS
23.1%
22.9%
21.9%
HEADROOM
157,640
37,963
261,047
LONG TERM GROWTH RATES
2%
2%
2%

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
221
Notes to the Financial Statements
Key assumptions
The key assumptions used in performing the impairment 
review are set out below:
Cash flow projections
The key assumptions and methodology used in respect of 
the operating segments are consistent with those described 
above. The values applied to each of the key estimates and 
assumptions are specific to the individual operating segment 
and are based on past experience and forecast future trading 
conditions. The cash flows and terminal value were projected 
in line with the methodology disclosed above.
Long-term growth rates
Cash flow projections are prudently based on 2 per cent 
(2023: 2 per cent) and therefore provides significant of 
headroom.
Discount rate
Forecast cash flows for each operating segment have been 
discounted at rates of 9.90 per cent to 10.34 per cent (2023: 
discounted at rates of 9.30 per cent to 12.24 per cent); which 
was calculated based on market participants’ cost of capital 
and adjusted to reflect factors specific to each operating 
segment.
Sensitivity
The Group has applied sensitivities to assess whether any 
reasonable possible changes in assumptions could cause 
an impairment that would be material to these consolidated 
Financial Statements. The table below identifies the amounts 
by which each of the following assumptions would decline 
or increase to arrive at a zero excess of the present value of 
future cash flows over the book value of net assets in the 
three operating segments selected for sensitivity analysis 
disclosure:
REDUCTION IN CASH FLOWS  
2.0% - 5.0% 
INCREASE IN DISCOUNT RATE
2.5% - 4.7%
REDUCTION IN GROWTH RATE
2.0%
This demonstrated that a 1.0% (2023: 1.0%) increase in the 
discount rate would not cause an impairment and the annual 
growth rate is assumed to be 2.0% (2023: 2.0%).
The Directors have therefore concluded that no impairment 
to goodwill is necessary.
18. Investment in Subsidiary Undertakings
COMPANY
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
SHARES IN SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS
AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR
488,812
482,622
ADDITIONS
182,640
6,190
INTERCOMPANY TRANSFER OF 
INVESTMENTS
16,228
-
DISPOSALS
(10,246)
-
AT PERIOD END
677,435
488,812
LOAN TO/(FROM) GROUP UNDERTAKINGS
419,095
78,493
TOTAL
1,096,530
567,305
Investments in Group undertakings are stated at cost less 
impairment. 
Details of subsidiaries at 31 December 2024 are as follows:
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY
Country of 
incorporation
Share capital 
held by Company
Share capital 
held by Group
Principal activities
SIGMAFIN LIMITED
England
£45,181,877
Holding company
FOELFACH STONE LIMITED
England
£1
Construction materials
SIGMAGSY LIMITED
Guernsey
£1
Shipping logistics
RONEZ LIMITED
Jersey
£2,500,000
Construction materials
PALLOT TARMAC (2002) LIMITED
Jersey
£2
Road contracting services
ISLAND AGGREGATES LIMITED
Guernsey
£6,500
Waste recycling
TOPCRETE LIMITED
England
£926,828
Pre-cast concrete producer
A. LARKIN (CONCRETE) LIMITED
England
£37,660
Dormant
ALLEN (CONCRETE) LIMITED
England
£100
Holding company
POUNDFIELD PRODUCTS (GROUP) LIMITED
England
£22,167
Holding company
POUNDFIELD PRODUCTS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
England
£651
Holding company
POUNDFIELD INNOVATIONS LIMITED
England
£6,357
Patents & licencing
POUNDFIELD PRECAST LIMITED
England
£63,568
Pre-cast concrete producer
GREENBLOC LIMITED
England
£1
Dormant
CCP BUILDING PRODUCTS LIMITED
England
£50
Construction materials
CHESHIRE CONCRETE PRODUCTS LIMITED
England
£1
Dormant
CLWYD CONCRETE PRODUCTS LIMITED
England
£100
Dormant
COUNTRY CONCRETE PRODUCTS LIMITED
England
£100
Dormant
PPG PROJECTS LIMITED
England
£100
Dormant
CCP AGGREGATES LIMITED
England
£100,000
Construction materials
STONE SERVICE CENTER
Belgium
€23,660,763
Holding company
CARRIÈRES DU HAINAUT SCA
Belgium
€16,316,089
Construction materials
GRANULATS DU HAINAUT SA
Belgium
€62,000
Construction materials
WEST REGION SRC SRL
Belgium
€760,000
Holding company
GDH (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
England
£54,054
Construction materials
GERALD D. HARRIES & SONS LIMITED
England
£112
Construction materials
GD HARRIES & SONS LIMITED
England
£1
Dormant
STONE HOLDING COMPANY SA
Belgium
€100
Construction materials
CUVELIER PHILIPPE SA
Belgium
€750
Construction materials
NORDKALK OY AB
Finland
€1,000,000
Limestone quarrying and processing
NORDKALK AB
Sweden
€2,439,000
Limestone quarrying and processing
KALKPRODUKTION STORUGNS AB
Sweden
€293,000
Limestone quarrying and processing
NORDKALK AS
Estonia
€959,000
Limestone quarrying and processing
NORDKALK GMBH
Germany
€50,000
Limestone quarrying and processing
NORDKALK SP.Z O.O
Poland
€19,637,000
Limestone quarrying and processing
SUOMEN KARBONAATTI OY
Finland
€2,102,000
Limestone quarrying and processing
NKD HOLDING OY AB
Finland
€3,000
Holding company
NORDEKA MADEN A.S
Turkey
€1,020,000
Limestone quarrying and processing
BALTIC AGGREGATES OY
Finland
€1
Crushing stone
NK – EAST OY
Finland
€8,869
Holding company
NORDKALK UKRAINE TOV
Ukraine
€539
Mining rights
NORDKALK PRYKARPATTYA TOV
Ukraine
€308
Dormant
JOHNSTON QUARRY GROUP LIMITED
England
£190
Holding company
BUILDING STONE LIMITED
England
£1
Stone producing

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
223
Notes to the Financial Statements
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY
Country of 
incorporation
Share capital 
held by Company
Share capital 
held by Group
Principal activities
CSSL NO.2 LIMITED
England
£1
Dormant
GUITING QUARRY LIMITED
England
£100
Construction materials
BATH STONE GROUP LIMITED
England
£110
Holding company
MONKS PARK MINERALS LIMITED
England
£1
Dormant
BATH STONE COMPANY LIMITED
England
£13,620
Minerals rights
BATH STONE COMPANY (BSC) LIMITED
England
£1
Construction materials
HARTHAM PARK MINERALS LIMITED
England
£1
Dormant
COSTWOLD STONE SALES LIMITED
England
£1
Dormant
FLICK QUARRY LIMITED
England
£1
Dormant
CREETON QUARRY LIMITED
England
£100
Dormant
OATHILL QUARRY LIMITED
England
£1
Dormant
ROPSLEY QUARRY LIMITED
England
£100
Dormant
RIGHTCAST LIMITED
England
£103
Concrete manufacturer
CANTERAS LA BELONGA SA
Spain
€273,575
Construction materials
NAYLES BARN QUARRY LIMITED
England
£100
Dormant
C B COLLIER QUARRY LIMITED
England
£1
Dormant
RETAINING HOLDINGS LIMITED
England
£67
Holding company
RETAINING (UK) LIMITED
England
£100
Retaining wall system
GEOCAST LTD
England
£100
Retaining wall system
JUUAN DOLOMIITTIKALKKI OY
Finland
€52,700
Limestone quarrying and processing
ST INVESTICIJA UAB
Lithuania
€2,900
Stone producing
COMPUS UAB
Lithuania
€2,896
Stone producing
DRASEIKIU KARJERAS UAB
Lithuania
€203,000
Stone producing
BALTIJOS KARJERAI UAB
Lithuania
€12,876
Stone producing
KARJERU VERSLAS UAB
Lithuania
€61,712
Stone producing
KVYKLIU KARJERAS UAB
Lithuania
€102,500
Stone producing
BJÖRKA MINERAL AB
Sweden
€60
Limestone quarrying and processing
SIGMACEN GMBH
Germany
€25,000
Holding company
FELS HOLDINGS GMBH
Germany
€25,000
Holding company
FELS-WERKE GMBH
Germany
€5,113,000
Limestone quarrying and processing
FELS NETZ GMBH
Germany
€600,000
Railway operation
FELS VERTRIEBS AND SERVICE GMBH & CO. KG
Germany
€2,000,000
Lime and Limestone sales
VÁPENKA VITOSOV S.R.O
Czechia
CZK150,000,000
Limestone quarrying and processing
BUXTON LIME LIMITED
England
£1
Limestone processing
SIGMAROC SHELFCO LIMITED
England
£1
Dormant
SIGMA LIME IRE LIMITED
Ireland
€100
Holding company
CLOGRENNANE LIME LIMITED
Ireland
€375,000
Limestone quarrying and processing
MAVECOTILL INVESTMENTS SP. Z.O.O.
Poland
PLN 5,000
Holding company
NORDKALK WAPNO SP Z.O.O 
Poland
PLN 419,310,000
Limestone processing
SIGMALIME SOLUTIONS LIMITED
Jersey
£2
Holding company
BALTIC CO2 MANAGEMENT OU
Estonia
€10,000
CO2 Management
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY
Registered office address
SIGMAFIN LIMITED
6 Heddon Street, London W1B 4BT
FOELFACH STONE LIMITED
6 Heddon Street, London W1B 4BT
SIGMAGSY LIMITED
Les Vardes Quarry, Route de Port Grat, St Sampson, Guernsey, GY2 4TF
RONEZ LIMITED
Ronez Quarry, La Route Du Nord, St John, Jersey, JE3 4AR
PALLOT TARMAC (2002) LIMITED
Ronez Quarry, La Route Du Nord, St John, Jersey, JE3 4AR
ISLAND AGGREGATES LIMITED
Les Vardes Quarry, Route de Port Grat, St Sampson, Guernsey, GY2 4TF
TOPCRETE LIMITED
38 Willow Lane, Mitcham, Surrey, CR4 4NA
A. LARKIN (CONCRETE) LIMITED
38 Willow Lane, Mitcham, Surrey, CR4 4NA
ALLEN (CONCRETE) LIMITED
38 Willow Lane, Mitcham, Surrey, CR4 4NA
POUNDFIELD PRODUCTS (GROUP) LIMITED
The Grove, Creeting St. Peter, Ipswich, England, IP6 8QG
POUNDFIELD PRODUCTS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
The Grove, Creeting St. Peter, Ipswich, England, IP6 8QG
POUNDFIELD INNOVATIONS LIMITED
The Grove, Creeting St. Peter, Ipswich, England, IP6 8QG
POUNDFIELD PRECAST LIMITED
The Grove, Creeting St. Peter, Ipswich, England, IP6 8QG
GREENBLOC LIMITED
The Grove, Creeting St. Peter, Ipswich, England, IP6 8QG
CCP BUILDING PRODUCTS LIMITED
Llay Road, Llay, Wrexham, Clwyd, LL12 0TL
CHESHIRE CONCRETE PRODUCTS LIMITED
Llay Road, Llay, Wrexham, Clwyd, LL12 0TL
CLWYD CONCRETE PRODUCTS LIMITED
Llay Road, Llay, Wrexham, Clwyd, LL12 0TL
COUNTRY CONCRETE PRODUCTS LIMITED
Llay Road, Llay, Wrexham, Clwyd, LL12 0TL
PPG PROJECTS LIMITED
Llay Road, Llay, Wrexham, Clwyd, LL12 0TL
CCP AGGREGATES LIMITED
Llay Road, Llay, Wrexham, Clwyd, LL12 0TL
STONE SERVICE CENTER
Rue de Cognebeau 245, B-7060 Soignies, Belgium
CARRIÈRES DU HAINAUT SCA
Rue de Cognebeau 245, B-7060 Soignies, Belgium
GRANULATS DU HAINAUT SA
Rue de Cognebeau 245, B-7060 Soignies, Belgium
WEST REGION SRC SRL
Rue de Cognebeau 245, B-7060 Soignies, Belgium
GDH (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
Rowlands View, Templeton, Narbeth, SA67 8RG
GERALD D. HARRIES & SONS LIMITED
Rowlands View, Templeton, Narbeth, SA67 8RG
GD HARRIES & SONS LIMITED
6 Heddon Street, London W1B 4BT
STONE HOLDING COMPANY SA
Avenue Louise 292, BE-1050 Ixelles, Belgium
CUVELIER PHILIPPE SA
Avenue Louise 292, BE-1050 Ixelles, Belgium
NORDKALK OY AB
Skräbbölentie 18, FI-21600, Parainen, Finland
NORDKALK AB
Box 901, 731 29 Köping
KALKPRODUKTION STORUGNS AB
Strugns, 620 34 Lärbro
NORDKALK AS
Lääne-Viru maakond, Väike- Maarja vald, Rakke alevik, F.R Faehlmanni tee 11a, 46301
NORDKALK GMBH
Innungsstrabe 7, 21244 Buchholz in der Nordheide
NORDKALK SP.Z O.O
ul. Plac Na Groblach, nr 21, lok. Miejsc, Krakow, kod 31-101, poczta, Krakow, kraj Polska
SUOMEN KARBONAATTI OY
Ihalaisen teollisuusalue, 53500 Lappeenranta
NKD HOLDING OY AB
Skräbbölentie 18, 21600 Parainen, Finland
NORDEKA MADEN A.S
Levent MH.Cömert Sk. Yapi Kredi Blokl.c Blok no.1 c/17 Besiktas
BALTIC AGGREGATES OY
Skräbbölentie 18, FI-21600, Parainen, Finland
NK – EAST OY
Skräbbölentie 18, FI-21600, Parainen, Finland
NORDKALK UKRAINE TOV
Ivana Makukha st. 14, 78000, Ivano-Frankivsk Oblast, Tlumach, Ukraine
NORDKALK PRYKARPATTYA TOV
Galytska st 10, 7600 Ivano-Frankivsk, Ukraine
JOHNSTON QUARRY GROUP LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
BUILDING STONE LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
225
Notes to the Financial Statements
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY
Country of incorporation
CSSL NO.2 LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
GUITING QUARRY LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
COTSWOLDS STONE SALES LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
MONKS PARK MINERALS LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
BATH STONE COMPANY (BSC) LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
BATH STONE COMPANY LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
HARTHAM PARK MINERALS LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
COSTWOLD STONE SALES LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
FLICK QUARRY LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
CREETON QUARRY LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
OATHILL QUARRY LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
ROPSLEY QUARRY LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
RIGHCAST LIMITED
Unit W4 Junction 38 Business Park, Darton, Barnsley, South Yorkshire, S75 5QQ
CANTERAS LA BELONGA SA
Oviedo, Cellagu-Latores, 33193, Spain
NAYLES BARN QUARRY LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
C B COLLIER QUARRY LIMITED
Westfield Lodge Butchers Hill, Great Tew, Chipping Norton, Oxfordshire, England, OX7 4AD
RETAINING HOLDINGS LIMITED
Hughes House, Cargo Fleet Road, Middlesbrough, United Kingdom, TS3 6AG
RETAINING (UK) LIMITED
Hughes House, Cargo Fleet Road, Middlesbrough, United Kingdom, TS3 6AG
GEOCAST LTD
Hughes House, Cargo Fleet Road, Middlesbrough, United Kingdom, TS3 6AG
JUUAN DOLOMIITTIKALKKI OY
Onninpolku 1, 83900 Juuka, Finland
ST INVESTICIJA UAB
Raudondvario pl. 131B, Kaunas, Lithuania
COMPUS UAB
Raudondvario pl. 131B, Kaunas, Lithuania
DRASEIKIU KARJERAS UAB
Raudondvario pl. 131B, Kaunas, Lithuania
BALTIJOS KARJERAI UAB
Raudondvario pl. 131B, Kaunas, Lithuania
KARJERU VERSLAS UAB
Raudondvario pl. 131B, Kaunas, Lithuania
KVYKLIU KARJERAS UAB
Raudondvario pl. 131B, Kaunas, Lithuania
BJÖRKA MINERAL AB
Södra Tullgatan 3, 211 40 Malmö, Sweden 
SIGMACEN GMBH
Innungsstrasse 7, 21244 Buchholz
FELS HOLDINGS GMBH
Geheimrat-Ebert-Strasse 12, 38640 Goslar, Germany
FELS-WERKE GMBH
Geheimrat-Ebert-Strasse 12, 38640 Goslar, Germany
FELS NETZ GMBH
Hornberg 1, 38875 Oberharz am Brocken, Germany
FELS VERTRIEBS AND SERVICE GMBH & CO. KG
Geheimrat-Ebert-Strasse 12, 38640 Goslar, Germany
VÁPENKA VITOSOV S.R.O
Hrabová 54, 789 01 Hrabová, Czechia
BUXTON LIME LIMITED
Tunstead House Annex, Waterswallows Road, Buxton, United Kingdom, SK17 8TG
SIGMAROC SHELFCO LIMITED
Tunstead House Annex, Waterswallows Road, Buxton, United Kingdom, SK17 8TG
SIGMA LIME IRE LIMITED
Raheendoran, Clogrennane, Carlow, R93 EV26, lreland
CLOGRENNANE LIME LIMITED
Fonthill, Clogrennane, Co. Carlow, R93 EV26, Ireland
MAVECOTILL INVESTMENTS SP. Z.O.O.
Sitkówka 24, 26-052 Nowiny
NORDKALK WAPNO SP Z.O.O 
Sitkówka 24, 26-052 Nowiny
SIGMALIME SOLUTIONS LIMITED
Ronez Quarry, La Route du Nord, St John, Jersey JE2 4AR
BALTIC CO2 MANAGEMENT OU
Lõõtsa tn 1a,Lasnamäe linnaosa, Tallinn, 11415 Harju maakond, Estonia
For the year ended 31 December 2024 the following 
subsidiaries were entitled to exemption from audit under 
section 479A of the Companies Act 2006:
	- SigmaFin Limited
	- Foelfach Stone Limited
	- Topcrete Limited
	- A. Larkin (Concrete) Limited
	- Allen (Concrete) Limited
	- Poundfield Products (Group) Limited
	- Poundfield Products (Holdings) Limited
	- Poundfield Innovations Limited
	- Poundfield Precast Limited 
	- Greenbloc Limited
	- CCP Building Products Limited
	- Cheshire Concrete Products Limited
	- Clwyd Concrete Products Limited
	- Country Concrete Products Limited
	- CCP Trading Limited
	- CCP Aggregates Limited
	- GDH (Holdings) Limited
	- Gerald D. Harries & Sons Limited
	- GD Harries & Sons Limited
	- Johnston Quarry Group Limited
	- Building Stone Limited
	- CSSL No.2 Limited
	- Guiting Quarry Limited
	- Cotswolds Stone Sales Limited
	- Monks Park Minerals Limited
	- Bath Stone Company (BSC) Limited
	- Bath Stone Company Limited
	- Hartham Park Minerals Limited
	- Costwold Stone Sales Limited
	- Flick Quarry Limited
	- Creeton Quarry Limited
	- Oathill Quarry Limited
	- Ropsley Quarry Limited
	- Rightcast Limited
	- Retaining Holdings Limited
	- Retaining (UK) Limited
	- Geocast Ltd
	- Nayles Barn Quarry Limited 
	- C B Collier Quarry Limited
	- Buxton Lime Limited
Impairment review
The performance of all companies for the year ended 31 
December 2024 are in line with forecasted expectations and 
as such there have been no indications of impairment.
19. Investment in Equity Accounted Associates & Joint 
Ventures
Nordkalk has a joint venture agreement with Franzefoss 
Minerals AS, managing a lime kiln located in Norway which 
was entered into on 5 August 2004. 
The Group entered into a joint venture agreement partnering 
with Arcelor Mittal, to invest in green quicklime and dolime 
production in Dunkirk, which was entered into on 11 
September 2022.
The Group has one non-material local associate in Pargas, 
Pargas Hyreshus Ab. 
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000
INTERESTS IN ASSOCIATES
531
605
INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURE
6,212
6,448
6,743
7,053
PROPORTION OF OWNERSHIP  
INTEREST HELD
NAME
Country of 
incorporation
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000 
NORFRAKALK AS
Norway
50%
50%
AMELI GREEN LIME 
SOLUTIONS
France
47.5%
47.5%
Summarised financial information
The key assumptions used in performing the impairment 
review are set out below:
NORFRAKALK AS –  
COST AND NET BOOK VALUE
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000
CURRENT ASSETS
8,045
7,735
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
7,768
10,078
CURRENT LIABILITIES
(2,688)
(2,739)
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
(3,763)
(4,651)
9,362
10,423
For the 
period 
1 January 
2024 to 
31 December 
2024 
£’000
For the 
period 
1 January 
2023 to 
31 December 
2023 
£’000
REVENUES
15,940
15,903
PROFIT AFTER TAX FROM 
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
633
1,372

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
227
Notes to the Financial Statements
20. Trade and Other Receivables
CONSOLIDATED
COMPANY
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
CURRENT ASSET
TRADE RECEIVABLES
133,628
85,033
15,293
3,690
PREPAYMENTS
8,819
6,961
1,107
422
OTHER RECEIVABLES
15,758
7,040
8
1,220
158,205
99,034
16,408
5,332
NON-CURRENT ASSET
OTHER RECEIVABLES
13,724
3,398
11,289
-
13,724
3,398
11,289
-
The carrying value of trade and other receivables classified as loans and receivables approximates fair value. 
Trade and other receivables include a doubtful debts provision of £2.1 million. Refer to note 3.1b for further information.
The carrying amounts of the Group and Company’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies: 
CONSOLIDATED
COMPANY
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
UK POUNDS
43,753
22,013
20,261
5,052
EUROS
87,246
57,839
7,436
-
SWEDISH KRONA
13,782
15,240
-
-
ZLOTYS
20,634
6,518
-
-
CZECH KORUNA
5,611
-
-
-
TURKISH LIRA
903
822
-
-
171,929
102,432
27,697
5,052
Other classes of financial assets included within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. The 
Group does not hold any collateral as security.
21. Inventories
CONSOLIDATED
COST AND NET BOOK VALUE
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
RAW MATERIALS AND CONSUMABLES
61,741
32,823
FINISHED AND SEMI-FINISHED GOODS
56,069
44,265
WORK IN PROGRESS
9,872
7,221
127,682
84,309
The amount recognised as change of value in inventory included in cost of sales was £12.1 million (31 December 2023: (£9 
million)).
22. Cash and Cash Equivalents
CONSOLIDATED
COMPANY
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
CASH AT BANK AND ON HAND – CONTINUING OPERATIONS
131,356
55,872
25,363
7,925
131,356
55,872
25,363
7,925
All of the Group’s cash at bank is held with institutions with a credit rating of at least A-. Exceptions may be granted on an 
individual basis in rare cases where a bank is chosen for geographical reasons but does not fulfil the stipulated rating criteria.
The carrying amounts of the Group and Company’s cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:
CONSOLIDATED
COMPANY
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
UK POUNDS
29,981
11,111
14,329
4,617
EUROS
64,443
37,308
11,034
3,308
SWEDISH KRONA
4,365
4,938
-
-
ZLOTYS
23,375
2,137
-
-
CZECH KORUNA
7,431
43
-
-
US DOLLAR
1,362
-
-
-
TURKISH LIRA
399
335
-
-
131,356
55,872
25,363
7,925
23. Trade and Other Payables
CONSOLIDATED
COMPANY
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
CURRENT LIABILITIES
TRADE PAYABLES
81,458
78,572
11,224
15,184
WAGES PAYABLE
15,142
13,715
-
-
ACCRUALS
156,271
46,120
9,165
15,462
VAT PAYABLE/(RECEIVABLE)
6,776
3,366
(70)
(1,654)
DEFERRED CONSIDERATION
5,039
8,887
2,293
3,865
OTHER PAYABLES
19,360
7,539
189
1,225
284,046
158,199
22,801
34,082
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
DEFERRED CONSIDERATION
146,562
8,208
5,692
5,260
OTHER PAYABLES
8,468
-
-
-
155,030
8,208
5,692
5,260

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
229
Notes to the Financial Statements
The carrying amounts of the Group and Company’s trade and other payables are denominated in the following currencies:
CONSOLIDATED
COMPANY
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
UK POUNDS
55,245
49,003
16,626
29,114
EUROS
332,275
80,349
11,867
9,908
SWEDISH KRONA
19,019
26,712
-
320
ZLOTYS
26,766
10,029
-
-
UKRAINIAN HRYVNIA
4
11
-
-
US DOLLAR
85
-
-
-
CZECH KORUNA
5,475
-
-
-
TURKISH LIRA
208
303
-
-
439,077
166,407
28,493
39,342
24. Borrowings
CONSOLIDATED
COMPANY
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
SYNDICATED SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY
534,998
174,090
534,998
174,090
BANK LOANS
1,918
5,986
-
-
FINANCE LEASE LIABILITIES
8,622
7,853
-
-
IFRS 16 LEASES
31,506
12,863
389
-
577,044
200,792
535,387
174,090
CURRENT LIABILITIES
SYNDICATED SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY
49,722
29,500
49,722
29,500
BANK LOANS
4,846
1,209
-
-
FINANCE LEASE LIABILITIES
2,520
2,066
-
-
IFRS 16 LEASES
7,700
4,729
131
43
64,788
37,504
49,853
29,543
On 22 November 2023 the Company entered into a new syndicated senior credit facility of up to €750 million (the ‘Debt Facilities’) 
led by Santander UK and BNPP, with the syndicate including several major UK and European banks and a further €125 million 
bridge loan (‘Bridge Loan’). The Debt Facilities comprise a €600 million committed term facility, €150 million revolving credit facility 
and a further €100 million uncommitted accordion. 
The Debt Facilities are secured by a floating charge over the assets of SigmaRoc and its subsidiaries as defined as obligors 
within the Debt Facilities. Interest is charged at a rate between 2.00% and 3.50% above EURIBOR (‘Interest Margin’), based on the 
calculation of the adjusted leverage ratio for the relevant period. For the period ending 31 December 2024, the Interest Margin was 
2.75%.
For further information on covenants, please refer to note 3.2.
The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current 
borrowings are:
CARRYING AMOUNT  
AND FAIR VALUE
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000 
SYNDICATED SENIOR CREDIT 
FACILITY
534,998
174,090
BANK LOANS
1,918
5,986
FINANCE LEASE LIABILITIES
8,622
7,853
IFRS 16 LEASES
31,506
12,863
577,044
200,792
Lease Liabilities 
Lease liabilities are effectively secured, as the rights to the 
leased asset revert to the lessor in the event of default. 
Leases which are entered into as a hire purchase agreement, 
or a finance lease is shown as finance leases. 
CONSOLIDATED
FINANCE LEASE LIABILITIES – 
MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000 
NOT LATER THAN ONE YEAR
10,220
6,795
LATER THAN ONE YEAR AND  
NO LATER THAN FIVE YEARS
18,410
15,647
LATER THAN FIVE YEARS
21,717
5,069
50,347
27,511
FUTURE FINANCE CHARGES ON 
FINANCE LEASE LIABILITIES
19,008
4,466
PRESENT VALUE OF FINANCE 
LEASE LIABILITIES
69,355
31,977
For the year ended 31 December 2024, the total finance 
charges were £1.8 million (2022: £1 million).
The contracted and planned lease commitments were 
discounted using a weighted average incremental borrowing 
rate of 6.5%. 
The present value of finance lease liabilities is as follows:
CONSOLIDATED
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000 
NOT LATER THAN ONE YEAR
10,884
7,236
LATER THAN ONE YEAR AND  
NO LATER THAN FIVE YEARS
19,606
16,664
LATER THAN FIVE YEARS
23,129
5,398
PRESENT VALUE OF FINANCE 
LEASE LIABILITIES
53,619
29,298
Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities is 
as follows:
CONSOLIDATED
Long-term 
borrowings 
£’000
Short-term 
borrowings 
£’000
Lease 
liabilities 
£’000
Liabilities 
arising from 
financing 
activities 
£’000
AS AT 1 
JANUARY 2024
180,076
30,709
27,511
238,296
INCREASE/
(DECREASE) 
THROUGH 
FINANCING 
CASH FLOWS
(304,742)
(30,709)
(8,829)
(344,280)
INCREASE FROM 
REFINANCING
750,464
2,523
12,046
765,033
COST OF 
BORROWINGS
(14,858)
-
-
(14,858)
AMORTISATION 
OF FINANCE 
ARRANGEMENT 
FEES
5,865
-
-
5,865
INCREASE 
THROUGH 
OBTAINING 
CONTROL OF 
SUBSIDIARIES 
-
-
20,167
20,167
TRANSFER 
BETWEEN 
CLASSES
(51,897)
51,897
-
-
FOREIGN 
EXCHANGE 
MOVEMENT
(27,991)
148
(548)
(28,391)
AS AT 31 
DECEMBER 2024
536,916
54,568
50,347
641,832
Transfer between classes refers to long term borrowings 
moving to short term borrowings as they are due within 12 
months.
For debt maturity schedule, please refer to note 3.1(d).
Reconciliation of cash flow movement to movement in net 
debt:
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
OPENING NET DEBT
(182,462)
(193,853)
NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND 
CASH EQUIVALENTS
75,484 
(12,751)
FOREIGN EXCHANGE DIFFERENCES - CASH 
AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
3,854 
1,273 
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
944 
-
NET CASH FLOW MOVEMENTS IN DEBT 
FINANCING
(405,895)
26,986 
NON CASH MOVEMENTS
DEBT ACQUIRED VIA ACQUISITIONS
(20,167)
(971)
AMORTISATION OF FINANCE COSTS
(5,864)
(1,085)
FOREIGN EXCHANGE MOVEMENT
28,391 
1,753 
OTHER NON-CASH MOVEMENTS
(4,761)
(3,776)
NET DEBT
510,476
182,424

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
231
Notes to the Financial Statements
25. Provisions
CONSOLIDATED 31 DECEMBER 2024
Restoration 
£’000
Restructuring 
£’000
Other 
£’000
Total 
£’000
CURRENT LIABILITIES
AS AT 1 JANUARY
3,231
1,694
3,564
8,489
ACQUIRED ON BUSINESS COMBINATION
-
4,189
-
4,189
REALLOCATE BETWEEN CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT
(3,231)
-
-
(3,231)
ADDITION/(DEDUCTION)
-
9,003
(3,564)
5,439
AS AT 31 DECEMBER
-
14,886
-
14,886
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
AS AT 1 JANUARY
4,724
-
-
4,724
ACQUIRED ON BUSINESS COMBINATION
42,185
-
33,651
75,836
REALLOCATE BETWEEN CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT
3,231
-
-
3,231
ADDITION/(DEDUCTION)
(145)
-
3,395
3,250
AS AT 31 DECEMBER
49,995
-
37,046
87,041
CONSOLIDATED 31 DECEMBER 2023
Restoration 
£’000
Restructuring 
£’000
Other 
£’000
Total 
£’000
CURRENT LIABILITIES
AS AT 1 JANUARY
1,970
1,760
2,866
6,596
ACQUIRED ON BUSINESS COMBINATION
922
-
-
922
ADDITION/(DEDUCTION)
339
(66)
698
971
AS AT 31 DECEMBER
3,231
1,694
3,564
8,489
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
AS AT 1 JANUARY
4,100
-
-
4,100
ACQUIRED ON BUSINESS COMBINATION
624
-
-
624
ADDITION/(DEDUCTION)
-
-
-
-
AS AT 31 DECEMBER
4,724
-
-
4,724
The provision total is made up of £595,000 as a restoration provision for the St John’s and Les Vardes sites; £86,812 for the 
Aberdo site; £172,303 for quarries in Wales; £6.6 million for the Nordkalk sites; £109,000 for the Johnston sites; £40 million for 
the German sites; £415,000 for the Czechia sites; £1.8 million for Buxton; and £252,000 for La Belonga which are all based on the 
removal costs of the plant and machinery at the sites and restoration of the land.
Of the remaining amount, £1.9 million is for other restructuring costs in the Nordkalk entities, £3 million is the provision for 
early retirement in Belgium, where salaried workers can qualify for early retirement based on age, £34 million is the pension and 
provision for early retirement in Germany and £14 million for redundancies and other payroll provisions in Germany. The provision 
for pension and early retirement consists of the estimated amount that will be paid by the employer to the “early retired workers” 
till the age of the full pension. Refer to Note 26 for more information.
The future reclamation cost value is discounted by 6% (2023 8%).
26. Retirement benefit schemes 
The Group sponsors various post-employment benefit plans. 
These include both defined contribution and defined benefit 
plans as defined by IAS 19 Employee Benefits.
Defined contribution plans
For defined contribution plans outside Belgium, the Group 
pays contributions to publicly or privately administered 
pension funds or insurance contracts. Once the contributions 
have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligation. 
The contributions are expensed in the year in which they 
are due. For the year ended, contributions paid into defined 
contribution plans amounted to £351,011.
Defined benefit plans
The Group has group insurance plans for some of its Belgian, 
German, Swedish and Polish employees funded through 
defined payments to insurance companies. The Belgian 
pension plans are by law subject to minimum guaranteed 
rates of return. In the past the minimum guaranteed rates 
were 3.25% on employer contributions and 3.75% on 
employee contributions. A law of December 2015 (enforced 
on 1 January 2016) modifies the minimum guaranteed rates 
of return applicable to the Group’s Belgian pension plans. For 
insured plans, the rates of 3.25% on employer contributions 
and 3.75% on employee contributions will continue to 
apply to the contributions accumulated before 2016. For 
contributions paid on or after 1 January 2016, a variable 
minimum guaranteed rate of return with a floor of 1.75% 
applies. The Group obtained actuarial calculations for the 
periods reported based on the projected unit credit method. 
The Swedish plan provides an old-age pension cover for 
plan members whereas plan members receive a lump sum 
payment upon retirement in the Polish plan. Both Swedish 
and Polish plans are based on collective labour agreements. 
The German plan is an unfunded pension plan and has three 
other unfunded long-term benefit obligations (i) Fels Death 
In-Service Benefit Plan (ii) the Germany Fels Jubilee Plan and 
(iii) Fels Deferred Compensation Plan. The defined benefit 
pension schemes and deferred compensation schemes 
provide benefits which are specific to each scheme and 
are based on different factors including years of service, 
fixed pension amounts and benefits based on final salary. 
Other long-term employee benefits provide benefits to all 
employees based on the number of years of service or a fixed 
amount for death in service.
Through its defined benefit plans, the Group is exposed to 
a number of risks. A decrease in bond yields will increase 
the plan liabilities. Some of the Group’s pension obligations 
are linked to inflation and higher inflation will lead to higher 
liabilities. The majority of the plans’ obligations are to provide 
benefits for the life of the plan member, so increases in life 
expectancy will result in an increase in the plans’ liabilities. 
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AMOUNT  
IN THE STATEMENT OF  
FINANCIAL POSITION
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000 
ASSETS
-
-
LIABILITIES
36,834
4,355
NET DEFINED BENEFIT LIABILITY 
AT END OF YEAR
36,834
4,355
AMOUNTS RECOGNISED  
IN THE STATEMENT OF  
FINANCIAL POSITION
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000 
PRESENT VALUE OF FUNDED 
DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
1,017
967
FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS
-
(153)
1,017
814
PRESENT VALUE OF UNFUNDED 
DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION
35,817
3,541
UNRECOGNISED PAST SERVICE 
COST
-
-
TOTAL
36,834
4,355
AMOUNTS RECOGNISED  
IN THE INCOME STATEMENT 
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000 
CURRENT SERVICE COST
626
152
INTEREST COST
1,292
112
EXPECTED RETURN ON PLAN 
ASSETS
156
163
TOTAL PENSION EXPENSE
2,074
427
CHANGES IN THE PRESENT  
VALUE OF THE DEFINED  
BENEFIT OBLIGATION
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000 
DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION AT 
BEGINNING OF YEAR
4,355
3,543
CURRENT SERVICE COST
626
152
INTEREST COST
1,292
112
BENEFITS PAID
(2,721)
(354)
REMEASUREMENTS
97
163
REMEASUREMENTS IN OCI
(178)
978
OTHER SIGNIFICANT EVENTS
-
(40)
ACQUIRED IN BUSINESS 
COMBINATIONS
33,651
-
FOREIGN EXCHANGE MOVEMENT
(288)
(199)
DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION AT 
END OF YEAR
36,834
4,355
AMOUNTS RECOGNISED  
IN THE STATEMENT OF  
CHANGES IN EQUITY
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000 
PRIOR YEAR CUMULATIVE 
ACTUARIAL REMEASUREMENTS
-
-
REMEASUREMENTS
(176)
978
FOREIGN EXCHANGE MOVEMENT
-
-
CUMULATIVE AMOUNT OF 
ACTUARIAL GAINS AND LOSSES 
RECOGNISED IN THE STATEMENT 
OF RECOGNISED INCOME / 
(EXPENSE)
(176)
978

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
233
Notes to the Financial Statements
MOVEMENTS IN THE NET 
LIABILITY/(ASSET) RECOGNISED 
IN THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL 
POSITION
31 December 
2024 
£’000
31 December 
2023 
£’000 
NET LIABILITY IN THE BALANCE 
SHEET AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
4,355
3,543
TOTAL EXPENSE RECOGNISED IN 
THE INCOME STATEMENT
1,918
264
CONTRIBUTIONS PAID BY THE 
COMPANY
(2,721)
(354)
AMOUNT RECOGNISED IN THE 
STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED 
(INCOME)/EXPENSE
97
163
REMEASUREMENTS IN OCI
(178)
978
OTHER SIGNIFICANT EVENTS
-
(40)
ACQUIRED IN BUSINESS 
COMBINATIONS
33,651
-
FOREIGN EXCHANGE MOVEMENT
(288)
(199)
DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION AT 
END OF YEAR
36,834
4,355
PRINCIPAL ACTUARIAL 
ASSUMPTIONS 
31 December 
2024
31 December 
2023
DISCOUNT RATE
3.39%
3.87%
FUTURE SALARY INCREASES
3.07%
2.93%
FUTURE INFLATION
2.13%
2.00%
Post-retirement benefits
The Group operates both defined benefit and defined 
contribution pension plans.
Pension plans in Belgium, Poland, Sweden and Germany 
are of the defined benefit type because of the minimum 
promised return on contributions required by law. The liability 
or asset recognised in the Statement of Financial Position in 
respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value 
of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting 
period less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit 
obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries 
using the projected unit credit method. The present value of 
the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting 
the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of 
high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the 
currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have 
terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. 
The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount 
rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation 
and the fair value of plan assets. This cost is included 
in employee benefit expense in the Income Statement. 
Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience 
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are 
recognised in the period in which they occur, directly in 
other comprehensive income. They are included in retained 
earnings in the Statement of Changes in Equity and in the 
Statement of Financial Position.
For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions 
to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans 
on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group 
has no further payment obligations once the contributions 
have been paid. The contributions are recognised as 
employee benefit expense when they are due.
27. Financial Instruments by Category
Consolidated
31 DECEMBER 2024
ASSETS PER STATEMENT OF 
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Loans & 
receivables 
£’000
Total 
£’000 
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 
(EXCLUDING PREPAYMENTS)
163,110
163,110
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
131,356
131,356
294,466
294,466
LIABILITIES PER STATEMENT  
OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
At amortised 
cost 
£’000
Total 
£’000 
BORROWINGS (EXCLUDING 
FINANCE LEASES)
591,485
591,485
FINANCE LEASE LIABILITIES
50,347
50,347
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 
(EXCLUDING NON-FINANCIAL 
LIABILITIES)
439,077
439,077
1,080,909
1,080,909
Consolidated
31 DECEMBER 2023
ASSETS PER STATEMENT OF 
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Loans & 
receivables 
£’000
Total 
£’000 
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 
(EXCLUDING PREPAYMENTS)
95,471
95,471
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
55,872
55,872
151,343
151,343
LIABILITIES PER STATEMENT  
OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
At amortised 
cost 
£’000
Total 
£’000 
BORROWINGS (EXCLUDING 
FINANCE LEASES)
210,785
210,785
FINANCE LEASE LIABILITIES
27,511
27,511
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 
(EXCLUDING NON-FINANCIAL 
LIABILITIES)
166,407
166,407
404,703
404,703
Company
31 DECEMBER 2024
ASSETS PER STATEMENT OF 
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Loans & 
receivables 
£’000
Total 
£’000 
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 
(EXCLUDING PREPAYMENTS)
26,591
26,591
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
25,363
25,363
51,954
51,954
LIABILITIES PER STATEMENT  
OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
At amortised 
cost 
£’000
Total 
£’000 
BORROWINGS (EXCLUDING 
FINANCE LEASES)
584,719
584,719
FINANCE LEASE LIABILITIES
521
521
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 
(EXCLUDING NON-FINANCIAL 
LIABILITIES)
28,493
28,493
613,733
613,733
Company
31 DECEMBER 2023
ASSETS PER STATEMENT OF 
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Loans & 
receivables 
£’000
Total 
£’000 
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 
(EXCLUDING PREPAYMENTS)
4,909
4,909
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
7,925
7,925
12,834
12,834
LIABILITIES PER STATEMENT  
OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
At amortised 
cost 
£’000
Total 
£’000 
BORROWINGS (EXCLUDING 
FINANCE LEASES)
203,589
203,589
FINANCE LEASE LIABILITIES
43
43
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 
(EXCLUDING NON-FINANCIAL 
LIABILITIES)
39,345
39,345
242,977
242,977
28. Share Capital and Share Premium
Number of shares
Ordinary shares 
£’000
Share premium 
£’000
Total 
£’000
ISSUED AND FULLY PAID
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
638,246,344
6,383
400,022
406,405
ISSUE OF NEW SHARES - 28 FEBRUARY 2023 
55,555,555
556
28,682
29,238
CAPITAL REDUCTION – 23 MAY 2023
-
-
(428,704)
(428,704)
AS AT 30 JUNE 2023
693,801,899
6,939
-
6,939
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
693,801,899
6,939
-
6,939
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024
693,801,899
6,939
-
6,939
ISSUE OF NEW SHARES – 4 JANUARY 20241
421,052,631
4,210
191,458
195,668
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
1,114,854,530
11,149
191,458
202,607
1 Includes issue costs of £4,331,994.
The authorised share capital consists of 1,482,756,530 ordinary shares at a par value of 1 pence.
On 4 January 2024, the Company raised £200 million net of issue costs via the issue and allotment of 421,052,631 new Ordinary 
Shares at a price of 47.5 pence per share.

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
235
Notes to the Financial Statements
29. Share Options
In 2021, the Company introduced a long-term incentive plan (LTIP) for senior management personnel. Shares are awarded in the 
Company and vest in 3 parts over the third, fourth and fifth anniversary to the extent the performance conditions are met. The first 
tranche vested on 31 August 2024.
Share options and warrants outstanding and exercisable at the end of the year have the following expiry dates and exercise prices:
Options & Warrants
GRANT DATE
EXPIRY DATE
Exercise price 
in £ per share
31 December 2024 
#
31 December 2023 
#
5 JANUARY 2017
30 DECEMBER 2026
0.25
260,146
260,146
5 JANUARY 2017
30 DECEMBER 2026
0.40
11,878,645
11,878,645
15 APRIL 2019
15 APRIL 2026
0.46
9,030,934
9,030,934
30 DECEMBER 2019
30 DECEMBER 2026
0.46
7,787,059
7,943,058
4 JANUARY 2024
3 JANUARY 2034
0.60
51,288,180
-
80,244,964
29,112,783
The weighted average life of the outstanding options is 6.4 years.
The Company and Group have no legal or constructive obligation to settle or repurchase the options or warrants in cash.
The fair value of the share options and warrants was determined using the Black Scholes valuation model. The parameters used 
are detailed below:
2017 Options A
2017 Options B
2019 Options C
2019 Options D
2024 Options E
VESTED ON
5/1/2017
5/1/2017
15/4/2019 
30/12/2019
4/1/2027
REVALUED ON
15/12/2021
15/12/2021
-
-
-
LIFE (YEARS)
5
5
7
7
10
SHARE PRICE
0.8295
0.8295
0.465
0.525
0.6
RISK FREE RATE
0.40%
0.40%
0.31%
0.55%
0.379%
EXPECTED VOLATILITY
31.32%
31.32%
4.69%
8.19%
35.43%
EXPECTED DIVIDEND YIELD
-
-
-
-
-
MARKETABILITY DISCOUNT
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL FAIR VALUE
£58,345
£661,604
£392,015
£685,889
£3,611,910
The risk-free rate of return is based on zero yield government bonds for a term consistent with the option life.
The volatility is calculated by dividing the standard deviation of the closing share price from the prior six months by the average of 
the closing share price from the prior six months. 
2017 Options A and B were extended for another 5 years by the Board on 15 December 2021 and were revalued on this day.
A reconciliation of options and warrants and LTIP awards granted over the year to 31 December 2024 is shown below:
Options and warrants 
31 DECEMBER 2024
31 DECEMBER 2023
#
Weighted average 
exercise price 
£
#
Weighted average 
exercise price 
£
OUTSTANDING AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR
29,112,783
0.44
29,146,117
0.44
GRANTED
56,564,792
0.60
-
-
VESTED
-
-
-
-
CANCELLED
(5,276,611)
0.60
-
-
EXERCISED 
(156,000)
0.46
(33,334)
0.46
OUTSTANDING AS AT YEAR END
80,244,964
0.54
29,112,783
0.44
EXERCISABLE AT YEAR END
28,956,784
0.44
29,112,783
0.44
LTIP awards
31 DECEMBER 2024
31 DECEMBER 2023
#
Weighted average 
valuation price 
£
#
Weighted average 
valuation price 
£
OUTSTANDING AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR
25,620,000
0.69
25,620,000
0.69
GRANTED
-
-
-
-
VESTED
-
-
-
-
EXERCISED 
-
-
-
-
OUTSTANDING AS AT YEAR END
25,620,000
0.69
25,620,000
0.69
EXERCISABLE AT YEAR END
11,153,240
-
-
-
30. Other Reserves
Consolidated
Deferred 
shares 
£’000
Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£’000
Revaluation 
reserve 
£’000
Capital 
reserve 
£’000
Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
£’000
Total 
£’000
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
762
600
4,671
687
3,541
10,261
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
-
-
(5,506)
-
-
(5,506)
CURRENCY TRANSLATION DIFFERENCES
-
-
-
-
(3,109)
(3,109)
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
(762)
-
-
(255)
-
(1,017)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
-
600
(835)
432
432
629
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2024
-
600
(835)
432
432
629
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
-
-
(1,229)
-
-
(1,229)
CURRENCY TRANSLATION DIFFERENCES
-
-
-
-
943
943
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
-
-
-
(373)
-
(373)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
-
600
(2,064)
59
1,375
(30)

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
237
Notes to the Financial Statements
31. Non-controlling interests
PROPORTION OF NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
NAME
Country of incorporation 
& Place of business
31 December 
2024
31 December 
2023
VÁPENKA VITOSOV S.R.O
Czechia
75%
-
SUOMEN KARBONAATTI OY
Finland
51%
51%
KALKPRODUKTION STORUGNS AB
Sweden
66.7%
66.7%
NKD HOLDING OY
Finland
51%
51%
CANTERAS LA BELONGA SA
Spain
65%
65%
GRANULATS DU HAINAUT SA
Belgium
75%
75%
JUUAN DOLOMIITTIKALKKI OY
Finland
70%
70%
CONSOLIDATED
31 December 2024 
£’000
31 December 2023 
£’000
AS AT 1 JANUARY 
14,143
11,732
ACQUIRED IN BUSINESS COMBINATION
13,833
616
NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS SHARE OF PROFIT IN THE PERIOD
5,380
3,184
DIVIDENDS PAID
(3,053)
(1,275)
FOREIGN EXCHANGE MOVEMENT
(1,553)
(114)
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
152
-
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 
28,902
14,143
31 DECEMBER 2024
31 DECEMBER 2023
Vapenka 
Vitosov 
£’000
Suomen 
Karbonaatti 
 £’000
Other individually 
immaterial 
subsidiaries 
£’000
Suomen 
Karbonaatti 
 £’000
Other individually 
immaterial 
subsidiaries 
£’000
CURRENT ASSETS
16,808
18,235
15,070
18,762
14,459
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
71,408
2,598
22,240
2,489
23,612
CURRENT LIABILITIES
(5,596)
(3,698)
(8,468)
(4,919)
(8,442)
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
(12,258)
(7,467)
(5,351)
(7,807)
(6,082)
NET ASSETS
70,362
9,668
23,491
8,525
23,547
NET ASSETS ATTRIBUTABLE TO NCI
17,590
4,737
8,515
4,192
7,800
REVENUE
40,111
39,489
28,141
38,252
32,062
PROFIT AFTER TAXATION
6,665
5,761
3,914
4,108
3,705
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
6,665
5,761
3,914
4,108
3,705
NET OPERATING CASH FLOW
10,950
6,980
2,969
4,486
5,081
NET INVESTING CASH FLOW
(1,612)
(1,085)
(9,458)
(324)
(8,971)
NET FINANCING CASH FLOW
(3,167)
(4,224)
9,133
(2,610)
4,021
DIVIDENDS PAID TO NCI
823
2,030
200
1,275
-
32. Earnings Per Share
The calculation of the total continuing operations basic 
earnings per share of 2.04 pence (2023: 1.41 pence) and 
discontinued operations basic earnings per share of 0.06 
pence (2023: 0.57 pence) is calculated by dividing the profit 
attributable to shareholders of £23.3 million (2023: £13.5 
million) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares of 
1,111,403,279 (2023: 684,973,893) in issue during the period.
Continuing operations diluted earnings per share of 1.89 
pence (2023: 1.35 pence) and discontinued operations 
diluted earnings per share of 0.06 pence (2023: 0.55 pence) 
is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to shareholders 
of £23.3 million (2023: £13.5 million) by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the period plus the 
weighted average number of share options and warrants to 
subscribe for ordinary shares in the Company, which together 
total 1,196,589,592 (2023: 714,091,517). The weighted average 
number of shares is the opening balance of ordinary shares 
plus the weighted average of 417,601,380 shares.
Details of share options that could potentially dilute earnings 
per share in future periods are disclosed in Note 29. 
33. Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured 
at Amortised Costs
The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair 
values of the financial assets and liabilities, including their 
levels in the fair value hierarchy. It does not include fair value 
information for financial assets and financial liabilities not 
measured at fair value if the carrying amount is a reasonable 
approximation of fair value. 
Items where the carrying amount equates to the fair value 
are categorised to three levels:
	- Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active 
markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can 
access at the measurement date;
	- Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included 
within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly or indirectly; and
	- Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or 
liability.
Items which are categorised as Level 2 financial assets and 
liabilities are forward exchange contracts and these are valued 
using the year end exchange rate for the relevant currencies. 
CARRYING AMOUNT
FAIR VALUE
Fair value 
– Hedging 
instruments 
£’000
Fair value 
through 
P&L 
£’000
Fair value 
through 
OCI 
£’000
Financial 
asset at 
amortised 
cost 
£’000
Other 
financial 
liabilities 
£’000
Total 
£’000
Level 1 
£’000
Level 2 
£’000
Total 
£’000
FORWARD EXCHANGE 
CONTRACTS
-
-
298
-
-
298
-
298
298
ELECTRICITY HEDGES
-
-
215
-
-
215
215
-
215
FINANCIALS ASSETS NOT MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE
TRADE AND OTHER 
RECEIVABLES (EXCL. 
DERIVATIVES)
-
-
-
171,929
-
171,929
-
-
-
CASH AND CASH 
EQUIVALENTS
-
-
-
131,356
-
131,356
-
-
-
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE
FORWARD EXCHANGE 
CONTRACTS
-
40
224
-
-
264
-
264
264
ELECTRICITY HEDGES
-
-
1,079
-
-
1,079
1,079
-
1,079
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES NOT MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE
LOANS
-
-
-
-
591,485
591,485
-
-
-
FINANCE LEASE LIABILITY
-
-
-
-
50,347
50,347
-
-
-
TRADE AND OTHER 
PAYABLES (EXCL. 
DERIVATIVE)
-
-
-
-
439,077
439,077
-
-
-

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
239
Notes to the Financial Statements
34. Business Combinations
On 22 November 2023, the Company announced 
the conditional and transformational acquisition of a 
comprehensive portfolio of European lime and industrial 
limestone assets from CRH. Deal 1 completed on 4 
January 2024 which comprised of Fels Holdings GmBH, 
Vapenka Vitošov s.r.o and Clogrennane Lime Limited. Deal 
2 completed on 26 March 2024 which was Buxton Lime 
Limited and Deal 3 completed on 2 September 2024 which 
was Nordkalk Wapno Sp Z.o.o (previously named Ovetill 
Investments Sp. Z.o.o.).
Strategically the Acquisitions represented an opportunity 
to become one of Europe’s leaders in lime, combining 
high quality businesses and complementary footprints, 
positioning the Group as either the number one or number 
two participant in all its key lime markets
Fels Holdings GmbH
On 4 January 2024, the Group acquired 100 per cent. 
of the share capital of Fels Holding GmbH (‘Fels’) and 
its subsidiaries for a cash consideration of €585 million 
including deferred consideration. Fels is registered and 
incorporated in Germany. Fels is a lime producer with the key 
operations of extracting limestone from quarries as well as 
further processing the limestone. 
The following table summarises the consideration paid for 
Fels and the values of the assets and equity assumed at the 
acquisition date.
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
£’000
NET CASH CONSIDERATION 
358,756
PURCHASE OF LOAN
(122,334)
DISCOUNTED DEFERRED CONSIDERATION
59,252
295,674
RECOGNISED AMOUNTS OF ASSETS  
AND LIABILITIES ACQUIRED 
£’000
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
31,659
INVENTORIES
21,145
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
25,724
PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT
402,953
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
109,198
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
(81,679)
BORROWINGS WITH PARENT
(122,539)
PROVISIONS
(76,652)
INCOME TAX REFUND
(7,328)
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
(81,248)
TOTAL IDENTIFIABLE NET ASSETS
221,233
GOODWILL (REFER TO NOTE 17)
74,441
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
295,674
Since 4 January 2024, Fels has contributed a profit of 
£14 million and revenue of £250.7 million. Had Fels been 
consolidated from 1 January 2024, the consolidated 
statement of income would show no additional profit and no 
additional revenue.
Vapenka Vitošov s.r.o
On 4 January 2024, the Group acquired 75 per cent. of the 
share capital of Vapenka Vitošov s.r.o (‘Vitosov’) for a cash 
consideration of €85.8 million. Vitosov is registered and 
incorporated in the Czechia. Vitosov is a lime producer with 
the key operations of extracting limestone from quarries as 
well as further processing the limestone.
The following table summarises the consideration paid for 
Vitosov and the values of the assets and equity assumed at 
the acquisition date.
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
£’000
CASH
71,063
71,063
RECOGNISED AMOUNTS OF ASSETS  
AND LIABILITIES ACQUIRED 
£’000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
2,819
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
5,031
INVENTORIES
4,236
PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT
61,565
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
12,777
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
(4,410)
INCOME TAX PAYABLE
(714)
BORROWINGS
(7)
PROVISIONS
(423)
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
(11,840)
NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
(13,928)
TOTAL IDENTIFIABLE NET ASSETS
55,106
GOODWILL (REFER TO NOTE 17)
15,957
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
71,063
The Group has chosen to recognise the non-controlling 
interest at its book value for this acquisition. 
Since 4 January 2024, Vitosov has contributed a profit 
of £6.8 million and revenue of £41 million. Had Vitosov 
been consolidated from 1 January 2024, the consolidated 
statement of income would show no additional profit and no 
additional revenue.
Clogrennane Lime Limited
On 4 January 2024, the Group acquired 100 per cent. of the 
share capital of Clogrennane Lime Limited (‘Clogrennane’) 
for a cash consideration of €57.7 million. Clogrennane is 
registered and incorporated in Ireland. Clogrennane is a lime 
producer with the key operations of extracting limestone 
from quarries as well as further processing the limestone. 
The following table summarises the consideration paid 
for Clogrennane and the values of the assets and equity 
assumed at the acquisition date.
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
£’000
CASH
47,775
47,775
RECOGNISED AMOUNTS OF ASSETS  
AND LIABILITIES ACQUIRED 
£’000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
8,143
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
3,507
INVENTORIES
2,492
PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT
8,911
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
(4,075)
BORROWINGS
(1)
INCOME TAX PAYABLE
(1,161)
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY
(941)
TOTAL IDENTIFIABLE NET ASSETS
16,875
GOODWILL (REFER TO NOTE 17)
30,900
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
47,775
Since 4 January 2024, Clogrennane has contributed a 
profit of £4.6 million and revenue of £21.7 million. Had 
Clogrennane been consolidated from 1 January 2024, the 
consolidated statement of income would show no additional 
profit and no additional revenue.
Buxton Lime Limited
On 26 March 2024, the Group acquired 100 per cent. of the 
share capital of Buxton Lime Limited (‘Buxton’) for a cash 
consideration of €149 million. Buxton is registered and 
incorporated in England and Wales. Buxton is a lime producer 
with the key operations of extracting limestone from quarries 
as well as further processing the limestone. 
The following table summarises the consideration paid for 
Buxton and the values of the assets and equity assumed at 
the acquisition date.
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
£’000
CASH
123,664
PURCHASE OF SHAREHOLDER LOAN
(19,101)
104,563
RECOGNISED AMOUNTS OF ASSETS  
AND LIABILITIES ACQUIRED 
£’000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
500
INVENTORIES
2,979
PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT
25,308
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
(23,088)
INCOME TAX PAYABLE
(861)
DEFERRED TAX
(3,459)
PROVISIONS
(1,736)
TOTAL IDENTIFIABLE NET ASSETS
(357)
PROVISIONAL GOODWILL (REFER TO NOTE 17)
104,920
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
104,563
The fair value of the acquired assets of Buxton are 
provisional, pending receipt of the final valuations for those 
assets. Deferred tax has been provided in relation to these 
fair value adjustments. 
Since 26 March 2024, Buxton has contributed a profit of 
£12.1 million and revenue of £72.4 million. Had Buxton 
been consolidated from 1 January 2024, the consolidated 
statement of income would show additional profit of £3 
million and revenue of £22.5 million.
Nordkalk Wapno Sp Z.o.o (previously named Ovetill 
Investments Sp. Z.o.o.)
On 2 September 2024, the Group acquired 100 per cent. of 
the share capital of Nordkalk Wapno Sp. Z.o.o (‘Wapno’) for a 
cash consideration of €117 million. Wapno is registered and 
incorporated in Poland. Wapno is a lime producer with the 
key operations of extracting limestone from quarries as well 
as further processing the limestone. 
The following table summarises the consideration paid for 
Wapno and the values of the assets and equity assumed at 
the acquisition date.
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
£’000
CASH
13,827
DEFERRED CONSIDERATION
78,974
92,801
RECOGNISED AMOUNTS OF ASSETS  
AND LIABILITIES ACQUIRED 
£’000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
13,983
INVENTORIES
5,521
TRADE RECEIVABLES
11,274
PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT
22,061
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
1,474
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
(11,877)
INCOME TAX PAYABLE
(418)
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
(479)
PROVISIONS
(137)
TOTAL IDENTIFIABLE NET ASSETS
41,402
PROVISIONAL GOODWILL (REFER TO NOTE 17)
51,399
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
92,801

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
241
Notes to the Financial Statements
Company Information
The fair value of the acquired assets of Wapno are 
provisional, pending receipt of the final valuations for those 
assets. Deferred tax has been provided in relation to these 
fair value adjustments.
Since 2 September 2024, Wapno has contributed a profit 
of £4.9 million and revenue of £29.2 million. Had Wapno 
been consolidated from 1 January 2024, the consolidated 
statement of income would show additional profit of £14.1 
million and revenue of £57.0 million.
35. Contingencies
The Group is not aware of any material personal injury or 
damage claims open against the Group.
36. Related party transactions
Loans with Group Undertakings
Amounts receivable/(payable) as a result of loans granted to/
(from) subsidiary undertakings are as follows:
COMPANY
31 
December 
2024 
£’000
31 
December 
2023 
£’000
RONEZ LIMITED
(31,633)
(27,152)
SIGMAGSY LIMITED
(9,608)
(9,013)
SIGMAFIN LIMITED
12,249
21,885
TOPCRETE LIMITED
(846)
(11,179)
POUNDFIELD PRODUCTS (GROUP) LIMITED
5,338
5,012
FOELFACH STONE LIMITED
632
594
CCP BUILDING PRODUCTS LIMITED
5,656
5,311
CARRIÈRES DU HAINAUT SCA
24,442
16,799
GDH (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
16,374
11,435
B-MIX BETON NV
-
10,349
STONE HOLDINGS SA
519
409
NORDKALK OY AB
11,813
43,062
JOHNSTON QUARRY GROUP
11,707
12,604
RIGHTCAST LIMITED
(1,190)
(1,117)
RETAINING (UK) LIMITED
(1,178)
(506)
SIGMACEN GMBH
367,422
-
FELS WERKE GMBH
(51,636)
-
CLOGRENNANE LIME LIMITED
(10,307)
-
SIGMALIME IRE LIMITED
48,982
-
BUXTON LIME LIMITED
14,269
-
MAVECOTILL INVESTMENTS Z.O.O
14,129
-
NORDKALK WAPNO SP Z.O.O
(8,488)
-
BALTIC CO2 MANAGEMENT OU
449
-
419,095
78,493
Loans granted to or from subsidiaries are unsecured, have 
interest charged at 6.5% and are repayable in Pounds Sterling 
on demand from the Company. 
Debt pushdown loans to subsidiaries are charged at the 
external borrowing rate plus a facilitation margin.
All intra Group transactions are eliminated on consolidation.
Transactions with directors and directors' shareholdings
Details of transactions with directors, directors’ 
shareholdings and outstanding share options are provided in 
the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 154 to 163.
37. Ultimate Controlling Party
The Directors believe there is no ultimate controlling party.
38. Events After the Reporting Date
On 20 February 2025 the Company has amended and 
restated its existing Bridge Loan with a new 5-year term 
facility up to €125 million through a US Private Placement 
process. The new debt facility has a security profile that 
mirrors the existing syndicated senior credit facility and a 
bullet at maturity in 2030. The interest coupon is based on 
the 5-year EURIBOR bond yield plus a margin which is fixed at 
4.93% for the duration of the term. 
DIRECTORS
David Barrett (Executive Chairman)
Max Vermorken (Chief Executive Officer)
Jan van Beek (Chief Financial Officer) –  
appointed on 1 January 2025
Tim Hall (Non-Executive Director)
Simon Chisholm (Non-Executive Director) 
Jacques Emsens (Non-Executive Director)
Axelle Henry (Non-Executive Director)
Peter Johnson (Non-Executive Director)
Francesca Medda (Non-Executive Director) 
COMPANY SECRETARY
Anthony Brockbank 
REGISTERED OFFICE
6 Heddon Street
London
W1B 4BT
COMPANY NUMBER
05204176
BANKERS
Santander UK plc
2 Triton Square
Regent's Place
London
NW1 3AN
BNP Paribas
10 Harewood Avenue
London
NW1 6AA
NOMINATED & FINANCIAL ADVISER
Panmure Liberum Limited
25 Ropemaker Street
London
EC2Y 9LY
JOINT BROKERS	
Panmure Liberum Limited
25 Ropemaker Street
London
EC2Y 9LY
Deutsche Numis
45 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7BF
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR	
PKF Littlejohn LLP
Statutory Auditor
15 Westferry Circus
Canary Wharf
London
E14 4HD
SOLICITORS
Fieldfisher
Riverbank House
2 Swan Lane
London
EC4R 3TT
REGISTRARS
Link Market Services Limited
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL

STRATEGY
SIGMAROC ANNUAL REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE
FINANCE
SIGMAROC 
243
Nordkalk site in Storugn, Gotland

6 Heddon Street
London W1B 4BT
United Kingdom 
+44 20 7129 7828
info@sigmaroc.com
sigmaroc.com
Registered number: 05204176
Registered address: 6 Heddon Street, London W1B 4BT